tmicroelectronics N.v. annual report 2022

This document is the PDF/printed version of the 2023 Annual Report of STMicroelectronics N.V. and has been
prepared for ease of use. The 2023 Annual Report was made publicly available as specified in the Regulatory
Technical Standards on European single electronic reporting format (the ESEF package) (Delegated Regulation (EU)2019/815). The ESEF package is available on the company's website at https://investors.st.com/financialinformation/annual-and-semi-annual-reports and includes a human-readable XHTML version of the 2023 Annual
Report. In any case of discrepancies between this PDF version and the ESEF package, the latter prevails.

Contents
1.

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER ON THE FINANCIAL YEAR 2023 .....

4

2.

CORPORATE OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................

5

2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
2.6.
3.

4.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF STMICROELECTRONICS ...............................................................
STRATEGY & OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE .........................................................................................................
PRODUCTS AND ACTIVITIES ...............................................................................................................
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION ...........................................................................................
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT.............................................................................................................

5
6
6
6
7
8

REPORT OF THE MANAGING BOARD ........................................................................................................

9

3.1.
STATEMENT OF THE SOLE MEMBER OF OUR MANAGING BOARD ...................................................
3.2.
BUSINESS OVERVIEW & PERFORMANCE ...........................................................................................
3.2.1.
Results highlights for the year 2023 ..........................................................................................
3.2.2.
Business overview ......................................................................................................................
3.2.3.
Key announcements ...................................................................................................................
3.2.4.
Financial outlook: Capital investment .......................................................................................
3.2.5.
Liquidity and financial position ..................................................................................................
3.2.6.
Financial risk management........................................................................................................
3.3.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL ................................................................................
3.3.1.
Risk Management ......................................................................................................................
3.3.2.
Internal Control ..........................................................................................................................
3.4.
SUSTAINABILITY .................................................................................................................................
3.4.1.
Environmental Matters ..............................................................................................................
3.4.2.
Labor and Human rights .............................................................................................................
3.4.3.
Anti-bribery and corruption matters ..........................................................................................
3.4.4.
Social and employee matters .....................................................................................................
3.4.5.
Corporate social responsibility in our supply chain ....................................................................
3.4.6.
EU Taxonomy ..............................................................................................................................
3.4.7.
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive ............................................................................

9
10
10
10
17
18
19
22
23
23
47
48
50
57
59
61
64
65
80

REPORT OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD.....................................................................................................

80

4.1.
COMPOSITION OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD ..................................................................................
4.2.
MEETINGS AND ACTIVITIES OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD...............................................................
4.2.1.
Activities of the Supervisory Board .............................................................................................
4.2.2.
Membership and Attendance .....................................................................................................
4.3.
AUDIT COMMITTEE ...........................................................................................................................
4.4.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE ...........................................................................................................
4.5.
STRATEGIC COMMITTEE ....................................................................................................................
4.6.
NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE ..........................................................

81
85
85
85
86
86
87
87

4.7.
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE............................................................................................................
4.8.
SECRETARIAT AND CONTROLLERS .....................................................................................................
4.9.
REMUNERATION REPORT ..................................................................................................................
4.9.1.
Supervisory Board remuneration ...............................................................................................
4.9.2.
Managing Board remuneration .................................................................................................
4.9.3.
Senior Management remuneration ...........................................................................................
4.9.4.
Remuneration comparison between the Managing Board, the Executive Committee(excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive
Officer), the Executive Vice Presidents and employees .............................................................
4.9.5.
4.9.6.

87
87
88
88
90
105
112

Share ownership ........................................................................................................................
Stock awards and options ..........................................................................................................

114
114

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .......................................................................................................................

114

5.1.
COMMITMENT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF GOOD CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .....................................
5.2.
GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS ...........................................................................................
5.3.
SUPERVISORY BOARD ........................................................................................................................
5.4.
MANAGING BOARD ...........................................................................................................................
5.5.
INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBERS OF OUR MANAGING BOARD AND SUPERVISORY BOARD ...........
5.6.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEMS .................................................................................
5.7.
REQUIRED INFORMATION ARTICLE 10 TAKEOVER DIRECTIVE ..........................................................
5.8.
SHARES WITHOUT VOTING RIGHTS AND SHARES WHICH DO NOT GIVE ANY OR ONLY A LIMITEDRIGHTOFTOCONDUCTSHARE IN ...........................................................................................................................
THE PROFITS OR RESERVES...............................................................................
5.9.
CODE
5.10.
DEVIATIONS FROM THE DUTCH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE .................................................
5.11.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS ....................................................................................................................
5.12.
SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENTS ........................................................................................................
5.12.1.
STH Shareholders’ Agreement .................................................................................................

114
116
118
119
123
123
123
125
125
126
127
129
129

6.

DIVIDEND POLICY ......................................................................................................................................

131

7.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ................................................................................................

133

7.1.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT ..............................................................................................
7.2.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...........................................................
7.3.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION ....................................................................
7.4.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY .....................................................................
7.5.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS .................................................................................
7.6.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ................................................................
7.6.1.
Corporate information ...............................................................................................................
7.6.2.
Basis of preparation ...................................................................................................................
7.6.3.
Statement of compliance ...........................................................................................................
7.6.4.
Basis of consolidation ................................................................................................................
7.6.5.
Changes in accounting policies ..................................................................................................
7.6.6.
Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective .........................................................
7.6.7.
Summary of significant accounting policies ..............................................................................

133
134
135
136
138
139
139
139
139
139
140
141
141

5.

7.6.8.
7.6.9.
7.6.10.
7.6.11.
7.6.12.
7.6.13.
7.6.14.
7.6.15.
7.6.16.
7.6.17.
7.6.18.
7.6.19.
7.6.20.
7.6.21.
7.6.22.
7.6.23.
7.6.24.
7.6.25.
7.6.26.
7.6.27.
7.6.28.
7.6.29.
7.6.30.
7.6.31.
7.6.32.
7.6.33.
7.6.34.
7.6.35.
7.6.36.
8.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments ...........................................................................
Investments in subsidiaries ........................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment .................................................................................................
Leases ........................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets ........................................................................................................................
Goodwill .....................................................................................................................................
Other financial assets and financial liabilities ...........................................................................
Other non-current assets ...........................................................................................................
Inventories .................................................................................................................................
Trade accounts receivable .........................................................................................................
Other receivables and assets .....................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................................................................
Equity .........................................................................................................................................
Other non-current liabilities ......................................................................................................
Employee benefits .....................................................................................................................
Trade accounts payable, other payables and accrued liabilities ...............................................
Significant categories of income ...............................................................................................
Revenues ....................................................................................................................................
Segment information .................................................................................................................
Expenses by nature ....................................................................................................................
Other income / Other expenses .................................................................................................
Finance income / Finance costs .................................................................................................
Components of other comprehensive income ...........................................................................
Income tax .................................................................................................................................
Earnings per share .....................................................................................................................
Related party transactions. .......................................................................................................
Commitments, contingencies, claims and legal proceedings ....................................................
Financial risk management objectives and policies ..................................................................
Subsequent events ....................................................................................................................

154
159
160
162
163
164
165
180
181
181
183
183
184
189
190
195
195
196
198
200
201
202
203
203
208
208
211
212
215

COMPANY’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .....................................................................................................

216

8.1.
COMPANY’S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION ..........................................................................
8.2.
COMPANY’S INCOME STATEMENT ....................................................................................................
8.3.
NOTES TO COMPANY’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .............................................................................
8.3.1.
General.......................................................................................................................................
8.3.2.
Basis of Presentation .................................................................................................................
8.3.3.
Summary of significant accounting policies ..............................................................................
8.3.4.
Leases.........................................................................................................................................
8.3.5.
Intangible assets ........................................................................................................................
8.3.6.
Investments in subsidiaries and goodwill ..................................................................................
8.3.7.
Other financial assets and financial liabilities ...........................................................................
8.3.8.
Short-term deposits. ..................................................................................................................
8.3.9.
Cash ...........................................................................................................................................
8.3.10.
Group companies interest-bearing short-term loans ................................................................

216
217
217
217
217
217
218
220
220
222
224
225
225

8.3.11.
8.3.12.
8.3.13.
8.3.14.
8.3.15.
8.3.16.
8.3.17.
8.3.18.
8.3.19.
8.3.20.
8.3.21.
8.3.22.
8.3.23.
9.

Other Group companies receivables and payables ...................................................................
Equity .........................................................................................................................................
Other payables and accrued liabilities ......................................................................................
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings .....................................................................................
Other non-current liabilities ......................................................................................................
Guarantees and contingencies ..................................................................................................
General and administrative expenses .......................................................................................
Finance income and finance costs .............................................................................................
Other income (expenses) ...........................................................................................................
Contractual obligations .............................................................................................................
Related party transactions ........................................................................................................
Auditors’ fees .............................................................................................................................
Proposed cash dividend .............................................................................................................

225
227
229
229
231
232
232
233
233
234
234
234
235

OTHER INFORMATION ...............................................................................................................................

236

9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
10.

AUDITORS’ REPORT ...........................................................................................................................
APPROPRIATION OF RESULTS – PROVISIONS IN COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION ..............
BRANCHES .........................................................................................................................................

236
236
236

IMPORTANT DATES .................................................................................................................................

248

STMicroelectronics N.V.'s Annual Report over 2023 consists of a message from the President and Chief Executive
Officer on the financial year 2023 (chapter 1), the management report (chapter 2 through chapter 5), the dividend
policy (chapter 6), the financial information (chapter 7 through chapter 9) and important dates (chapter 10).

CERTAIN TERMS
ASIC
ASSP
BCD
Bi-CMOS
CMOS
DMOS
DRAM
EEPROM
EMAS
FD-SOI
GaN
IC
IFRS
IP
ISO
MASK WORKMEMS
MOSFET
NFC
OEM
PFC
RF
RF-SOISAM
SiC
2
STi GaNapplication-specific integrated circuit
application-specific standard productbipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology
bipolar and CMOS process technology
complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
dynamic random access memory
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European
Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities forthe evaluation and improvement of environmental performance
fully depleted silicon-on-insulator
gallium nitride
integrated circuit
International Financial Reporting Standards
intellectual property
International Organization for Standardization
the two- or three-dimensional layout of an integrated circuit
micro-electro-mechanical system
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor
near field communication
original equipment manufacturer
perfluorinated compounds
radio frequency
radio frequency silicon-on-insulator
serviceable available market
silicon carbide
intelligent integrated gallium nitride

TAM
VIPower

total available market
vertically integrated power1. Message from the President and Chief Executive Officer on the financial
year 2023
Dear Shareholder,2023 was another year of growth, driven by strong demand in Automotive and, to a lesser extent, Industrial,
partially offset by lower revenues in Personal Electronics. This was reflected in our financial performance, with net
revenues increasing 7.2% to $17.29 billion. We continued to strengthen our net financial position while increasing
free cash flow and investing in the transformation of our manufacturing base. In this respect, 2023 was anotheryear of steady execution in our manufacturing initiatives as we continued to transform our manufacturing base toenable future growth and drive enhanced profitability, with the expansion of our 300mm capacity and a strong
focus on wide bandgap semiconductors.
2023: a year of continued strong demand in automotive
Our strategy is to be a broad-range supplier in the automotive and industrial markets and adopt a selective
approach in personal electronics and computer peripherals. This strategy delivered strong results in 2023, with
year-over-year revenue growth of 33.5% in automotive and 11.4% in industrial. Communications equipment,
computer and peripherals revenue decreased 4.2% and personal electronics was down 25.1%, including the impactof a change in product mix in an engaged customer program. For the year, automotive and industrial combined
represented 71% of total revenues, and personal electronics and communications equipment, computers andperipherals represented 29%.
In Automotive, we again saw strong demand across all geographies, driven by increasing semiconductor pervasion
and structural transformation. The year was also positively impacted by inventory replenishment and a high levelof capacity reservation fees. In 2023 we continued to execute our strategy supporting car electrification, inparticular in our silicon carbide business, and car digitalization, supporting the shift to software-defined vehiclearchitectures and the pervasion of advanced driver assistance systems.
In Industrial, demand was still strong during most of the year, especially in power and energy, factory automation
and robotics, and in industrial infrastructure. Toward the end of Q3 we saw a progressive weakening of demand,
accelerating during Q4. Electrification and digitalization are the main trends driving semiconductor content
increase here as well. During the year we had a strong focus on Edge AI, with updates on multiple hardware
products including microcontrollers, microprocessors, and smart sensors as well as related software tools to
empower developers.
In Personal Electronics and Computer Peripherals, market demand remained weak in 2023, while Communications
Equipment demand remained solid in our focus areas.
In this environment, we delivered net revenues of $17.29 billion, up 7.2% from 2022, with a gross marginincreasing from 45.5% to 45.9% and an operating margin decreasing from 28.1% to 26.7%. After investing $4.11
billion in net capital expenditures compared to $3.52 billion in 2022, our free cash flow increased to $1.77 billion
compared to $1.59 billion in 2022. This was reflected in our net financial position of $3.16 billion compared to$1.80 billion one year earlier.
Long-term trends continue to underpin our strategy
In 2023 we continued to execute on our strategy, which stems from three long-term enablers: smart mobility,
power and energy management, and cloud-connected autonomous things. These trends continue to drive ourinvestments and roadmap decisions.
We are transforming our manufacturing base, with a significant expansion of our 300mm capacity and a strong
focus on wide bandgap semiconductors. In Silicon Carbide, we continued to ramp our front-end device productionin our Catania and Singapore facilities, and we increased back-end manufacturing capacity in our sites in Morocco
and China. We also started production in our new integrated silicon carbide substrate manufacturing facility in

4Catania as a significant step in our silicon carbide vertical integration strategy. We furthermore announced a Joint
Venture with Sanan Optoelectronics for high-volume 200mm SiC device manufacturing in China. These areimportant moves to further scale our global SiC manufacturing operations. We advanced also with our 300mm
capacity expansion plans. In Agrate, Italy, our new 300mm wafer fab was qualified for production and capacity ofslightly more than 1,000 wafers per week was installed as planned. In June we announced the conclusion of thethree-party agreement for a new 300mm semiconductor manufacturing facility in Crolles among the State ofFrance, GlobalFoundries, and our company, as approved by the European Commission. In 2024, we plan to invest
about $2.5 billion in net capital expenditures.
These initiatives are aligned with our sustainability strategy and our sustainable manufacturing commitment interms of energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions, air, and water quality. We are on track to achieve ourcarbon neutrality goal on scope 1 & 2 and partially scope 3, and our 100% renewable energy goal by 2027. To
further these goals we announced, in November, the signature of a fifteen-year Power Purchase Agreement for
renewable energy for our operations in Italy with ERG, a leading European independent energy producer. We also
continued to work closely with external bodies and to maintain our strong presence in the major sustainability
indices.
We recently announced a new organization to deliver enhanced product development innovation and efficiency,
time-to-market as well as customer focus by end market. ST will be re-organized into two Product Groups, split
into four Reportable Segments and the existing sales and marketing organization will be complemented by a new
application marketing organization focused by end markets across all Regions.
Focused on sustainable, profitable growth
Our value proposition remains based on sustainable and profitable growth, returning value to our shareholders inline with our objectives, providing differentiating enablers to our customers, and supporting them with anindependent, reliable and secure supply chain. And we are committed to sustainability for the benefit of all our
stakeholders.
Following several years of revenue growth and increased profitability, we see 2024 as a transition year. We areadapting our plans according to market dynamics while continuing to execute on our established strategy andoperating model. We will continue to capture new opportunities, with our 50,000+ engaged employees working
alongside our customers on innovations that make a positive impact on people’s lives.

2. Corporate overview
In this annual report, references to "we", "us", "the Company", "our Company" and "ST" are to STMicroelectronics
N.V., references to "ST Group Company" are to any of STMicroelectronics N.V.'s direct or indirect subsidiaries, andreferences to the "Group" are to STMicroelectronics N.V. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
Certain terms used in this annual report are defined in "Certain Terms".

2.1. History and development of STMicroelectronics
STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 as a result of the combination of the semiconductorbusiness of SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation)and the non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales,a French corporation). We completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with simultaneous listings on the
Bourse de Paris (now known as “Euronext Paris”) and the New York Stock Exchange. In 1998, we also listed ourshares on the Borsa Italiana (the Italian stock exchange).
We operated as SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V. until May 1998, when we changed our name to
STMicroelectronics N.V. We are organized under the laws of The Netherlands, with our corporate legal seat inAmsterdam, The Netherlands, and our head offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH
Schiphol, The Netherlands. Our telephone number there is +31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational
offices are managed through our wholly owned subsidiary, STMicroelectronics International N.V., and are located5

at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-les-Ouates, Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number thereis +41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United States related to our registration under the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is Corporation Service Company (CSC), 80 State Street, Albany, New
York, 12207. Our operations are also conducted through our various ST Group Companies, which are organized andoperated according to the laws of their country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics N.V.

2.2. Strategy & objectives
We have over 50,000 creators and makers of semiconductor technologies mastering the semiconductor supply
chain with state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities. As an integrated device manufacturer, we work with more than
200,000 customers and thousands of partners to design and build products, solutions, and ecosystems that
address their challenges and opportunities, and the need to support a more sustainable world. Our technologies
enable smarter mobility, more efficient power and energy management, and the wide-scale deployment of cloudconnected autonomous things. We are committed to achieving our goal to become carbon neutral on scope 1 andscope 2 and partially on scope 3 by 2027.
Our strategy focuses on long-term value creation for the Company and its affiliated enterprises and takes into
account the short-, medium- and longer-term evolution of the markets we serve and the environment andopportunities we see. It stems from key long-term enablers: Smart Mobility, where we provide innovative solutions
to help car manufacturers make driving safer, greener and more connected; Power & Energy: our technology andsolutions enable industries to increase energy efficiency and support the use of renewable energy and cloudconnected autonomous things; which transform our lives and the objects we use with smart, connected devices for
personal, business and industrial applications.
We are focused on application areas which are expected to experience solid growth rates driven by broad, longterm trends in electronic systems. These trends require enablers such as autonomous systems, robotics, securely
connected machines and personal devices, digitalization and electrification of automobiles and infrastructure,advanced communications equipment and networks and more power efficient systems. These enablers drive inturn the demand for the electronic components we develop and manufacture.
We are a global semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
products used in a wide variety of applications for the four end-markets we address: automotive, industrial,
personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals. For the automotive andindustrial markets we address a wide customer base, particularly in industrial, with a broad and deep productportfolio. In personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals we have a selective
approach both in terms of the customers we serve, as well as in the technologies and products we offer, whileleveraging our broad portfolio to address high-volume applications.

2.3. Organizational structure
We are organized in a matrix structure with geographic regions interacting with product lines, both supported byshared technology and manufacturing operations and by central functions, designed to enable us to be closer toour customers and to facilitate communication among the research and development (“R&D”), production,marketing and sales organizations.
While STMicroelectronics N.V. is our parent company, we conduct our global business through STMicroelectronics
International N.V. and also conduct our operations through service activities from our subsidiaries. We provide
certain administrative, human resources, legal, treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing, insurance and otheroverhead services to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service agreements for which we recover the cost.

2.4. Products and activities
Our diverse product portfolio includes discrete and general purpose components, application-specific integrated
circuits (“ASICs”), full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products(“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. It benefits from a unique, strong foundation of
proprietary and differentiated leading-edge technologies.
We use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies, including complementary metal-on siliconoxide semiconductors (“CMOS”), bipolar and non-volatile memory technologies. In addition, by combining basic
6

processes, we have developed advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce differentiatedand application-specific products, including fully depleted silicon-on-insulator (“FD-SOI”) technology offeringsuperior performance and power efficiency compared to bulk CMOS, bipolar CMOS (“Bi-CMOS”) and radio
frequency silicon-on-insulator (“RF-SOI”) for mixed-signal and high-frequency applications, as well as a
combination of Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS, vertically integrated power (“VIPower”), and intelligent integrated
gallium nitride (STi2GaN) technologies for smart power applications, Power MOSFET, silicon carbide (“SiC”) andgallium-nitride (“GaN”) for high-efficiency systems, Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”) technologies forsensors and actuators, embedded memory technologies for our microcontrollers and differentiated optical sensing
technologies for our optical sensing solutions.
As of December 31, 2023, our product groups are as follows:•

Automotive and Discrete Group ("ADG"), comprised of dedicated automotive integrated circuits (“ICs”),
and discrete and power transistor products.

•

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group ("AMS"), comprised of analog, smart power, MEMS sensors andactuators, and optical sensing solutions.

•

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group ("MDG"), comprised of general-purpose microcontrollers andmicroprocessors, connected security products (e.g. embedded secured elements and NFC readers),
memories (e.g. serial and page EEPROM) and RF and Communications products.

In the first quarter of 2024, we announced that we are re-organizing our product groups and reportable segments
to further accelerate our time-to-market and speed of product development innovation and efficiency. Effective asof February 5, 2024, we have moved from three product groups and three reportable segments (ADG, AMS and
MDG), to two product groups and four reportable segments (the “Product Group Reorganization”), as follows:•

Analog, Power & Discrete, MEMS and Sensors, led by Marco Cassis, ST President and member of the
Executive Committee, including two reportable segments (Analog Products, MEMS and Sensors andPower and Discrete Products); and•Microcontrollers, Digital ICs and RF products, led by Remi El-Ouazzane, ST President and member of the
Executive Committee, including two reportable segments (Microcontrollers, and Digital ICs and RF
Products).

2.5. Sales, Marketing and Distribution
Our sales and marketing organization is organized by a combination of regional and key account coverage with theprimary objective of accelerating sales growth and gaining market share. Emphasis is placed on strengthening thedevelopment of our global and major local accounts; boosting demand creation through an enhanced focus on
geographical and key account coverage with strong technical and application expertise, supported in the mass
market by our distribution channel and local initiatives; and establishing regional sales and marketing teams thatare fully aligned with our strategic end-markets: automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications
equipment, computers and peripherals.
We have four regional sales organizations reporting to a global head of Sales & Marketing: Americas, APeC (Asia
Pacific excluding China), China and EMEA (Europe, Middle-East and Africa). Our regional sales organizations have asimilar structure to enhance global coordination and go-to-market activities. The sales and marketing teams arestrongly focused on profitable revenue growth and business performance as well as on fostering demand creation,
expanding the customer base, maximizing market share, developing new product-roadmaps and providing the best
technical and application support in the field for our customers. The sales and marketing activities are supported
by sales engineers, system marketing, product marketing, application labs, competence centers, field applicationengineers and quality engineers.
In the first quarter of 2024, we announced that we will complement the existing Sales & Marketing organization byimplementing a new application-specific marketing organization by segment, offering customers end-to-end
system solutions based on our product and technology portfolio, covering the following four end markets:7•Automotive;•

Industrial Power and Energy;•

Industrial Automation, IoT and AI; and•Personal Electronics, Communication Equipment and Computer Peripherals.

The current regional Sales & Marketing organization will remain unchanged.
We engage distributors and sales representatives to distribute and promote our products around the world.
Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including those that compete with ours. Our distributors
have a dual role, in that they assist in fulfilling the demand of our customers by servicing their orders, while also
supporting the creation of product demand and business development. Most of our sales to distributors are madeunder specific agreements allowing for price protection and stock rotation for unsold merchandise. Sales
representatives, on the other hand, generally do not offer products that compete directly with our products, but
may carry complementary items manufactured by others.

2.6. Research & Development
We believe that market driven R&D based on leading-edge products and technologies is critical to our success. We
devote significant effort to R&D because we believe such investment can be leveraged into competitive
advantages: about 18% of our employees work in R&D on product design/development and technology and, in
2023, we spent approximately 10.1% of our total revenues on R&D expenses.
New developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster,
more reliable and embedded than their predecessors, with differentiated functionalities. They can enablesignificant value creation opportunities with their timely appearance on the market. Our innovations insemiconductor technology as well as in hardware and software contribute to the creation of successful productsthat generate value for us and our customers. Our complete design platforms, including a large selection of
intellectual property (“IP”) and silicon-proven models and design rules, enable the fast development of products
designed to meet customer expectations in terms of reliability, quality, competitiveness in price and time-tomarket. Through our R&D efforts, we contribute to making our customers’ products more efficient, more
appealing, more reliable and safer.
Our technology R&D strategy is based on the development of differentiated technologies, allowing for a uniqueoffer in terms of new products and enabling new applications opportunities. We draw on a rich pool of chip
fabrication technologies, including advanced CMOS, FD-SOI, RF-SOI, optical sensing, embedded nonvolatilememories, mixed-signal, analog, MEMS, smart power, SiC and GaN processes. This is well embedded in our strong
packaging technologies portfolio such as high pin count BGA, wafer level packaging, highly integrated sensor
packages and leadframe package power products. We combine both front-end and back-end manufacturing andtechnology R&D under the same organization to ensure a smooth flow of information between our R&D andmanufacturing organizations. We leverage significant synergies and shared activities between our product groups
to cross-fertilize them. We also use silicon foundries, especially for advanced CMOS beyond the 18 nm node that
we do not plan to manufacture nor develop internally.
We have advanced R&D and innovation centers which offer us a significant advantage in quickly and costeffectively introducing products. Furthermore, we have established a strong culture of partnerships and throughthe years have created a network of strategic collaborations with key customers, suppliers, competitors, andleading universities and research institutes around the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects
running under the Information Society Technologies programs of the European Union (“EU”). We also participate
in certain R&D programs established by the EU, individual countries and local authorities in Europe (primarily inFrance and Italy).
We currently own approximately 20,000 patents and pending patent applications.

83. Report of the Managing Board
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to our Managing Board under the supervision of our
Supervisory Board. Under our articles of association (“Articles of Association”), the sole member of our Managing
Board is appointed for a three-year term at our annual general meeting of shareholders (“AGM”), by a simple
majority of the votes cast, provided quorum conditions are met, upon a non-binding proposal by our Supervisory
Board, which term may be renewed one or more times. Mr. Jean-Marc Chery was reappointed on May 27, 2021, as
sole member of our Managing Board with the function of President and Chief Executive Officer, for a three-year
term expiring at our 2024 AGM. Our Supervisory Board announced on September 19, 2023, that it will propose thereappointment of Mr. Jean-Marc Chery as sole member of the Managing Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer for another three-year term for shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM. We continue to review andstrengthen the succession planning for the Managing Board to ensure business continuity, taking into account,amongst others, the rapidly changing technological, social, economic and regulatory developments in our industry.

3.1. Statement of the sole member of our Managing Board
The sole member of our Managing Board hereby declares that, to the best of his knowledge, the statutory financial
statements as of December 31, 2023, and for the year then ended, prepared under Title 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code and in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, provide a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,
financial position and profit or loss of STMicroelectronics N.V. and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole. Furthermore, the sole member of our Managing Board hereby also declares that the report of
the Managing Board includes a true and fair view concerning the statement of financial position as ofDecember 31, 2023. The report of the Managing Board also includes the development and performance of
STMicroelectronics N.V. and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with theprincipal risk and uncertainties they face.
Jean-Marc Chery,
Sole member of our Managing Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

93.2. Business overview & performance
3.2.1. Results highlights for the year 2023
Our total available market is defined as “TAM”, while our serviceable available market is defined as “SAM” andrepresents the market for products sold by us (i.e., TAM excluding major devices such as microprocessors, DRAM
and flash-memories, optoelectronics devices other than optical sensors, video processing and wireless application
specific market products, such as baseband and application processors).
Based on industry data published by World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (“WSTS”), semiconductor industry
revenues in 2023 decreased on a year-over-year basis by approximately 8% for the TAM and increased byapproximately 4% for the SAM, to reach approximately $527 billion and $295 billion, respectively.
Full year 2023 total revenues increased 7.2% to $17.29 billion, as a result of an increase in average selling prices,driven by a favorable product mix, partially offset by a decrease in volumes. Gross margin increased 40 basis
points, to 45.9%, principally driven by higher revenues, partially offset by higher manufacturing costs and unused
capacity charges. Operating margin was 26.7% in 2023.
Our 2023 gross margin increased 40 basis points to 45.9% from 45.5% in 2022, principally driven by the positive
impact of the combination of product mix and pricing, partially offset by higher input manufacturing costs andunused capacity charges.
Our operating expenses, comprised of aggregated selling, general & administrative (“SG&A”) and research &development expenses ("R&D"), amounted to $3,388 million in 2023, increasing from $2,913 million in the prioryear, mainly due to increased cost of labor and higher levels of activity, primarily in R&D programs, partially offset
by positive currency effects.
Other income and expenses, net, was $67 million in 2023 compared to $116 million in 2022, decreasing mainly due
to higher start-up costs primarily for our new 300mm fab in Agrate, Italy, partially offset by higher income frompublic funding.
Operating profit in 2023 increased to $4,610 million compared to $4,534 million in 2022 mainly driven by the
combining effect of higher revenues and improved gross margin profitability, partially offset by higher operating
expenses.
Combined finance income and costs resulted in a net loss of $95 million, compared to a net income of $312 million
in 2022, and reflect in both years the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting of ourconvertible bonds. The 2023 amount included a loss of $249 million for the fair value adjustment of the embedded
bondholders’ conversion options on outstanding convertible bonds (compared to a gain of $276 million in 2022).
Full year 2023 net profit was $3,985 million or $4.38 diluted earnings per share, compared to net profit of$4,323 million, or $4.74 diluted earnings per share for the full year 2022.
Capital expenditure payments, net of proceeds from sales, capital grants and other contributions were $4,111
million during the full year 2023 compared to $3,524 million during the full year 2022.
During 2023, our net cash decreased by $36 million, with net cash from operating activities reaching $6.37 billion.
During 2023, we paid $346 million for the repurchase of ordinary shares, $223 million of cash dividends to ourshareholders, and $169 million for long-term debt repayment, partially offset by $329 million proceeds from thedrawdown of our credit facility with European Investment Bank (“EIB”) signed in 2022.
Our free cash flow and net financial position are described in Section 3.2.5.
3.2.2. Business overview
We are a global semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
products used in a wide variety of applications for the four end-markets we address: automotive, industrial,
personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals. For the automotive andindustrial markets we address a wide customer base, particularly in industrial, with a broad and deep productportfolio. In personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals we have a selective

10

approach both in terms of the customers we serve, as well as in the technologies and products we offer, whileleveraging our broad portfolio to address high-volume applications.
Further information on our business model is included in chapter 2 above and sections 3.2.2.1. et seq. below.
3.2.2.1.

Strategy

We have over 50,000 creators and makers of semiconductor technologies mastering the semiconductor supply
chain with state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities. As an integrated device manufacturer, we work with more than
200,000 customers and thousands of partners to design and build products, solutions, and ecosystems that
address their challenges and opportunities, and the need to support a more sustainable world. Our technologies
enable smarter mobility, more efficient power and energy management, and the wide-scale deployment of cloudconnected autonomous things. We are committed to achieving our goal to become carbon neutral on scope 1 andscope 2 and partially on scope 3 by 2027.
Our strategy focuses on long-term value creation for the Company and its affiliated enterprises and takes into
account the short-, medium- and longer-term evolution of the markets we serve and the environment andopportunities we see. It stems from key long-term enablers: Smart Mobility, where we provide innovative solutions
to help car manufacturers make driving safer, greener and more connected; Power & Energy: our technology andsolutions enable industries to increase energy efficiency and support the use of renewable energy and cloudconnected autonomous things, which transform our lives and the objects we use with smart, connected devices for
personal, business and industrial applications.
We are focused on application areas which are expected to experience solid growth rates driven by broad, longterm trends in electronic systems. These trends require enablers such as autonomous systems, robotics, securely
connected machines and personal devices, digitalization and electrification of automobiles and infrastructure,advanced communications equipment and networks and more power efficient systems. These enablers drive inturn the demand for the electronic components we develop and manufacture.
3.2.2.2.

Employees

The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees by geographic area and category of main activity for the
past two years.
FranceItaly
Rest of Europe
Americas
Mediterranean (Malta, Morocco, Tunisia)
Asia
Total

2023
11,95812,561
1,198
828
5,923
18,85551,3232022
11,953
12,037
1,128
789
5,634
19,82951,370

2023

2022

9,426
2,671
32,822
3,038
3,366
51,323

Research and Development
Marketing and Sales
Manufacturing
Administration and General Services
Product Group Functions
Total

9,036
2,573
33,6902,787
3,284
51,370

Our future success will partly depend on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified
technical, marketing, engineering and management personnel, as well as on our ability to timely adapt the size
and/or profile of our personnel to changing industry needs. Unions are represented at almost all of ourmanufacturing facilities and at several of our R&D sites. We use temporarily employees if required during
11

production spikes and, in Europe, during summer vacation. We have not experienced any significant strikes orwork stoppages in recent years.
3.2.2.3.

Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships

We believe that customer alliances and industry partnerships are critical to our success in the semiconductor
market. Customer alliances provide us with valuable systems and application know-how and access to markets for
key products, while enabling our customers to gain access to our process technologies and manufacturing
infrastructure. We are actively working to expand the number of our customer alliances, targeting key global OEMs
as well as emerging, innovative customers and partners around the globe.
From time to time we collaborate with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations,
universities, customers, experts and suppliers to further our R&D efforts. Such collaboration provides us with anumber of important benefits, including acquisition of technical know-how, access to additional production
capacities, sharing of costs and reductions in our own capital requirements.
3.2.2.4.

Customers and Applications

We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products which we sell to over 200,000 customers. We
emphasize a broad and balanced product portfolio, in the applications and regional markets we serve, which helps
foster closer, strategic relationships with customers. Our major customers include Apple, Bosch, Continental, HP,
Huawei, Hyundai Motor, Mobileye, Samsung, SpaceX and Tesla. This broad product breadth provides opportunities
to enable application solutions and to supply such customers’ requirements for all their product and technology
needs. We also sell our products through our distribution channel.
In Automotive, we have identified a significant evolution of the relationship with customers. Historically,
semiconductor companies addressed the needs of carmakers mostly through tier-1 and/or tier-2 automotive
industry suppliers with whom we work closely. In recent years there has been an accelerated transformation of theautomotive industry driven by the electrification and the digitalization of vehicles, significantly increasing theamount and complexity of semiconductor products in vehicles. As a result, and following further from the supply
chain challenges which arose during and after the COVID-19 pandemic, carmakers are taking a more direct role inthe decision making and control of both the semiconductor strategy and supply for their vehicles. Carmakers now
have a more direct relationship with companies such as ours, notably playing a more active role in defining thespecific solutions they require, as well as in certain instances engaging in direct co-operation agreements, including
multi-year agreements to secure capacity corridors. We are committed to playing a major role in these new
business models and we see multiple opportunities for co-operation with carmakers in this area, while also
continuing to build on our co-operation with tier-1 and tier-2 automotive industry suppliers.
3.2.2.5.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Our sales and marketing is organized by a combination of regional and key account coverage with the primaryobjective of accelerating sales growth and gaining market share. Emphasis is placed on strengthening thedevelopment of our global and major local accounts; boosting demand creation through an enhanced focus on
geographical and key account coverage with strong technical and application expertise, supported in the mass
market by our distribution channel and local initiatives; and establishing regional sales and marketing teams thatare fully aligned with our strategic end-markets: automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications
equipment, computers and peripherals.
We have four regional sales organizations reporting to a global head of Sales & Marketing: Americas, APeC (Asia
Pacific excluding China), China and EMEA (Europe, Middle-East and Africa). Our regional sales organizations have asimilar structure to enhance global coordination and go-to-market activities. The sales and marketing teams arestrongly focused on profitable revenue growth and business performance as well as on fostering demand creation,
expanding the customer base, maximizing market share, developing new product-roadmaps and providing the best
technical and application support in the field for our customers. The sales and marketing activities are supported
by sales engineers, system marketing, product marketing, application labs, competence centers, field applicationengineers and quality engineers.

12In the first quarter of 2024, we announced that we will complement the existing Sales & Marketing organization byimplementing a new application-specific marketing organization by segment, offering customers end-to-end
system solutions based on our product and technology portfolio, covering the following four end markets:•

Automotive;•

Industrial Power and Energy;•

Industrial Automation, IoT and AI; and•Personal Electronics, Communication Equipment and Computer Peripherals.

The current regional Sales & Marketing organization will remain unchanged.
We engage distributors and sales representatives to distribute and promote our products around the world.
Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including those that compete with ours. Our distributors
have a dual role, in that they assist in fulfilling the demand of our customers by servicing their orders, while also
supporting the creation of product demand and business development. Most of our sales to distributors are madeunder specific agreements allowing for price protection and stock rotation for unsold merchandise. Sales
representatives, on the other hand, generally do not offer products that compete directly with our products, but
may carry complementary items manufactured by others.
At the request of certain customers, we also sell and deliver our products to electronics manufacturing services
companies, which, on a contractual basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the application
specific products they manufacture for our customers. We also sell products to original design manufacturers(“ODM”). ODMs manufacture products for our customers much like electronics manufacturing services companies
do, but they also design applications for our customers, and in doing so themselves select the products andsuppliers that they wish to purchase from.
In furtherance of our strong commitment to quality, our sales organizations include personnel dedicated to closemonitoring and resolution of quality-related issues.
3.2.2.6.

Research and Development

We believe that market driven R&D based on leading-edge products and technologies is critical to our success. We
devote significant effort to R&D because we believe such investment can be leveraged into competitive
advantages: about 18% of our employees work in R&D on product design/development and technology and, in
2023, we spent approximately 10.1% of our total revenues on R&D expenses.
New developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster,
more reliable and embedded than their predecessors, with differentiated functionalities. They can enablesignificant value creation opportunities with their timely appearance on the market. Our innovations insemiconductor technology as well as in hardware and software contribute to the creation of successful productsthat generate value for us and our customers. Our complete design platforms, including a large selection of IP andsilicon-proven models and design rules, enable the fast development of products designed to meet customer
expectations in terms of reliability, quality, competitiveness in price and time-to-market. Through our R&D efforts,
we contribute to making our customers’ products more efficient, more appealing, more reliable and safer.
Our technology R&D strategy is based on the development of differentiated technologies, allowing for a uniqueoffer in terms of new products and enabling new applications opportunities. We draw on a rich pool of chip
fabrication technologies, including advanced CMOS, FD-SOI, RF-SOI, optical sensing, embedded nonvolatilememories, mixed-signal, analog, MEMS, smart power SiC and GaN processes. This is well embedded in our strong
packaging technologies portfolio such as high pin count BGA, wafer level packaging, highly integrated sensor
packages and leadframe package power products. We combine both front-end and back-end manufacturing andtechnology R&D under the same organization to ensure a smooth flow of information between our R&D andmanufacturing organizations. We leverage significant synergies and shared activities between our product groups
to cross-fertilize them. We also use silicon foundries, especially for advanced CMOS beyond the 18-nm node that
we do not plan to manufacture nor develop internally.

13

We have advanced R&D and innovation centers which offer us a significant advantage in quickly and costeffectively introducing products. Furthermore, we have established a strong culture of partnerships and throughthe years have created a network of strategic collaborations with key customers, suppliers, competitors, andleading universities and research institutes around the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects
running under the EU’s Information Society Technologies programs. We also participate in certain R&D programs
established by the EU, individual countries and local authorities in Europe (primarily in France and Italy).
The total amount of our R&D expenses was $1,750 million and $1,485 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively, while
the total amount of R&D expenses capitalized amounted to $361 million and $362 million in 2023 and 2022,
respectively.
3.2.2.7.

Property, Plants and Equipment

We are an integrated device manufacturer with the ability to control and optimize the value chain, fromsemiconductor process development, chip design, testing and validation, wafer fabrication, to assembly, testing,and delivery to our customers. At our Company, manufacturing is based on our owned and operated facilities in
EMEA and in Asia, complemented by outsourcing in both front-end and back-end processes. This enables us toprovide customers with an independent, flexible and robust manufacturing and supply chain, which aids in our
success. In addition, our proprietary semiconductor process technologies highlighted above enable productdifferentiation. We believe that the combination of these two aspects represent a differentiating factor for our
Company as compared to fabless semiconductor companies and semiconductor foundries.
We currently operate 14 main manufacturing sites around the world.
At December 31, 2023, our front-end facilities had a total maximum capacity of approximately 140,000 wafer
starts per week (200mm equivalent). The number of wafer starts per week varies from facility to facility and fromperiod to period as a result of changes in product mix.
We own all of our manufacturing facilities, but certain facilities (Muar, Malaysia; Shenzhen, China; Kirkop, Malta;
Toa Payoh and Ang Mo Kio, Singapore) are built on land subject to long-term leases.
We have historically subcontracted a portion of total manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. In 2023, we
subcontracted approximately 20% of the value of our total silicon production to external foundries. Our plan is tocontinue sourcing silicon from external foundries to give us flexibility in supporting our growth.
At December 31, 2023, we had approximately $1,899 million in outstanding orders for purchases of equipment(certain of which are subject to cancellation or amendment in accordance with their terms) and other assets fordelivery in 2024. In 2023, our capital expenditure payments, net of proceeds from sales, capital grants and othercontributions, was $4,111 million compared to $3,524 million in 2022. In the 2021-2023 period the ratio of capital
expenditure payments, net of proceeds from sales, capital grants and other contributions to net revenues was
about 20%.
3.2.2.8.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other IP rights to protect our proprietary
technologies and processes. IP rights that apply to our various products include patents, copyrights, trade secrets,
trademarks and mask work rights. We currently own approximately 20,000 patents and pending patentapplications.
We believe that our IP represents valuable assets. We rely on various IP laws, confidentiality procedures andcontractual provisions to protect our IP assets and enforce our IP rights. To optimize the value of our IP assets, wehave engaged in licensing our design technology and other IP, including patents, when consistent with ourcompetitive position and our customers’ interests. We have also entered into broad-scope cross-licenses and otheragreements which enable us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products using the IP rights of third
parties and/or operating within the scope of IP rights owned by third parties.
From time to time, we are involved in IP litigation and infringement claims. Regardless of the validity or the
successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.

14

3.2.2.9.

Backlog

Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders that are generally booked from one toeighteen months in advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject
to variations between booking and delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in customer needs
or industry conditions. During periods of economic slowdown and/or industry overcapacity and/or declining selling
prices, customer orders are not generally made far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced leadtime can diminish management’s ability to forecast production levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds,
our customers may strongly increase their demands, which can result in capacity constraints due to a time lag
when matching manufacturing capacity with such demand.
In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the first half generally showing lowest revenue levels in theyear, and the third or fourth quarter historically generating higher amounts of revenues partly as a result of theseasonal dynamics for smartphone applications dynamics.
We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts
with customers setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that may be ordered in the future. These
contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to manage their inventory
levels consistent with just-in-time principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered
products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect
expected market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they are subject to risks of price reduction,order cancellation and modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in inventory build-ups.
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and their deployment of new
and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast changes in customer demand and may
increase our financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and inventory levels.
We entered 2023 with a backlog higher than we had entering 2022. For 2024, we entered the year with a backlog
lower than what we had entering 2023.
3.2.2.10.

Competition

Markets for our products are intensely competitive. We compete with major international semiconductor
companies and while only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant
competition from each of them. Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation in thesemiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia.
Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and fully customized ICs, including bothchip and board-level products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products and foundry operations.
Some of our competitors are also our customers or suppliers. We compete in different product lines to various
degrees on the basis of price, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized
design, availability, quality and sales and technical support. In particular, standard products may involve greaterrisk of competitive pricing, inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than differentiated products. Ourability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including successful andtimely development of new products and manufacturing processes, product performance and quality,
manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service, pricing, industry trends and general economic
trends.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by the high costs associated with developing marketable products andmanufacturing technologies as well as high levels of investment in production capabilities. As a result, thesemiconductor industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant vertical andhorizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers, which could lead to erosion of ourmarket share, impact our capacity to compete and require us to restructure our operations.
3.2.2.11.

Public Funding

We receive public funding mainly from EU member states (including France, Italy and Malta). Such funding is
generally provided to encourage R&D activities, enhance building capacities, industrialization and national,
regional and local economic development. On September 21, 2023, the European Chips Act entered into force. The
regulation, mobilizing more than €43 billion of public and private investments, is designed to bolster Europe’s
15

competitiveness and resilience in semiconductor technologies and applications, help achieve both the digital andgreen transition and has, amongst others, the objective of supporting technological capacity building andinnovation in the European Union by bridging the gap between the European Union's advanced research andinnovation capabilities and their industrial exploitation.
Public funding in Europe is also generally available to all companies, having R&D operations in Europe, regardlessof their ownership structure or country of incorporation. The conditions for the receipt of government funding may
include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with EU
regulations, royalties or contingent return provisions as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. The
approval process for such funding may last up to several years. Certain specific contracts require compliance withextensive regulatory requirements and set forth certain conditions relating to the funded programs. There could be
penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach ofcontract, which may result in repayment obligations.
Further, some grants may be subject to a financial return based on future cumulative sales over a certain period.
Our funding programs are classified under four general categories: funding for research, development andinnovation activities (“RDI”), funding for First Industrial Deployment (“FID”) activities and capital investment forpilot lines. We also benefit from tax credits for R&D activities in several countries which are generally available toall companies.
The main programs in which we are involved include: (i) Important Project of Common European Interest (“IPCEI”)
which combines RDI as well as FID activities; (ii) Key Digital Technologies Initiative (“KDT”, formerly Electronic
Components and Systems for European Leadership), which combines all electronics related R&D activities and isoperated by joint undertakings formed by the EU, certain member states and industry; (iii) EU R&D projects within
Horizon Europe (the EU's research and innovation framework); and (iv) national or regional programs for R&D and
for industrialization in the electronics industries involving many companies and laboratories. The pan- European
programs cover a period of several years, while national or regional programs in France and Italy are subject
mostly to annual budget appropriation.
In December 2018, the European Commission announced the approval of the IPCEI, a Pan-European project
initiated to foster research and innovation in microelectronics to be funded by Germany, France, Italy, the U.K. andAustria.
In our combined role as beneficiary of the IPCEI on Microelectronics, we have been allocated an overall funding
budget of €340 million for the period 2018-2022 in France (locally referenced as Nano2022) which was linked totechnical objectives and associated achievements, and approximately €720 million for the period 2018-2024 in
Italy. The IPCEI program is highly strengthening our leadership in key technologies. It contributes to anticipating,accelerating, and securing our technological developments. The IPCEI also has wide ranging, pan-European benefits
on the microelectronics ecosystem from education to downstream industries.
In December 2021, we submitted a new IPCEI program, titled IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication
Technologies (“IPCEI – ME/CT”). This new pan-European project was initiated to foster research and innovationand kick-start the first industrialization of microelectronics. It involves ST in France (2022-2026), Italy (2023-2027)
and Malta (2021-2025), as well as around 65 other companies across 16 European countries. In 2023 werecognized grants of €135 million related to our participation in IPCEI in Italy, €120 million related to ourparticipation in IPCEI, KDT and other national and European programs in France and $9 million related to ourparticipation in IPCEI in Malta.
In addition to public funding through IPCEI programs, in October 2022, the European Commission approved, under
EU State Aid Rules, a support up to €292.5 million through the Italian Recovery and Resilience Plan for theconstruction of a new integrated SiC substrate manufacturing facility in Catania, Italy.
On April 28, 2023, the European Commission approved, under EU State Aid Rules, a French aid measure to support
the Company and GlobalFoundries in the construction and operation of a front-end semiconductor production
facility in Crolles, France. This project represents an overall projected cost of €7.5 billion for capital expenditure,
maintenance and ancillary costs. The new facility will benefit from significant financial support of up to roughly€2.9 billion from France. These projects have been recognized as “first-of-a-kind” facilities in Europe in line withthe ambitions and objectives of the European Chips Act.
16

3.2.2.12.

Suppliers

We use three primary critical types of suppliers in our business: (i) equipment suppliers, (ii) material suppliers and(iii) external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors. We also purchase third-party licensed technology froma limited number of providers.
In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishingequipment, cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical vapor-deposition equipment,
implanters, furnaces, testers, probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools that we use in the
back-end process include bonders, burn-in ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality andtechnology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process defines the limits of our technology. Demand forincreasingly smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must quickly incorporate the latest
advances in process technology to remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot occur without
commensurate advances in equipment technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the equipment
becomes more sophisticated.
Our manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of energy and use many materials, including silicon and
SiC, GaN and glass wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and chemicals, gases and water. The
prices of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, and many of these materials are volatile due to the specificityof the market, and other factors including geopolitics. We have therefore adopted a “multiple sourcing strategy”
designed to minimize the impact of price increases. The same strategy applies to supplies for the materials used byus to avoid potential material disruption of essential materials and to ensure the continuity of energy supply. Our“multiple sourcing strategy”, our financial risk monitoring as well as the robustness of our supply chain and strong
partnership with suppliers are intended to mitigate these risks.
Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer manufacturing and assembly and testing offinished products.
3.2.3. Key announcements
On January 10, 2024 we announced the Product Group Reorganization (as defined above).
On December 6, 2023, we announced the ST Edge AI Suite, a free-to-use integrated set of software tools tocomplement ST hardware.
On November 24, 2023, we signed a fifteen-year power purchase agreement with ERG for the supply of renewableenergy to our operations in Italy over the 2024-2038 timeframe, in part to achieve our goal to become carbon
neutral by 2027 on scope 1 and 2 and partially scope 3.
On September 19, 2023, we announced the decision of our Supervisory Board to propose that Mr. Jean-Marc
Chery be reappointed for a three-year mandate as the sole member of the Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer, for shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM.
On August 23, 2023, we published our IFRS 2023 Semi Annual Accounts for the six-month period ended July 1,
2023 on our website and filed them with the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële
Markten) (“AFM”).
On June 20, 2023, we signed an agreement with Airbus to cooperate on power electronics research &development to support more efficient and lighter power electronics, essential for future hybrid-powered aircraft
and full-electric urban air vehicles.
On June 7, 2023, we signed an agreement with Sanan Optoelectronics to create a new 200mm silicon carbide
device manufacturing joint venture in Chongqing, China (“SST JV”).
On June 5, 2023, we announced the finalization of our agreement with GlobalFoundries Inc. to create a new,jointly-operated, high-volume semiconductor manufacturing facility in Crolles, France.
17

On May 24, 2023, we announced that the members of our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Nicolas Dufourcq as
the Chairman and Mr. Maurizio Tamagnini as the Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board, respectively, for a threeyear term to expire at the end of the 2026 AGM.
On May 24, 2023, we held our AGM in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The proposed resolutions, all approved by theshareholders, were:•

The adoption of the Company's Statutory Annual Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2022,
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS-EU) and filed with the
Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) on March 23, 2023;•

The distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to be
distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2023 andfirst quarter of 2024;•

The reappointment of Mr. Frédéric Sanchez and Mr. Maurizio Tamagnini, as members of the Supervisory
Board for a three-year term to expire at the end of the 2026 AGM;•

The reappointment of Ms. Ana de Pro Gonzalo, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a two-year term
expiring at the end of the 2025 AGM;•

The reappointment of Mr. Yann Delabrière, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a one-year term
expiring at the end of the 2024 AGM;•

The appointment of Mr. Paolo Visca, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a three-year term expiring
at the 2026 AGM, in replacement of Mr. Alessandro Rivera whose mandate expired at the end of the 2023
AGM;•

The appointment of Ms. Hélène Vletter-van Dort, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a two-year
term expiring at the end of the 2025 AGM, in replacement of Ms. Heleen Kersten whose mandate expiredat the end of the 2023 AGM;•

The approval of the stock-based portion of the compensation of the President and CEO;•The authorization to the Managing Board, until the end of the 2024 AGM, to repurchase shares, subject tothe approval of the Supervisory Board;•

The delegation to the Supervisory Board of the authority to issue new common shares, to grant rights to
subscribe for such shares, and to limit and/or exclude existing shareholders’ pre-emptive rights oncommon shares, until the end of the 2024 AGM;•

The discharge of the sole member of the Managing Board; and•The discharge of the members of the Supervisory Board.

On April 20, 2023, we announced the publication of our 26th sustainability report detailing our 2022 performance.
On April 13, 2023, we signed a multi-year supply agreement with ZF for the supply of our silicon carbide devices.
3.2.4. Financial outlook: Capital investment
Our policy is to modulate our capital spending according to the evolution of the semiconductor market. For 2024,
we plan to invest about $2.5 billion in net capital expenditures.
A large portion of capital expenditures will be devoted to support our strategic programs, selected capacity
additions and mix change in our manufacturing footprint, in particular for our wafer fabs:•

the increase capacity for silicon carbide products in our Catania and Singapore fabs;•

the ramp-up of a new integrated silicon carbide substrate manufacturing facility in Catania for the
production in volume of 150mm, moving to 200mm, silicon carbide epitaxial substrates;18

•the creation of new 200mm silicon carbide device manufacturing joint venture with Sanan
Optoelectronics in Chongqing, China;•

the ramp-up of our new 300mm wafer fab in Agrate, Italy, to support mixed signal technologies and thenphase-in smart power technologies and embedded-non-volatile memory at a later stage;•

digital 300mm in Crolles, France, to extend the cleanroom and support production ramp-up on our main
runner technologies;and,•certain selected programs of capacity growth in some of our most advanced 200mm fabs, including theanalog 200mm fab in Singapore.

The most important 2024 capital investments for our back-end facilities will be: (i) capacity growth on certain
package families, including PLP / Direct Copper Interconnect technology and automotive related packages, (ii) the
new generation of Intelligent Power Modules for Automotive and Industrial applications, and (iii) specificinvestments in innovative assembly processes and test operations.
The remaining part of our capital investment plan covers the overall maintenance and efficiency improvements ofour manufacturing operations and infrastructure, R&D activities, laboratories as well as the execution of ourcarbon neutrality programs.
Capital expenditures are net of proceeds from sales, capital grants and other contributions.
We will continue to invest to support revenues growth and new products introduction, taking into consideration
factors such as trends in the semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and our goal to become carbon neutral by2027 on scope 1 and 2, and partially scope 3. We expect to need significant financial resources in the coming years
for capital expenditures and for our investments in manufacturing and R&D. We plan to fund our capitalrequirements with cash provided by operating activities, available funds and support from third parties, and may
have recourse to borrowings under available credit lines and, to the extent necessary or attractive based onmarket conditions prevailing at the time, the issuance of debt, convertible bonds or additional equity securities. A
substantial deterioration of our economic results, and consequently of our profitability, could generate adeterioration of the cash generated by our operating activities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in
future periods, we will generate the same level of cash as in prior years to fund our capital expenditure plans for
expanding/upgrading our production facilities, our working capital requirements, our R&D and manufacturingcosts.
We believe that we have the financial resources needed to meet our currently projected business requirements forthe next twelve months, including capital expenditures for our manufacturing activities, working capitalrequirements, approved dividend payments, share buy-backs as part of our current repurchase program and therepayment of our debt in line with maturity dates.
We will drive the Group based on a plan for 2024 revenues in the range of $15.9 billion to $16.9 billion.
3.2.5. Liquidity and financial position
We maintain an adequate cash position and a low debt-to-equity ratio to provide us with adequate financial
flexibility. As in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our investment needs mainly with net cash
generated from operating activities.
During 2023, our net cash decreased by 36 million. The components of the net cash decrease for 2023 and thecomparable period are set forth below:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of change in exchange rates
Net cash increase (decrease)

2023
6,366
(6,127)
(280)
5
(36)

19

2022
5,579
(4,979)
(556)
(11)
33

Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities is the sum of (i) net profit adjusted for non-cash items and (ii) changes in net
working capital. The net cash from operating activities in 2023 was $6,366 million, increasing compared to $5,579
million in the prior year, mainly due to higher net profit adjusted for non-cash items.
Net cash used in investing activities
Investing activities used $6,127 million of cash in 2023, mainly due to increased payments for purchase of tangible
assets, net of proceeds from sales, capital grants and other contributions, for a total of $4,111 million, higher
purchases of marketable securities for a total of $1,653 million, net investments in short-term deposits of $645
million, and investment in intangible assets of $458 million, of which the largest part is related to the capitalizationof development costs, partially offset by proceeds from marketable securities for a total of $750 million. Capital
investments for the year 2023 included (i) investments in advanced wafer fabs, such as the 300mm fab in Crolles,
France and the 300mm fab in Agrate, Italy; (ii) SiC activities, primarily in Singapore and Catania, Italy; and (iii) inselected programs of capacity growth in other front-end and back-end activities.
Net cash used in financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $280 million for 2023, compared to $556 million in 2022, and consisted
mainly of $346 million repurchase of common stock, $223 million of dividends paid to our shareholders and $169
million repayment of long-term debt, partially offset by $329 million of proceeds from a new drawdown of ourexisting credit facility with EIB.
Free cash flow (non-GAAP measure)
Our Free Cash Flow is derived from our U.S. GAAP Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, which differs from our
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows under IFRS. Free Cash Flow, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as (i) net cashfrom operating activities plus, (ii) net cash used in investing activities, excluding payment for purchase of (andproceeds from matured) marketable securities, and net investments in (and proceeds from) short-term deposits,
which are considered as temporary financial investments. This definition ultimately results in net cash fromoperating activities plus payment for purchases (and proceeds from sale) of tangible, intangible and financial
assets, proceeds from capital grants and other contributions, and net cash paid upon acquisition for businesscombinations, if any.
We believe Free Cash Flow, a non-GAAP measure, provides useful information for investors and management
because it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and investing activities to sustain ouroperations. Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure and does not represent total cash flow since it does not include
the cash flows from, or used in, financing activities. Free Cash Flow reconciles with the total cash flow and the net
cash increase (decrease) by including the payment for purchase of (and proceeds from matured) marketablesecurities and net investments in (and proceeds from) short-term deposits, the net cash from (used in) financing
activities and the effect of changes in exchange rates. Our definition of Free Cash Flow may differ from definitions
used by other companies. Our Free Cash Flow derived from our U.S. GAAP Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows;a reconciliation from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as reported under IFRS is provided in the tablebelow:

20

In millions of U.S. dollars
Net cash from operating activities as reported under IFRS
Excluding U.S. GAAP/IFRS presentation differences:
Payment for withholding tax on vested shares
Payment for lease liabilities
Net cash from operating activities adjusted under IFRSPayment for purchase of tangible assets, net of proceeds from sale, andproceeds from capital grants and other contributions
Payment for purchase of intangible assets, net of proceeds from sale
Payment for purchase, net of proceeds from sale, of financial assets
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP measure)

December 31,
2023
6,366

December 31,
2022
5,579

54
(67)
6,353

44
(58)
5,565

(4,111)
(458)
(10)
1,774

(3,524)
(450)
—
1,591

Our Free Cash Flow was $1,774 million in 2023, compared to $1,591 million in 2022.
Net Financial Position and Adjusted Net Financial Position (non-GAAP measure)
Our Net Financial Position represents the difference between our total liquidity and our total financial debt. Our
total liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and quoted debt securities, and our total
financial debt includes interest-bearing loans and borrowings, including current portion, as represented in ourconsolidated statement of financial position. Adjusted Net Financial Position represents net financial position lessadvances from capital grants, to represent the effect on total liquidity of advances received on capital grants forwhich capital expenditures have not been incurred yet. Prior periods are not impacted. Net Financial Position andAdjusted Net Financial Position are a non-GAAP measure, but we believe they provide useful information forinvestors and management because they give evidence of our global position either in terms of net indebtedness
or net cash by measuring our capital resources based on cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, if any, shortterm deposits and quoted debt securities and the total level of our financial indebtedness. Our definition of Net
Financial Position may differ from definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may belimited. Our Net Financial Position and Adjusted Net Financial Position are derived from our U.S. GAAP
Consolidated Balance Sheets, which differs from the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position under IFRS. A
reconciliation with the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position under IFRS is provided in the table below:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits
Government bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury
Total liquidity
Funding program loans from European Investment Bank
Credit Facility from CDP
Dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds
Other funding programs loans
Total financial debt, as reported under IFRS
Difference in dual-trench senior convertible debt amortized cost
Difference in the presentation of finance lease
Total U.S. GAAP/IFRS differences
Total financial debt, as reported under US GAAPNet Financial Position (non-GAAP measure)
Advances from capital grants
Adjusted Net Financial Position (non-GAAP measure)

21

December 31,
2023
3,222
1,226
1,635
6,083
(1,077)(284)(1,432)(6)(2,799)
(64)
(64)
(128)
(2,927)
3,156
(152)
3,004

December 31,
2022
3,258
581
679
4,518
(827)
(334)
(1,407)(4)(2,572)
(88)
(57)
(145)
(2,717)
1,801
—
1,801

Our Net Financial Position as of December 31, 2023, was a net cash position of $3,156 million, increasing compared
to a net cash position of $1,801 million as of December 31, 2022.
As of December 31, 2023, our financial debt as reported under IFRS was $2,799 million, composed of (i)$1,640 million of current portion of long-term debt and (ii) $1,159 million of long-term debt. The breakdown of our
total financial debt included: (i) $1,432 million in senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2020, (ii)
$1,077 million in European Investment Bank loans (the “EIB Loans”), (iii) $284 million in CDP SpA loans (the “CDPSpA Loans”) and (iv) $6 million in loans from other funding programs.
The EIB Loans are comprised of three long-term amortizing credit facilities as part of our public funding programs.
The first, signed in August 2017, is a €500 million loan, in relation to R&D and capital expenditures in the European
Union for the years 2017 and 2018. The entire amount was fully drawn in Euros, corresponding to $346 million
outstanding as of December 31, 2023. The second one, signed in 2020, is a €500 million credit facility agreementwith EIB to support R&D and capital expenditure programs in Italy and France. The amount was fully drawn inEuros representing $442 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023. In 2022, the Company signed a third longterm amortizing credit facility with EIB of €600 million, out of which, €300 million was withdrawn representing$332 million outstanding as December 31, 2023. In January 2024, an amount of $300 million was withdrawn under
this credit facility.
The CDP SpA Loans are comprised of two long-term credit facilities. The first, signed in 2021, is a €150 million loan,
fully drawn in Euros, of which $97 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2023. The second one, signed in
2023, is a €200 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $187 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2023.
On August 4, 2020, we issued $1.5 billion offering of senior unsecured convertible bonds (Tranche A for $750
million and Tranche B for $750 million), due 2025 and 2027, respectively. Tranche A bonds were issued at 105.8%
as zero-coupon bonds and Tranche B bonds were issued at 104.5% as zero-coupon bonds. The conversion price at
issuance was $43.62 for Tranche A equivalent to a 47.5% conversion premium and $45.10 for Tranche B,
equivalent to a 52.5% conversion premium. These conversion features correspond to an equivalent of 4,585 shares
per each Tranche A bond $200,000 par value and an equivalent of 4,435 shares per each Tranche B bond $200,000
par value. The bonds are convertible by the bondholders or are callable by us following contractual terms andschedule, if certain conditions are satisfied, on a net-share settlement basis, except if we elect a full-cash or fullshare conversion as an alternative settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were $1,567 million, after
deducting issuance costs.
Our long-term debt contains standard conditions but does not impose minimum financial ratios. We had unutilizedcommitted medium-term credit facilities with core relationship banks totaling $1,030 million as of December 31,
2023.
Our current ratings with two major rating agencies that report on us on a solicited basis, are as follows: Standard &Poor’s (“S&P”): “BBB+” with stable outlook; Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”): “Baa1” with positive outlook.
3.2.6. Financial risk management
We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to our operations
in different foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing activities. Our activities expose us to avariety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest
rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on theunpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance.
We use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
Financial risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (“Corporate Treasury”). Additionally, atreasury committee, chaired by our Chief Financial Officer, steers treasury activities and ensures compliance withcorporate policies. Treasury activities are thus regulated by our policies, which define procedures, objectives andcontrols. The policies focus on managing financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity
risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury
activities subject to oversight from Corporate Treasury. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges
financial risks in close cooperation with our subsidiaries. It provides written principles for overall risk management,22

as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, price risk, credit
risk, use of derivative financial instruments, and investments of excess liquidity.
The majority of cash and cash equivalents is held in U.S. dollars and Euros and is placed with financial institutions
rated at least a single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from
Moody’s and A- from S&P or Fitch ratings, or better. These ratings are closely and continuously monitored in orderto manage exposure to the counterparty’s risk. Hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposuresderiving from operating, investing and financing activities conducted in the normal course of business.
Foreign exchange risk
We conduct our business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, we are exposed toadverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk
mainly arises from recognized assets and liabilities at our subsidiaries and future commercial transactions.
Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
Our interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose us to cash flowinterest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose us to fair value interest rate risk.
Credit risk
We select banks and/or financial institutions that operate with the Company based on the criteria of long-term
rating from at least two major Rating Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument witheach bank not to exceed 20% of the total. For derivative financial instruments, management has established limits
so that, at any time, the fair value of contracts outstanding is not concentrated with any individual counterparty.
We monitor the creditworthiness of our customers to which we grant credit terms in the normal course ofbusiness. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no
independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of the customer, considering its financial position, pastexperience and other factors. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to customers are primarily
settled in cash, which mitigates credit risk. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, no customer represented morethan 10% of total trade accounts receivable. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to tradereceivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.
Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits
and marketable securities, the availability of funding from committed credit facilities and the ability to close out
market positions. Our objective is to maintain a sufficient cash position and a low debt-to-equity ratio, which
ensures adequate financial flexibility. Our liquidity management policy is to finance our investments with net cashfrom operating activities.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of our liquidity reserve based on expected cash flows.

3.3. Risk management and Internal control
3.3.1. Risk Management
3.3.1.1.

Our Risk Management approach

As a company operating globally in the semiconductor market, we are exposed to risks, particularly in the current
environment of increased volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. For a description of our risk factors,
please refer to section 3.3.1.2. (Risk factors). Our embedded approach to enterprise risk management (“ERM”) is
formalized in a specific policy and is aligned with ISO 31000 (Risk Management). This enables us to:•

set and enable our Company strategy, manage our performance, and capitalize on opportunities; and•systematically identify, evaluate and treat specific risk scenarios.

Our ERM improvement roadmap includes, in particular, deploying our risk framework which is based on thefollowing principles:23

•taking into consideration the interests of our stakeholders;•

addressing uncertainty explicitly;•

pragmatic and tailored to us;•

integral part of our processes and decision-making;•proactive, structured, dynamic, iterative and responsive to change; and•based on the best available information.

Our risk framework is described in the following chart:
RISK FRAMEWORKThe maturity of our overall risk framework design and implementation is periodically audited by a leading
independent organization. This was last performed in 2022, confirming a significant improvement in maturity
compared to the previous such audit performed in 2017.
Our overall risk approach is managed by our Chief Audit & Risk Executive, Mr. Franck Freymond, under the direct
responsibility of our Managing Board and the oversight of our Supervisory Board. The scope of this oversight role isdetailed in our Supervisory Board charter.
Our risk governance is described in the following chart:

24

RISK GOVERNANCE

3.3.1.2.

Risk Factors

Below is a list of the main risk factors we believe are related to the semiconductor industry and specifically related
to our operations, which may affect our results and performance and the ability of our management to predict the
future of our Company:
Summary of Risk Factors
Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry which Impact Us•

We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, may be impacted by changes in, or uncertainty about,global, regional and local economic, political, legal, regulatory and social environments as well as climatechange.

•The semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the semiconductor industry can negatively affectour results of operations and financial condition.

•

Epidemics or pandemics may impact the global economy and could also adversely affect our business,financial condition and results of operations.

•

We may not be able to match our production capacity to demand.

•

Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully if
our product design technologies, process technologies and products do not meet market requirements.
Furthermore, the competitive environment of the industry has resulted, and is expected to continue toresult, in vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers, which
may lead to erosion of our market share, impact our ability to compete and require us to restructure ouroperations.

Risks Related to Our Operations•

Our high fixed costs could adversely impact our results.

25

•

Our capital needs are high compared to those competitors who do not manufacture their own products
and we may need additional funding in the coming years to finance our investments, to purchase othercompanies or technologies developed by third parties or to refinance our maturing indebtedness.

•

Our operating results depend on our ability to obtain quality supplies on commercially reasonable terms.
As we depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials, equipment and technology, we may
experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply, increase prices or experience material adversechanges in their financial condition.

•

Our financial results can be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S.
dollar.

•Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and annually and may also differ
significantly from our expectations or guidance.

•

If our external silicon foundries or back-end subcontractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect ourbusiness prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

•

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and potentially vulnerable to impurities,
disruptions or inefficient implementation of production changes or interruptions that can significantly
increase our costs and delay product shipments to our customers.

•

We may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in decreased sales and operating
margin and product liability or warranty claims.

•

Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers or distributors, and/or materialchanges in their strategy or financial condition or business prospects, could adversely affect our results ofoperations.

•

We may experience delays in delivering our product and technology roadmaps as well as transformation
initiatives.

•

Our computer systems, including hardware, software, information and cloud-based initiatives, are subject
to attempted security breaches and other cybersecurity threats, which, if successful, could adversely
impact our business.

•

We may be subject to theft, loss, or misuse of personal data about our employees, customers, or otherthird parties, which could increase our expenses, damage our reputation, or result in legal or regulatory
proceedings.

•

Our business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the industries and segments into which
our products are sold and on our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones. A market
decline in any of these industries, our inability to retain and attract customers, or customer demand forour products which differs from our projections, could have a material adverse effect on our results ofoperations.

•Market dynamics have driven, and continue to drive us, to a strategic repositioning.

•

We depend on collaboration with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations,
universities, customers and suppliers to further our R&D efforts, and our business and prospects could bematerially adversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances•

We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing the IP
rights of others.

•

We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules, new orrevised legislation or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could cause a material adverse effect on
our results.

•

We receive public funding, and a reduction in the amount available to us or demands for repayment could
increase our costs and impact our results of operations.

26•Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could expose us toliability and increase our costs due to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or because ofdamage to the environment.

•

Climate change and related sustainability regulations and initiatives, including our commitment tobecome carbon neutral by 2027 on scope 1 and 2 and partially scope 3, could place additional burden on
us and our operations.

•

Loss of key employees and the inability to continuously recruit and retain qualified employees could hurt
our competitive position.

•

The interests of our controlling shareholder, which is in turn indirectly controlled by the French and Italian
governments, may conflict with other investors’ interests. In addition, our controlling shareholder may sell
our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any
time.

•

Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.

•

Any decision to reduce or discontinue paying cash dividends to our shareholders could adversely impact
the market price of our common shares.

•

We are required to prepare financial statements under IFRS and we also prepare Consolidated Financial
Statements under U.S. GAAP, and such dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial reporting.

•

There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of our controls.

•

Because we are subject to the corporate law of The Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty
protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S. company.

Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry which Impact Us
We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, may be impacted by changes in, or uncertainty about, global,
regional and local economic, political, legal, regulatory and social environments as well as climate change.
Changes in, and uncertainty about, economic, political, legal, regulatory and social conditions pose a risk as
consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to factors such as curtailment of trade and otherbusiness restrictions, financial market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, recessions, shifts in inflationary anddeflationary expectations, lower capital and productivity growth, unemployment, negative news, declines inincome or asset values and/or other factors. Such global, regional and local conditions could have a material
adverse effect on customer and end-market demand for our products, thus materially adversely affecting ourbusiness and financial condition.
Geopolitical conflicts have resulted in certain countries imposing sanctions. Further consequences of such conflicts
could include a risk of further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on
macro-economic conditions, currency exchange rates and financial markets. This could lead to disruption tointernational commerce and the global economy, and could have a negative effect on our ability to sell to, ship
products to, collect payments from, and support customers in certain regions based on trade restrictions,embargoes, logistics restrictions and export control law restrictions. We may also experience a shortage of certain
semiconductor components and delays in shipments due to supply chain disruptions caused by geopoliticalconflicts, and sales of our products may be negatively impacted by geopolitical conflicts, both directly andindirectly through a reduction of sales or production by our customers in or to affected areas or otherwise.
The institution of trade tariffs globally, as well as the threat thereof, could negatively impact economic conditions,which could have negative repercussions for our business. In particular, trade protection and national security
policies of the U.S. and Chinese governments, including tariffs, trade restrictions, export restrictions and theplacing of companies on restricted entity lists, have and may continue to limit or prevent us from transacting
business with certain of our Chinese customers or suppliers; limit, prevent or discourage certain of our Chinese
customers or suppliers from transacting business with us; or make it more expensive to do so. If disputes were toarise under any of our agreements with other parties conducting business in China, the resolution of such dispute27

may be subject to the exercise of discretion by the Chinese government, or agencies of the Chinese government,
which may have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we could face increased competition as aresult of China's programs to promote a domestic semiconductor industry and supply chains (including the Made in
China 2025 campaign).
Trade policy changes could trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, which could have a negative impact on
our ability to do business in affected countries or lead to reduced purchases of our products by foreign customers,
leading to increased costs of components contained in our products, increased manufacturing costs of our
products, currency exchange rate volatility, and higher prices for our products in foreign markets. Further,protectionist measures, laws or governmental policies may encourage our customers to relocate their
manufacturing capacity or supply chain to their own respective countries or other countries, or require theirrespective contractors, subcontractors and relevant agents to do so, which could impair our ability to sustain ourcurrent level of productivity and manufacturing efficiency.
We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, face greater risks due to the international nature of thesemiconductor business, including in the countries where we, our customers or our suppliers operate, such as:•

instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war, military conflict, civil unrest, regimechanges, mass migration and terrorist attacks;•

natural events such as severe weather, earthquakes and tsunamis, or the effects of climate change;•

epidemics or pandemics such as disease outbreaks and other health related issues;•changes in, or uncertainty about, laws, regulations (including executive orders) and policies affecting tradeand investment, including following Brexit and including through the imposition of trade and travel
restrictions, government sanctions, local practices which favor local companies and constraints on
investment;•complex and varying government regulations and legal standards, particularly with respect to export
control regulations and restrictions, customs and tax requirements, data privacy, IP and anti-corruption;•differing practices of regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies, including with regards to theinterpretation of laws, governmental approvals, permits and licenses;•

water availability, usage and consumption levels, as well as recycling and discharge practices; and•labor and human rights, especially in international supply chains.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the semiconductor industry can negatively affect our
results of operations and financial condition.
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to significant downturns from time to time, as a resultof global economic conditions, as well as industry-specific factors, such as built-in excess capacity, fluctuations in
product supply, product obsolescence and changes in end-customer preferences.
Downturns are typically characterized by reduction in overall demand, accelerated erosion of selling prices,
reduced revenues and high inventory levels, any of which could result in a significant deterioration of our results ofoperations. Such macro-economic trends typically relate to the semiconductor industry as a whole rather than to
the individual semiconductor markets to which we sell our products. To the extent that industry downturns areconcurrent with the timing of new increases in production capacity or introduction of new advanced technologies
in our industry, the negative effects on our business from such industry downturns may also be more severe. We
have experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in the past and expect to experience them in the
future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
The recent increase in inflation rates in the markets in which we operate may lead us to experience higher costs
related to labor, energy, water, transportation, wafer and other raw materials costs from suppliers. Our suppliers
may raise their prices, and in the competitive markets in which we operate, we may not be able to makecorresponding price increases to preserve our gross margins and profitability due to market conditions andcompetitive dynamics. Additionally, any such increase in prices may not be accepted by our customers.

28

Epidemics or pandemics may impact the global economy and could also adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Epidemics or pandemics may result in authorities imposing, and businesses and individuals implementing,numerous measures to try to contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, shelter-in-place and stay-athome orders, quarantines and social distancing guidelines. This may negatively impact the ability of our suppliers
to deliver on their commitments to us, our ability to ship our products to our customers and general consumer
demand for our products may be negatively impacted by the pandemic and/or government responses thereto.
Many of our products and services are considered to be essential under national and local guidelines. As such,during the COVID-19 pandemic, we generally continued to operate in each of the jurisdictions where we were
present. However, certain of our facilities were not able to operate at optimal capacity and any future similarly
restrictive measures may have a negative impact on our operations, supply chain and transportation networks, andour products and services may not be considered to be essential in the future. In addition, our customers andsuppliers may experience disruptions in their operations and supply chains, which could result in delayed, reduced,
or cancelled orders, or collection risks, and which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
During an epidemic or pandemic, governments may look to re-direct resources and implement austerity measuresin the future to balance public finances, which could result in reduced economic activity. Any resulting economic
downturn could reduce overall demand for our products, accelerate the erosion of selling prices, lead to reduced
revenues and higher inventory levels, any of which could result in a significant deterioration of our results ofoperations and financial condition.
An epidemic or pandemic may also lead to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets.
Unanticipated consequences of an epidemic or pandemic and resulting economic uncertainty could adversely
affect our liquidity and capital resources in the future.
We may not be able to match our production capacity to demand.
As a result of the cyclicality and volatility of the semiconductor industry, it is difficult to predict future
developments in the markets we serve, and, in turn, to estimate requirements for production capacity. If ourmarkets, start-up or ramp-ups in manufacturing operations are not efficiently executed, major customers or
certain product designs or technologies do not perform as well as we have anticipated, demand is impacted byfactors outside of our or our customers’ control, or if there is otherwise any future excess capacity by us or othersemiconductor manufacturers, we risk unused capacity charges, price erosion, write-offs of inventories and losses
on products that may adversely impact our operating results, and we could be required to undertake restructuring
and transformation measures that may involve significant charges to our earnings. Furthermore, during certain
periods, the global supply of semiconductor industry fabrication capacity may not be sufficient to meet thedemand for semiconductor products. We may also experience increased demand in certain market segments andproduct technologies and any future shortage of our capacity and the capacity of our sub-contractors may lead toan increase in the lead times of our delivery to customers, us being required to enter into agreements with our
suppliers with onerous terms such as take-or-pay arrangements, or us being unable to service some of ourcustomers, which may result in adverse effects on our customer relationships and in liability claims. Further, as aresult of this supply imbalance, the industry in general may experience a high level of profitability and grossmargins, which may not be sustainable over the long-term.
Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully if our
product design technologies, process technologies and products do not meet market requirements.
Furthermore, the competitive environment of the industry has resulted, and is expected to continue to result, invertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers, which may lead toerosion of our market share, impact our ability to compete and require us to restructure our operations.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on certain characteristics, for example, price, technicalperformance, product features, product design, product availability, process technology, manufacturing
capabilities and sales and technical support. Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if our
products do not meet market requirements based on any of these characteristics, our business, financial condition
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Our competitors may have a stronger presence in29key markets and geographic regions, greater name recognition, larger customer bases, greater government
support and greater financial, research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution,technical and other resources than we do. These competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in thebusiness environment, to new or emerging technologies and to changes in customer requirements.
The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and characterized by the high costs associated with
developing marketable products and manufacturing technologies as well as high levels of investment in production
capabilities. As a result, the semiconductor industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience,
significant vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers. Consolidation in
the semiconductor industry could erode our market share, negatively impact our ability to compete and require us
to increase our R&D effort, engage in mergers and acquisitions and/or restructure our operations.
Risks Related to Our Operations
Our high fixed costs could adversely impact our results.
Our operations are characterized by high fixed or other costs which are difficult to reduce, including costs related
to manufacturing, particularly as we operate our own manufacturing facilities, and the employment of our highly
skilled workforce. When demand for our products decreases, competition increases or we fail to forecast demand
accurately, we may be driven to reduce prices and we may not always be able to decrease our total costs in linewith resulting revenue declines. As a result, the costs associated with our operations may not be fully absorbed,
leading to unused capacity charges, higher average unit costs and lower gross margins, adversely impacting our
results.
Our capital needs are high compared to those competitors who do not manufacture their own products and we
may need additional funding in the coming years to finance our investments, to purchase other companies ortechnologies developed by third parties or to refinance our maturing indebtedness.
As a result of our choice to maintain control of a large portion of our manufacturing technologies and capabilities,
we may require significant capital expenditure to maintain or upgrade our facilities if our facilities become
inadequate in terms of capacity, flexibility and location. We monitor our capital expenditures taking into
consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor market, customer requirements and capacity utilization.
These capital expenditures may increase in the future if we decide to upgrade or expand the capacity of ourmanufacturing facilities, purchase or build new facilities or increase investments supporting key strategic
initiatives. For instance, we may be unable to successfully develop, maintain and operate large infrastructure
projects. Such increased capital expenditures associated with large infrastructure projects and strategic initiatives
might not achieve profitability or we may be unable to utilize infrastructure projects to full capacity. There can also
be no assurance that future market demand and products required by our customers will meet our expectations.
We also may need to invest in other companies, in IP and/or in technology developed either by us or by third
parties to maintain or improve our position in the market or to reinforce our existing business. Failure to invest
appropriately and in a timely manner or to successfully integrate any recent or future business acquisitions may
prevent us from achieving the anticipated benefits and could have a material adverse effect on our business andresults of operations.
The foregoing may require us to secure additional financing, including through the issuance of debt, equity or both.
The timing and the size of any new share or bond offering would depend upon market conditions as well as avariety of other factors. In addition, the capital markets may from time to time offer terms of financing that are
particularly favorable. We cannot exclude that we may access the capital markets opportunistically to takeadvantage of market conditions. Any such transaction or any announcement concerning such a transaction could
materially impact the market price of our common shares. If we are unable to access capital on acceptable terms,
this may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our operating results depend on our ability to obtain quality supplies on commercially reasonable terms. As we
depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials, equipment and technology, we may experience supply
disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply, increase prices or experience material adverse changes in their financial
condition.

30

Our ability to meet our customers’ demand to manufacture our products depends upon obtaining adequate
supplies of quality materials on a timely basis and on commercially reasonable terms. Certain materials areavailable from a limited number of suppliers or only from a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. We
purchase certain materials whose prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly in the past and may
fluctuate significantly in the future. Although supplies for most of the materials we currently use are adequate,
shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in theindustry. For instance, epidemics or pandemics could cause disruptions from the temporary closure of suppliers’
facilities or delays and reduced export or shipment of various materials. Geopolitical conflicts could also disrupt
supply chains and cause shortages of certain semiconductor components and corresponding delays in shipments.
Any such shortage may impact different geographical markets disproportionately, leading to shortages orunavailability of supplies in specific areas and higher transportation costs. In addition, the costs of certain materials
may increase due to recent inflationary rates and market pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost
increases to our customers.
We also purchase semiconductor manufacturing equipment and third-party licensed technology from a limited
number of suppliers and providers and, because such equipment and technology are complex, it is difficult toreplace one supplier or provider with another or to substitute one piece of equipment or type of technology for
another. In addition, suppliers and providers may extend lead times, limit our supply, increase prices or change
contractual terms related to certain manufacturing equipment and third-party licensed technology, any of which
could adversely affect our results. Furthermore, suppliers and technology providers tend to focus their investments
on providing the most technologically advanced equipment, materials and technology and may not be able toaddress our requirements for equipment, materials or technology of older generations. Although we work closelywith our suppliers and providers to avoid such shortages, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter
these problems in the future.
Consolidation among our suppliers or vertical integration among our competitors may limit our ability to obtainsufficient quantities of materials, equipment and/or technology on commercially reasonable terms and engage inmergers and acquisitions. In certain instances, we may be required to enter into agreements with our supplierswith onerous terms, such as take-or-pay arrangements. If we are unable to obtain supplies of materials, equipment
or technology in a timely manner or at all, or if such materials, equipment or technology prove inadequate or too
costly, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our financial results can be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S. dollar.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of operations because our reporting currency is the U.S.
dollar, in which we receive the major portion of our revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a limited portionof our revenue and a significantly higher portion of our costs in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. A significant
variation of the value of the U.S. dollar against the principal currencies that have a material impact on us (primarily
the Euro, but also certain other currencies of countries where we have operations, such as the Singapore dollar)
could result in a favorable impact, net of hedging, on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the U.S.
dollar, or a negative impact, net of hedging, on our net income if the U.S. dollar depreciates relative to thesecurrencies, in particular with respect to the Euro.
In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy
has been to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars withthe amount of purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars and to reduce the weight of the othercosts, including depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other currencies. In order to further reduce our
exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our consolidated
statements of income, in particular with respect to a portion of the cost of sales, the majority of the R&D expenses
and certain SG&A expenses located in the Euro zone. We also hedge certain manufacturing costs, included within
the cost of sales, denominated in Singapore dollars. There can be no assurance that our hedging transactions will
prevent us from incurring higher Euro-denominated manufacturing costs and/or operating expenses whentranslated into our U.S. dollar-based accounts.
Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and annually and may also differ
significantly from our expectations or guidance.

31

Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues
and profitability or lead to significant variability of our operating results from one period to the next. These factors
include changes in demand from our key customers, capital requirements, inventory management, availability offunding, competition, new product developments, start of adoption of our new products by customers,
technological changes, manufacturing or supplier issues and effective tax rates. In addition, in periods of industry
overcapacity or when our key customers encounter difficulties in their end-markets or product ramps, orders are
more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our ability
to forecast the next quarter or full year production levels, revenues and margins. As a result, we may not meet our
financial targets, which could in turn have an impact on our reputation or brand. For these reasons and others that
we may not yet have identified, our revenues and operating results may differ materially from our expectations or
guidance as visibility is reduced.
If our external silicon foundries or back-end subcontractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect ourbusiness prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently use external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors for a portion of our manufacturing
activities. Any limitation on the ability of our external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors to satisfy ourdemand may cause our results of operations and ability to satisfy the demand of our customers to suffer. Likewise,
if we are unable to meet our commitments to silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors, our results ofoperations could suffer. Prices for these services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at our externalsilicon foundries and back-end subcontractors, quantities demanded and product and process technology. Suchoutsourcing costs can vary materially and, in cases of industry shortages, they can increase significantly, negatively
impacting our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions orinefficient implementation of production changes or interruptions that can significantly increase our costs anddelay product shipments to our customers.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and increasingly costly equipment and arecontinuously modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and product performance and lower the cost of
production.
Furthermore, impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or
result in scrap. As system complexity and production changes have increased and sub-micron technology has
become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision havebecome even more demanding. We have from time to time experienced bottlenecks and production difficulties
that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems. There can be no assurance that we will not
experience bottlenecks or production, transition or other difficulties in the future.
In addition, we are exposed to risks related to interruptions of our manufacturing processes. If any of our property
or equipment is damaged or otherwise rendered unusable or inoperable due to accident, cyberattack or otherwise
this could result in interruptions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
We may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in decreased sales and operating marginand product liability or warranty claims.
We sell complex products that may not in each case comply with specifications or customer requirements, or may
contain design or manufacturing defects, that could cause personal injury, property damage or security risks that
could be exploited by unauthorized third parties hacking, corrupting or otherwise obtaining access to our products,
including the software loaded thereon by us, our suppliers or our customers. Although our general practice is tocontractually limit our liability to the repair, replacement or refund of defective products, we occasionally agree tocontractual terms with key customers in which we provide extended warranties and accordingly we may face
product liability, warranty, delivery failure, and/or other claims relating to our products that could result insignificant expenses relating to compensation payments, product recalls or other actions related to such extended
warranties and/or to maintain good customer relationships, which could result in decreased sales and operating
margin and other material adverse effects on our business. Costs or payments we may make in connection withwarranty and other claims or product recalls may adversely affect our results of operations. There can be no32

assurance that we will be successful in maintaining our relationships with customers with whom we incur quality
problems. Furthermore, if litigation occurs we could incur significant costs and liabilities to defend ourselves
against such claims. The industry has experienced a rise in premiums and deductibles with regards to insurance
policies. These may continue to increase and insurance coverage may also correspondingly decrease. If litigation
occurs and damages are awarded against us, there can be no assurance that our insurance policies will be available
or adequate to protect us against such claims.
Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers or distributors, and/or material changes intheir strategy or financial condition or business prospects, could adversely affect our results of operations.
A substantial portion of our sales is derived from a limited number of customers and distributors. There can be noassurance that our customers or distributors will continue to book the same level of sales with us that they have inthe past, will continue to succeed in the markets they serve and will not purchase competing products over our
products. Many of our key customers and distributors operate in cyclical businesses that are also highly
competitive, and their own market positions may vary considerably. In recent years, some of our customers havevertically integrated their businesses. Such vertical integrations may impact our business. Our relationships with
the newly formed entities could be either reinforced or jeopardized by the integration. If we are unable tomaintain or increase our market share with our key customers or distributors, or if they were to increase productreturns or fail to meet payment obligations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Certain of our products are customized to our customers’ specifications. If customers do not purchase products
made specifically for them, we may not be able to recover a cancellation fee from our customers or resell suchproducts to other customers. In addition, the occurrence of epidemic or pandemic outbreaks could affect ourcustomers. The geographic spread of epidemics or pandemics may be difficult to predict and adverse public healthimpacts on our customers could negatively affect our results.
We may experience delays in delivering our product and technology roadmaps as well as transformation
initiatives.
Our industry adapts to technological advancements and it is likely that new products, equipment, processes andservice methods, including transformation initiatives related to digitalization, are in the process of being
implemented. Any failure by us to manage our data governance processes could undermine our initiatives related
to digitalization and any failure by us to react to changes or advances in existing technologies and processes as wedevelop and invest in our product, technology and transformation roadmaps could materially delay the
introduction of new solutions. If we are not able to execute on these roadmaps on a timely basis or at an
acceptable cost this could result in loss of competitiveness of our solutions, decreased revenue and a loss ofmarket share.
Our computer systems, including hardware, software, information and cloud-based initiatives, are subject toattempted security breaches and other cybersecurity threats, which, if successful, could adversely impact ourbusiness.
We have, from time to time, detected and experienced attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to our
computer systems and networks. The reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure andsoftware, including our artificial intelligence ("AI") technology, and our ability to expand and continually update
technologies, including to transition to cloud-based technologies, in response to our changing needs is critical to
our business. In the current environment, there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity, including
criminal hackers, state-sponsored intrusions, terrorism, industrial espionage, employee malfeasance, vandalism
and human or technological error. Computer hackers and others routinely attempt to breach the security oftechnology products, services, and systems, and those of our customers, suppliers, partners and providers of thirdparty licensed technology, and some of those attempts may be successful. Such breaches could result in, forexample, unauthorized access to, disclosure, modification, misuse, loss, or destruction of our, our customer, orother third-party data or systems, theft of our trade secrets and other sensitive or confidential data, including
personal information and IP, system disruptions, and denial of service.
The attempts to breach our systems, including our cloud-based systems, and to gain unauthorized access to our
information technology systems are becoming increasingly more sophisticated. These attempts may include
covertly introducing malware into our computers, including those in our manufacturing operations, and33

impersonating unauthorized users, among others. For instance, employees and former employees, in particularformer employees who become employees of our competitors or customers, may misappropriate, use, publish orprovide to our competitors or customers our IP and/or proprietary or confidential business information. Also, third
parties may attempt to register domain names similar to our brands or website, which could cause confusion anddivert online customers away from our products. In the event of such breaches, we, our customers or other third
parties could be exposed to potential liability, litigation, and regulatory action, as well as the loss of existing or
potential customers, damage to our reputation, and other financial loss and such breaches could also result in
losing existing or potential customers in connection with any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in oursystems. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of responding to breaches and implementing
remediation measures could be significant. As these threats continue to develop and grow, we have been adapting
and strengthening our security measures.
As a result of work-from-home policies that we have undertaken, there has been additional reliance placed on our
IT systems and resources. The resulting reliance on these resources, and the added need to communicate byelectronic means, could increase our risk of cybersecurity incidents.
Geopolitical instability has been associated with an increase in cybersecurity incidents. This may result in a higher
likelihood that we may experience direct or collateral consequences from cybersecurity conflicts between nationstates or other politically motivated actors targeting critical technology infrastructure.
U.S. and foreign regulators have increased their focus on cybersecurity vulnerabilities and risks, and customers andservice providers are increasingly demanding more rigorous contractual certification and audit provisions regarding
cybersecurity and data governance. This may result in an increase of our overall compliance burden due toincreasingly onerous obligations and leading to significant expense. There may also be shorter deadlines in which
to notify the authorities of data breaches and ever-increasing fines and penalties for businesses that fail to respondswiftly and appropriately to cyberattacks. Any failure to comply could also result in proceedings against us by
regulatory authorities or other third parties.
We continue to increase the resources we allocate to implementing, maintaining and/or updating security systems
to protect data and infrastructure and to raising security awareness among those having access to our systems.
However, these security measures cannot provide absolute security and there can be no assurance that ouremployee training, operational, and other technical security measures or other controls will detect, prevent orremediate security or data breaches in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to,or interruption of our systems and operations.
We regularly evaluate our IT systems and business continuity plan to make enhancements and periodically
implement new or upgraded systems, including the transition and migration of our data systems to cloud-based
platforms and critical system migration. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition todifferent systems could adversely affect our ability to record and report financial and management information ona timely and accurate basis and could impact our operations and financial position. In addition, a miscalculation of
the level of investment needed to ensure our technology solutions are current and up-to-date as technology
advances and evolves could result in disruptions in our business should the software, hardware or maintenance ofsuch items become out-of-date or obsolete and the costs of upgrading our cybersecurity systems and remediating
damages could be substantial.
We may also be adversely affected by security breaches related to our equipment providers and providers of IT
services or third-party licensed technology. As a global enterprise, we could also be impacted by existing andproposed laws and regulations, as well as government policies and practices related to cybersecurity, data privacy
and data protection. Additionally, cyberattacks or other catastrophic events resulting in disruptions to or failures in
power, information technology, communication systems or other critical infrastructure could result ininterruptions or delays to us, our customers, or other third-party operations or services, financial loss, potential
liability, damage to our reputation and could also affect our relationships with our customers, suppliers andpartners. See section 3.3.1.4 (Illustrative risk management measure - protection against cyber threats).
We may be subject to theft, loss, or misuse of personal data about our employees, customers, or other third
parties, which could increase our expenses, damage our reputation, or result in legal or regulatory proceedings.

34

The theft, loss, or misuse of personal data processed by us could result in significantly increased security costs or
costs related to defending legal claims.
Further, with increasing digitalization, data privacy-related legislations are rapidly evolving around the globe which
may have a negative impact on our business if interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent fromcountry to country and inconsistent with the current policies and practices of our customers or business partners.
We may also have to change the manner in which we contract with our business partners, store and transfer
information and otherwise conduct our business, which could increase our costs and reduce our revenues.
Our business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the industries and segments into which our
products are sold and on our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones. A market decline in anyof these industries, our inability to retain and attract customers, or customer demand for our products which
differs from our projections, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The demand for our products depends significantly on the demand for our customers’ end products. Growth ofdemand in the industries and segments into which our products are sold fluctuates significantly and is driven by avariety of factors, including consumer spending, consumer preferences, the development and acceptance of newtechnologies and prevailing economic conditions. Changes in our customers’ markets and in our customers’
respective shares in such markets could result in slower growth and a decline in demand for our products. In
addition, if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as forecasted, our spending on process and productdevelopment ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Our business is dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers. In 2023 our largest customer, Apple,
accounted for 12.3% of our total revenues. While we do not believe to be dependent on any one customer orgroup of customers, the loss of key customers or important sockets at key customers could have an adverse effecton our results of operations and financial condition.
Our existing customers’ product strategy may change from time to time and/or product specifications may change
on short-time product life cycles and we have no certainty that our business, financial position and results ofoperations will not be affected. Our business is also dependent upon our ability to attract new customers. Therecan be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining new customers, or in adequately
projecting customer demand for our products. Our failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business,financial condition and results of operations.
Market dynamics have driven, and continue to drive us, to a strategic repositioning.
In recent years, we have undertaken several initiatives to reposition our business. Our strategies to improve ourresults of operations and financial condition have led us, and may in the future lead us, to acquire businesses that
we believe to be complementary to our own, to divest ourselves of or wind down activities that we believe do notserve our longer term business plans, or to enter into partnerships or joint ventures to enter into or strengthen our
position in certain markets and increase our scale of operations. Our potential acquisition strategies depend in parton our ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their acquisition, obtain approval by our shareholders
and obtain required regulatory and other approvals. Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on ourability to compete and to identify the activities in which we should no longer engage, obtain the relevant approvals
pursuant to our governance process and then determine and execute appropriate methods to divest of them. Our
actual or potential partnerships and joint venture strategies depend in part on our ability to execute sales andoperations plans alongside our partner or joint venture.
We are constantly monitoring our product portfolio and cannot exclude that additional steps in this repositioning
process may be required. Furthermore, we cannot assure that any strategic repositioning of our business, including
executed and possible future acquisitions, dispositions or partnerships and joint ventures, will be successful andwill not result in impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs.
Acquisitions, divestitures, partnerships and joint ventures involve a number of risks that could adversely affect ouroperating results and financial condition, including, in respect of acquisitions and divestitures, the inability for us tosuccessfully integrate businesses or teams that we acquire with our culture and strategies on a timely basis or atall, and the potential requirement for us to record charges related to the goodwill or other long-term assets
35

associated with the acquired businesses. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the full scopeof the benefits we expect from a particular acquisition, divestiture, partnership, joint venture or investment. Our
business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer if we fail to coordinate our resources effectively
to manage both our existing businesses and any acquired businesses. In addition, the financing of futureacquisitions, divestitures, partnerships or joint ventures may negatively impact our financial position, including ourability to pay a dividend and/or repurchase our shares, and our credit rating and we could be required to raise
additional funding.
Other risks associated with acquisitions include the assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed,
associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may exceed the amount of indemnification available fromthe seller, potential inaccuracies in the financials of the business acquired, and our ability to retain customers of an
acquired entity, its business or industrialize an acquired process or technology. Identified risks associated withdivestitures include loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented our remaining businesses oroperations and loss of important services provided by key employees that are assigned to divested activities.
We depend on collaboration with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations, universities,
customers and suppliers to further our R&D efforts, and our business and prospects could be materiallyadversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances.
Our success depends on our ability to introduce innovative new products and technologies to the marketplace on atimely basis. In light of the high levels of investment required for R&D activities, we depend in certain instances oncollaborations with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations, universities, customers andsuppliers to develop or access new technologies.
Such collaboration provides us with a number of important benefits, including the sharing of costs, reductions in
our own capital requirements, acquisitions of technical know-how and access to additional production capacities.
However, there can be no assurance that our collaboration efforts will be successful and allow us to develop andaccess new technologies in due time, in a cost-effective manner and/or to meet customer demands. If a particularcollaboration terminates before our intended goals are accomplished we may incur additional unforeseen costs,
and our business and prospects could be adversely affected. Furthermore, if we are unable to develop orotherwise access new technologies, whether independently or in collaboration with another industry participant,we may fail to keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the semiconductor industry, our participation in
the overall semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market share.
We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing the IP rights ofothers.
We depend on patents and other IP rights to protect our products and our manufacturing processes against
misappropriation by others. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and there can be
no assurance that we will receive patents from currently pending or future applications. Even if patents are issued,
they may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. In
addition, effective IP protection may be unavailable or limited in some countries. Our ability to enforce one ormore of our patents could be adversely affected by changes in patent laws, laws in certain foreign jurisdictions that
may not effectively protect our IP rights or by ineffective enforcement of laws in such jurisdictions. Competitors
may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other IP and therefore either be unavailable to us
or be made available to us subject to adverse terms and conditions. We have in the past used our patent portfolio
to negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of our competitors enabling us to design, manufacture and sell
semiconductor products, without concern of infringing patents held by such competitors. We may not in the future
be able to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary IP on favorable terms for the conduct of ourbusiness, and such failure may adversely impact our results of operations. Such cross-license agreements expire
from time to time and there is no assurance that we can or we will extend them.
We have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications alleging possible infringementof third-party patents and other IP rights. Some of those claims are made by so-called non-practicing entities
against which we are unable to assert our own patent portfolio to lever licensing terms and conditions.
Competitors with whom we do not have patent cross-license agreements may also develop technologies that areprotected by patents and other IP rights and which may be unavailable to us or only made available on unfavorable
36terms and conditions. We may therefore become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents
and other IP rights. IP litigation may also involve our customers who in turn may seek indemnification from us
should we not prevail and/or who may decide to curtail their orders for those of our products over which claims
have been asserted. Such lawsuits may therefore have a material adverse effect on our business. We may beforced to stop producing substantially all or some of our products or to license the underlying technology upon
economically unfavorable terms and conditions or we may be required to pay damages for the prior use of thirdparty IP and/or face an injunction.
The outcome of IP litigation is inherently uncertain and may divert the efforts and attention of our management
and other specialized technical personnel. Such litigation can result in significant costs and, if not resolved in ourfavor, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules, new orrevised legislation or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our
results.
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules, new or revised
legislation or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on our results.
In 2021, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the G20 Inclusive Frameworkon base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) agreed to a two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges arising fromthe digitalization of the economy. Pillar I is a set of proposals to revisit tax allocation rules in a changed economy.
The intention is that a portion of a multinationals' residual profit is taxed in the jurisdiction where revenue issourced.
Pillar II enforces a global minimum corporate income tax at an effective rate of 15% for large multinationals. On
December 20, 2021 the OECD published the Global Anti-Base Erosion Model Rules ("GloBe Rules") for Pillar II. On
December 22, 2021, the European Commission published a legislative proposal for Pillar II (the "EU Pillar II
Directive").
On December 15, 2022, the Council of the European Union formally adopted the EU Pillar II Directive. The EU Pillar
II Directive aims at consistently implementing among all 27 member states the GloBe Rules. EU Member States will
have to transpose the EU Pillar II Directive into their national laws and will have to apply the Pillar II measures inrespect of the fiscal years beginning on or after December 31, 2023. The Netherlands have transposed the EU Pillar
II Directive into its national legislation with effect from December 31, 2023 pursuant to the Dutch Minimum Tax
Act 2024 (Wet minimumbelasting 2024).
The tax impact of the Pillar I and Pillar II rules is monitored to determine the potential effect on our results and toensure compliance when the legislation is effective. The impact on the Company's tax position will depend on thechanges in the level of tax results within various local jurisdiction and the potential adoption of the legislation in
the jurisdiction where the Company operates in 2024. Therefore no quantitative tax impact on the Company's tax
position is provided as per December 31, 2023.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating results within various local jurisdictions
and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions
due to new events. We currently receive certain tax benefits or benefit from net operating losses cumulated inprior years in some countries, and these benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local
jurisdictions or credits on net operating losses being no longer available due to either full utilization or expirationof the statute of limitations in such jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could increase and/or ourbenefits from carrying forward net operating losses could affect our deferred tax assets in certain countries in the
coming years. In addition, the acquisition or divestiture of businesses in certain jurisdictions could materially affectour effective tax rate.
We evaluate our deferred tax asset position and the need for a valuation allowance on a regular basis. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate futuretaxable income that is sufficient to utilize in certain jurisdictions loss carry-forwards or tax credits before their
expiration or our ability to implement prudent and feasible tax optimization strategies. The recorded amount of
total deferred tax assets could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations
37

and financial position, if our estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from available tax
strategies are reduced as a result of a change in business condition or in management’s plans or due to otherfactors, such as changes in tax laws and regulations.
We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax
positions and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures. We are also subject to tax audits in certain
jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in resolving potential tax claims that result fromthese audits, which could result in material adjustments in our tax positions. We record provisions on the basis of
the best current understanding; however, we could be required to record additional provisions in future periods
for amounts that cannot currently be assessed. Our failure to do so and/or the need to increase our provisions forsuch claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial position.
Our operating results can vary significantly due to impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and equity
investments booked pursuant to acquisitions and the timeframe required to foster and realize synergies thereof,
joint venture agreements and the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties, as well as toimpairment of tangible assets due to changes in the business environment. Because the market for our products ischaracterized by rapidly changing technologies, significant changes in the semiconductor industry, and thepotential failure of our business initiatives, our future cash flows may not support the value of goodwill, tangible
assets and other intangibles registered in our consolidated balance sheets.
We receive public funding, and a reduction in the amount available to us or demands for repayment could
increase our costs and impact our results of operations.
We have in the past obtained public funding, primarily to support our proprietary R&D for technology investments
and investments in cooperative R&D ventures, and expect to obtain public funding in the future, mainly from EU
member states (including France, Italy and Malta). The public funding we receive is subject to periodic review by
the relevant authorities and there can be no assurance that we will continue to benefit from such programs atcurrent levels or that sufficient alternative funding will be available if we lose such support. If any of the publicfunding programs we participate in are curtailed or discontinued and we do not reduce the relevant R&D or othercosts, this could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, to receive public funding, we enter
into agreements which require compliance with extensive regulatory requirements and set forth certain conditions
relating to the funded programs. If we fail to meet the regulatory requirements or applicable conditions, we may,under certain circumstances, be required to refund previously received amounts, which could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations. If there are changes in the public funding we receive this could increase
the net costs for us to, amongst others, continue investing in R&D at current levels and could result in a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.
A change in the landscape in public funding may also affect our business. For example, the European Chips Act
which entered into force on September 21, 2023 and is designed to bolster Europe’s competitiveness andresilience in semiconductor technologies and applications and any similar proposals in other regions, may provide
public funding towards manufacturing activities of semiconductors. It is yet to be seen whether this would impact
the amount of public funding currently available to us for our R&D or other investments and ventures, but any
reduction in said funding will result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, this may
result in new or existing competitors benefiting from such funding and could also have an impact on thecompetitive landscape in our industry.
Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could expose us to liability
and increase our costs due to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or because of damage tothe environment.
We are subject to various laws and regulations, as well as increasing focus from our stakeholders regarding
environmental, health and safety matters, including the use, storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals, gases
and other hazardous substances used in our operations. Addressing such focus from stakeholders, as well ascompliance with such laws and regulations could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales byrequiring us to acquire costly equipment, materials or greenhouse gas allowances, or to incur other significant
expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and emission disposal processes. Furthermore,environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of38

damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. Failure by us tocontrol the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous substances could subject us to
future liabilities.
Climate change and related sustainability regulations and initiatives, including our commitment to becomecarbon neutral by 2027 on scope 1 and 2 and partially scope 3, could place additional burden on us and ouroperations.
As climate change issues become more pronounced, we may correspondingly face increased regulation and also
expectations from our stakeholders to take actions beyond existing regulatory requirements to minimize our
impact on the environment and mitigate climate change related effects. The semiconductor manufacturing process
has historically contributed to direct greenhouse gas emissions by utilizing perfluorocarbons, which may lead tonew or increased regulation of such compounds. In order to address such regulation, we may be required to adapt
our production processes or purchase additional equipment or carbon offsets, leading to increased costs. As of theend of 2023, we are on track towards our goal to become carbon neutral by 2027 on scope 1 and 2 and partiallyscope 3, which includes two specific targets: compliance with the 1.5°C scenario defined at the Paris COP21 by
2025, implying a 50% reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to 2018, and thesourcing of 100% renewable energy by 2027.
To meet these additional requirements, we will need to continue to deploy additional equipment, introduce
process changes, utilize alternative suppliers and materials, and take other similar actions, some or all of which
may require us to incur additional costs which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations
and our financial condition. In addition, if we fail to meet these expectations, or foster additional sustainability
initiatives, we may experience reputational risk which could impact our ability to attract and retain customers,
employees, and investors.
Further, our sites, as well as those of our partners along the supply chain, may be exposed to changing and/or
increasing physical risks resulting from climate change that are either chronic (induced by longer-term shifts inclimate patterns, such as sea level rise or constraints in the availability of water, changing temperature, wind or
precipitation patterns) or acute (event-driven such as cyclones, hurricanes or heat waves). In the context of thetransition to a lower-carbon economy, we will likely be exposed to further policy, legal, technology, and market
transition risks. We have already seen further policy developments in this area in the form of Regulation (EU)2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 18, 2020 on the establishment of a framework tofacilitate sustainable investment and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (the “EU Taxonomy Regulation”), which
entered into force on July 12, 2020. As a result of the EU Taxonomy Regulation, we must disclose information on
how and to what extent our activities are associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally
sustainable.
Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 14, 2022 amending
Regulation (EU) No 537/2014, Directive 2004/109/EC, Directive 2006/43/EC and Directive 2013/34/EU, as regards
corporate sustainability reporting (the “CSRD”), which entered into force on January 5, 2023 and which will apply
to our reporting as of financial year 2024, strengthens the rules regarding social and environmental informationthat is required to be reported. The CSRD seeks to provide investors and other stakeholders with access to theinformation they need to assess investment risks arising from climate change and other sustainability topics. The
CSRD further makes it mandatory for us to have an audit of the sustainability information that we report on. If ourdisclosure metrics relating to climate change and other sustainability topics are lower than those of our peers in
the industry, this may lead to reputational risk which may lead to onward financial repercussions such as adecrease in share price or difficulty in raising capital.
Loss of key employees and the inability to continuously recruit and retain qualified employees could hurt ourcompetitive position.
Our success depends to a significant extent upon our key executives and R&D, engineering, marketing, sales,
manufacturing, support and other personnel. Our success also depends upon our ability to continue to identify,
attract, retain and motivate highly trained and skilled engineering, technical and professional personnel in acompetitive recruitment environment, as well our ability to ensure the smooth succession and continuity of39

business with newly hired and promoted personnel. For instance, in highly specialized areas, it may become moredifficult to retain employees.
Our employee hiring and retention also depend on our ability to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive
workplace culture and be viewed as an employer of choice. We intend to continue to devote significant resources
to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, however, we may not be able to attract, obtain and retain these
employees, which may affect our growth in future years and the loss of the services of any of these key personnel
without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel could have a material adverse
effect on us.
The interests of our controlling shareholder, which is in turn indirectly controlled by the French and Italian
governments, may conflict with other investors’ interests. In addition, our controlling shareholder may sell our
existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time.
We understand that as of December 31, 2023, STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”), owned 250,704,754
shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued common shares. ST Holding may therefore be in a position toeffectively control the outcome of decisions submitted to the vote at our shareholders’ meetings, including but notlimited to the appointment of the members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards.
We have been informed that ST Holding’s shareholders, each of which is ultimately controlled by the French or
Italian government, are party to a shareholders agreement (the “STH Shareholders Agreement”), which governs
relations between them. We are not a party to the STH Shareholders Agreement. The STH Shareholders Agreement
includes provisions requiring the unanimous approval by the shareholders of ST Holding before ST Holding can voteits shares in our share capital, which may give rise to a conflict of interest between our interests and investors’interests, on the one hand, and the (political) interests of ST Holding’s shareholders, on the other hand. Our ability
to issue new shares or other securities giving access to our shares may be limited by ST Holding’s desire to
maintain its shareholding at a certain level and our ability to buy back shares may be limited by ST Holding due to a
Dutch law requiring one or more shareholders acquiring 30% or more of our voting rights to launch a tender offer
for our outstanding shares.
The STH Shareholders Agreement also permits our respective French and Italian indirect shareholders to direct ST
Holding to dispose of its stake in us at any time, thereby reducing the current level of their respective indirectinterests in our common shares. Sales of our common shares or the issuance of financial instruments exchangeable
into our common shares or any announcements concerning a potential sale by ST Holding could materially impact
the market price of our common shares depending on the timing and size of such sale, market conditions as well as
a variety of other factors.
Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.
We have an option agreement in place with an independent foundation, whereby the foundation can acquire
preference shares in the event of actions which the board of the independent foundation determines would becontrary to our interests, our shareholders and our other stakeholders and which in the event of a creeping
acquisition or offer for our common shares are not supported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In
addition, our shareholders have authorized us to issue additional capital within the limits of the authorization by
our Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (“AGM”), subject to the requirements of our Articles of Association,
without the need to seek a specific shareholder resolution for each capital increase. Accordingly, an issue ofpreference shares or new shares may make it more difficult for a shareholder to obtain control over our general
meeting of shareholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our shareholders
to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may materially adversely affect the market price of ourordinary shares and our investors’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
Any decision to reduce or discontinue paying cash dividends to our shareholders could adversely impact themarket price of our common shares.
On an annual basis, our Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, may propose the
distribution of a cash dividend to the general meeting of shareholders. Any reduction or discontinuance by us of
the payment of cash dividends at historical levels could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

40

We are required to prepare financial statements under IFRS and we also prepare Consolidated Financial
Statements under U.S. GAAP, and such dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial reporting.
We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting isdesigned to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of ourreporting, thereby providing our stakeholders and potential investors with a clear understanding of our financial
performance. As we are incorporated in The Netherlands and our shares are listed in Europe on Euronext Paris andon the Borsa Italiana, we are subject to EU regulations requiring us to also report our results of operations andfinancial statements using IFRS.
As a result of the obligation to report our financial statements under IFRS, we prepare our results of operations
using both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting can materially increase thecomplexity of our financial communications. Our financial position and results of operations reported inaccordance with IFRS will differ from our financial position and results of operations reported in accordance with
U.S. GAAP, which could give rise to confusion in the marketplace.
There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of our controls.
There can be no assurance that a system of internal control over financial reporting, including one determined tobe effective, will prevent or detect all misstatements. A control system, no matter how well designed andoperated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance regarding financial statement preparation andpresentation. Projections of the results of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting into future periods are subject to inherent risk. The relevant controls may become inadequate due tochanges in circumstances or the degree of compliance with the underlying policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Because we are subject to the corporate law of The Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty
protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S. company.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws governing corporations
incorporated in The Netherlands. The rights of our investors and the responsibilities of members of our Managing
and Supervisory Boards under Dutch law are not as clearly established as under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions.
Therefore, U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by ourmanagement, members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards or our controlling shareholders than U.S.
investors would have if we were incorporated in the United States.
Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, ST
Holding and most members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the
United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to effect service within the UnitedStates upon us, ST Holding, or members of our Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons in U.S.
courts, or to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against such persons in courts in jurisdictions outside theUnited States. This could be true in any legal action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisionsof U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions
brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
We have been advised by Dutch counsel that the United States and The Netherlands do not currently have a treaty
providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil andcommercial matters. With respect to choice of court agreements in civil or commercial matters, it is noted that theHague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements entered into force in The Netherlands, but has not entered into
force in the United States. As a consequence, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal
or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal
securities laws of the United States, will not be enforceable in The Netherlands. However, if the party in whosefavor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in The Netherlands, such party may
submit to The Netherlands court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. If The
Netherlands court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court in the United States has been based on
grounds that are internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures that are in accordance with the Dutch
standards of proper administration of justice including sufficient safeguards (behoorlijke rechtspleging) have been
observed, the court in The Netherlands would, under current practice, in principle give binding effect to the final
41

judgment that has been rendered in the United States unless such judgment contradicts The Netherlands’ public
policy and provided that the judgment by the foreign court is not incompatible with a decision rendered between
the same parties by a Dutch court, or with a previous decision rendered between the same parties by a foreign
court in a dispute that concerns the same subject and is based on the same cause, provided that the previous
decision qualifies for acknowledgment in The Netherlands. Even if such a foreign judgment is given binding effect,a claim based thereon may, however, still be rejected if the foreign judgment is not or no longer formallyenforceable.
3.3.1.3.

Managing risk according to our risk appetite strategy

Risk management activities are governed by our risk appetite strategy, which is discussed annually at theSupervisory Board and Audit Committee levels.
We determine the amount of risk we are willing to pursue or retain, depending on associated expected rewards,
opportunities, and costs.
Our risk appetite strategy depends on the nature of risks. As an illustration, we strive to reduce residual exposure
to a level as low as reasonably practicable for the following risk categories:•

corporate governance;•

product quality;•

operations resilience (internal events);•

protection of IP and other sensitive information;•

people, health & safety;•

compliance with environmental regulations and commitments;•

adherence to our Code of Conduct and complying with applicable laws & regulations; and•protection against cyber threats.

42

ERM PROCESSThe embedded ERM process takes a holistic view, combining both company-wide top-down and bottom-up
perspectives, to ensure that specific risk scenarios are addressed at the right level. The process is implemented as
described in the following chart:

During 2023, we refreshed our Company risk assessment with the executive management team. The output fromthis exercise was a risk map linked to our strategic objectives, including nine redefined ‘priority 1’ risk areas.
Risk owners (members of our Senior Management, which consists of our Executive Committee and Executive Vice
Presidents as described in section 5.4. (Managing Board)) were appointed for each priority risk area to develop risk
response plans, adapt to changing external conditions and enhance monitoring capabilities. The risk response plans
are regularly reviewed by our Executive Committee and periodically discussed with the Audit Committee of theSupervisory Board.
Each of our organizational units completes its own risk assessment. This includes marketing and sales regions,product groups, manufacturing and technology, and corporate functions. In addition, we implemented further risk
assessments on large company programs, including transformation programs.
3.3.1.4.

Illustrative risk management measures

Corporate governanceOur commitment to the good principles of corporate governance is outlined in section 5.1. (Commitment to theprinciples of good corporate governance). The Supervisory Board and its committees, and the Managing Board,
through their structures, charters and activities ensure proper corporate governance as described in chapter 5(Corporate Governance).

43

Product quality
Quality is a key value and priority for us. Our vision is to elevate ST to the highest level of quality as an asset for ourcustomers. We can achieve a high level of quality because our employees and management are committed toquality, focused on customer’s targets, and improvement programs are effective.
Product Quality & Reliability (“PQR”) is organized at Company level and embedded in all our organizations. The
PQR leadership team brings together quality directors from across our entire business operations (front-end andback-end manufacturing, product groups, sales regions and corporate organizations) to deploy our quality strategy
and quality programs throughout the Company.
We are continuously adapting to have the necessary advanced and innovative infrastructure and organization toensure our products meet the highest quality and reliability requirements in the markets we address.
Our quality governance is based on our quality management system, part of our enterprise management system,as documented in our quality manual. It details how we implement processes allowing to meet the highest
customer and standards requirements.
We adhere to internationally recognized quality management standards. We received our first companywide
ISOTS16949 certification in 2003 and this certification was renewed every three years since that time. Since 2018,
we have been certified IATF 16949:2016 and ISO 9001:2015 demonstrating our robust quality governance,
effective quality management system and quality compliance across the Company. In 2023, we were certified ISO
SAE 21434 confirming that we established a certified management system and governance which meets andcomplies with the requirements of the automotive industry in the field of cyber security process management
within product development phases.
Operations resilience
We have extended our risk approach to encompass a dedicated resilience management system (“RMS”), including
both business continuity and crisis management, and addressing the following dimensions:•continuity of the main sites;•

manufacturing flexibility across internal and/or external sites;•

continuity of full supply chain including third parties;•

managing the business continuity and crisis communication to clients and other stakeholders; and•improving company-wide capability to respond to crises.

In 2023, as per our multi-year improvement roadmap, we further embedded RMS in our main sites and selectedorganizational units, leveraging our corporate resilience competence center and a global network of resiliencechampions. We deployed incremental improvements to our RMS (fully aligned methodologies and toolkits across
ERM, resilience, business continuity and crisis management). It provides a consistent methodology to address
potential business disruptions of our resources, such as:•site unavailability;•

people unavailability;•

IT system disruptions (e.g. cyber-attacks); and•critical sourcing and logistics/transportation disruptions.

As such, we address scenarios that may affect our supply chain and operations such as pandemics, natural hazards(such as earthquakes, floods, snowstorms, volcanic eruptions or tsunamis), industrial accidents (such as fires andexplosions), facilities/energy interruptions and major impacts related to human activities (such as geo-politicaltensions, terrorism or strikes).
In 2023, we continued to enhance a company-specific methodology underpinning a global dashboard: a range of
relevant indicators based on internal or external standards, covering dimensions such as exposure to natural
hazards, loss prevention characteristics, facilities robustness, equipment modernization and redundancy, IT
44

infrastructure quality and cyber protection. For every significant site, those indicators are compiled in our “siteresilience index”, which is updated on a quarterly basis. Annually, site management teams prepare and update asite improvement plan accordingly.
We have been ISO 22301 (Security and Resilience) certified since 2016. Throughout 2023, our continuous
improvements have been subjected to both internal audits and external surveillance audits from the certificationbody.
In addition, in 2023, an additional independent audit was completed focusing on the maturity assessment of thedesign and implementation of our resilience framework, confirming its current level of maturity.
Protection of IP and other sensitive information
We have processes and procedures in place to protect our IP and other sensitive information. This includes a
dedicated team of global patent attorneys and patent engineers who harvest and collect inventions generated
through our R&D efforts, chair and manage patent committees to determine patent filing strategies and oversee
the filing and issuance of our approximately 20,000 patents and patent applications around the world. As part ofthis process, we offer incentive awards to our inventor community to help ensure their active and on-goingparticipation in protecting this innovation. The patent committees also regularly make decisions on whichinventions are better maintained as our confidential or sensitive information. For any information which we deemas confidential or sensitive, we have processes and procedures which restrict any disclosure of such information to
any third-party without having in place appropriate measures such as a non-disclosure agreement. We further
secure our IP and sensitive information through the administration of our corporate IT security policies andprocedures.
People, health & safety
We listen to feedback from customers, investors, partners, employees and management before identifying,prioritizing and managing our environmental, health and safety (“EHS”) risks. Based on feedback from all
stakeholders, we maintain a regular materiality exercise on all related topics and update our sustainability strategy
accordingly. For each sustainability domain, we define precise ambitions and long-term goals, and deploy therelevant programs to manage the related risks.
We have a Company sustainability council that reviews the progress of these programs and related key
performance indicators (“KPIs”) together with our stakeholders’ continuous feedback. EHS risks are reviewed
annually through our ERM and business continuity processes. All our plants run their own EHS specific risk analyses
and follow-up both on Company and local programs.
Our aim is to prevent employee and environmental risks, including social, chemicals, fire, ergonomics, mechanical,
handling, radiation, movements and work at height, nanomaterials, wastes, water or air emission. We take aprecautionary approach when assessing new processes, chemicals and products, as set out in principle 15 of the
Rio Declaration.
We constantly review our policies and rules, deploy certified management systems such as ISO45001, reinforce ourculture, strengthen job hazard analysis and training plans, deploy industry standards such as Responsible Business
Alliance (“RBA”), and audit all of our sites. Our EHS performance and management systems are regularly evaluatedand certified through internal and third-party audits. Moreover, to limit any risks related to our license to operate,
we have a three-year program to conduct third-party EHS legal compliance audits. This program covers 41 sites,
including all our manufacturing sites, all our sites with more than 100 employees and some smaller sites andwarehouses.
We promote and recognize shared vigilance and drive continuous improvements in behaviors. Everywhere we
practice early detection of hazards, unsafe acts and conditions. We systematically implement adequate actions toaddress weak points and avoid recurrence of near misses. We share all data transparently and adapt our
prevention and practices to the highest standards.

45

Compliance with environmental regulations and commitments
Our approach to managing our Company in an environmentally responsible way is outlined in section 3.4.1.
(Environmental matters) and in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy Regulation).
Adherence to our Code of Conduct and complying with applicable laws & regulations
We believe that conducting our business with the highest standard of integrity is essential to our long term
success, and that compliance and ethics is everyone’s job and responsibility.
Our Code of Conduct is all about our values and the principles contained therein, which are shared throughout theCompany, are the top level reference for guiding our behavior, decision making and activities. Our values are:•Integrity: we conduct our business with the highest ethical standards, honor our commitments, deliver on
our promises, are loyal and fair, and stand up for what is right.

•

People: we behave with openness, trust and simplicity; we are ready to share our knowledge, encourage
everyone’s contribution, develop our people through empowerment, teamwork and training; each one of
us is committed and personally involved in the continuous improvement process.

•Excellence: we strive for quality and customer satisfaction and create value for all our partners; we are
flexible, encourage innovation, develop our competences, seek responsibility and are accountable for ouractions; we act with discipline, base our decisions on facts, and focus on the priorities.

In 2023, we continued to push forward and refreshed our compliance & ethics awareness and communication
campaign (branded “Building Trust Together”), focusing on the importance of integrity and ethical conduct. Thisinitiative establishes clear expectations throughout the Company and invites all employees to speak up without
fear of retaliation.
We use a variety of tools to engage with employees, managers and third parties, such as: face-to-face and townhall meetings, e-learning modules, dedicated intranet webpage, articles, posters, targeted emails and short videos(available in 10 languages). We have also developed a dedicated mobile application, our ST Integrity App, which we
use to provide our employees with quick and easy access to important and useful information, push notifications,fun quizzes, training materials, and a link to our ethics hotline and other useful contact information.
We have a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption, regardless of the identity or position of theoriginator or recipient of any bribe. It is also strictly forbidden for anybody to use Company funds or assets to makea political contribution.
Our Code of Conduct and Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy, which are available in the corporate governancesection of our website at investors.st.com, provide clear definitions regarding instances of bribery and corruption,and include detailed descriptions of the Company’s rules for engaging with third-parties. They also explain how toreport actual or suspected violations and outline the potential disciplinary actions and legal consequences of any
non-compliance.
We encourage everyone, including external business partners, to express, in good faith, any concerns they might
have regarding possible violations of our Code of Conduct, the Company’s policies, or the law. Managers areaccountable for maintaining a working atmosphere where employees are comfortable about speaking up andexpressing their concerns freely.
Our Speak Up Policy is communicated to all employees through, inter alia, our Code of Conduct, dedicated intranet
web page and our ST Integrity App. In addition to Company reporting channels, we have an independent
multilingual ethics hotline.
We apply a high standard of confidentiality when handling reports of misconduct (received either throughmanagement or through the ethics hotline) to ensure that no employee who reports a concern in good faithsuffers retaliation in the form of harassment, adverse employment or career consequences.

46

Protection against cyber threats
Cybersecurity risk management is an integral part of the overarching risk framework and seeks to identify andaddress fast-evolving cybersecurity threats. The management of cybersecurity risks are governed by the Executive
Committee and receives regular oversight from the Audit Committee as a standing item.
We have a specialized Information Security team within the wider Digital Transformation and Information
Technology team of the Company. The Information Security team covers the following:•

program definition and steering;•framework, which include third-party security;•awareness and training campaigns;•

architecture and engineering;•business applications;•

R&D solutions;•manufacturing and industrial solutions;•

IT infrastructures;•information security operations (risk-based vulnerability management, privileged access management);and•detection and reactions to information security incidents, as part of the wider crisis management process.

In particular, within our Information Security team, the Cyber Security Incident Response Team monitor on acontinuous basis the evolving cyber threats, and detect and analyze incidents. Based on their initial assessments,
any significant risk is escalated and would, if required, trigger the assembly of a Corporate Crisis Team ("CCT"). This
CCT would lead the Company response (e.g. containment, forensic investigation, system restoration, and any
associated business impact). The CCT would periodically inform the Executive Committee of any developments,
and the Executive Committee would in-turn keep the Audit Committee and Supervisory Board informed.
In addition, we have recently created a Third-Party Management function within our procurement department,
which will take into consideration cybersecurity risks in the overall management of third parties.
In 2023, an audit by a leading independent organization was completed, focussing on a dedicated review of ourcyber crisis playbook.
We have also been certified ISO SAE 21434 (Road Vehicles – Cybersecurity Engineering) since 2022 confirming that
we established a certified management system and governance which meets and complies with the requirementsof the automotive industry in the field of cyber security process management within product development phases.
3.3.1.5.

Risks having had a significant financial impact during 2023

In 2023, no single risk event had a negative material impact on the Company’s financial results.
3.3.2. Internal Control
Our Managing Board is responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legislation and regulations. As
such, under the guidance of our Chief Financial Officer, we have established and implemented internal financial
risk management and control systems. These controls and procedures are based on identified risk factors that
could potentially influence our operations and financial objectives and contain a system of monitoring, reportingand operational reviews.
We regularly evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures and correspondingly advise our
Audit Committee on the results of such evaluations, any changes to such internal controls and procedures, as well47

as any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting, which are reasonably likely to affect our ability to record, process or summarize and report financial
information to our auditors and to our Audit Committee. Likewise, any fraud, whether or not material, thatinvolves management, or other employees who have a significant role in our internal control over financial
reporting, are disclosed to our external auditors and to our Audit Committee, which informs our Supervisory
Board.
We have established policies and procedures which set forth principles, business rules of behavior and conduct
which are considered to be consistent with proper business management, in line with our mission and strategic
objectives, such as our Code of Conduct.
We have adopted policies and procedures to describe the operational flow of actions to perform a task or activity,
or to implement a policy within a given functional field. We have a large number of standard operating procedures
which cover a wide range of activities such as approvals, authorizations, verifications, reconciliations, review ofoperating performance, security of assets and segregation of duties, which are deployed throughout the Company.
Our internal audit organization ("Corporate Audit") is independent of our management. Its primary objective is toenhance and protect organizational value by providing risk-based and objective assurance, advice, and insights.
Internal audit plans are developed by Corporate Audit and apply a risk-based approach. They are reviewed
annually by our Audit Committee and approved by our Supervisory Board. Each year, the internal audit plan
includes audit assignments covering a variety of organizational units, processes and risks.
Corporate Audit performs its activities in accordance with the International Standards for the Professional Practiceof Internal Auditing, published by the Institute of Internal Auditors.
Based on the information included in this section 3.3. (Risk Management and Internal Control) and the outcome of
the aforementioned measures, the Managing Board states that to the best of its knowledge: (i) the internal risk
management and control systems in place provide a reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial reporting
does not include any errors of material importance as of and for the 2023 financial year; (ii) in relation to theCompany’s financial reporting these systems operated effectively during 2023; (iii) it is justified that the financial
reporting is prepared on a going concern basis; and (iv) the report states those material risks and uncertainties thatare relevant to the expectation of the Company’s continuity for the period of twelve months after the preparationof the report.
Our internal risk management and control systems, including the structure and operation thereof, were discussed
and evaluated on several occasions with our Audit Committee, and also discussed by our Supervisory Board, during2023 (in accordance with best practice provision 1.4.1 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code).

3.4. Sustainability
Sustainability has been a guiding principle at ST for 30 years. We believe that our commitment to a sustainableculture is good for people, the planet, business, and society at large. Our ambition is to create sustainable
technology in a sustainable way for a sustainable world, providing long-term value for all our stakeholders.
Sustainability is embedded in all our activities. We implement programs to manage our impacts, opportunities, andrisks at each step of our value chain. We create technologies that enable responsible applications for safer, greener
and smarter living. We put people first, prioritize health and safety, well-being, human rights and community
empowerment. We are committed to minimizing our impact on the environment by reducing our emissions andenergy consumption as well as addressing water and waste related challenges. Our goal is to conduct business in a
responsible way, while creating profitable growth, managing risks and meeting stakeholder expectations. Our full
approach is detailed in our sustainability charter (available on www.st.com/SustainabilityCharter).
At the heart of our strategy is a strong focus on identifying topics that matter to our business and stakeholders. We
carry out a materiality exercise every year, including a review with our main stakeholders. These assessments allow
us to prioritize and focus on the relevant topics and address these in our strategy, programs and objectives.

48

As in previous years, the most material topics identified in 2023 were: health and safety, greenhouse gas
emissions, water efficiency, ethics, and labor and human rights. In addition, we continued to focus on important
topics including energy efficiency, water recycling, waste recycling, talent attraction and engagement, diversity,
equity and inclusion as well as corporate social responsibility in our supply chain. For each material topic, we
define a specific ambition and a long-term goal.
We are included in several sustainability indices, such as Dow Jones Sustainability Index World and Europe,
FTSE4Good, EuroNext VIGEO Europe 120, Eurozone 120 and Benelux 120, CAC 40 ESG, MIB ESG, ISS ESG Corporate
Rating, Vérité40 and Bloomberg Gender Equality index. As of 2023, we received an MSCI ESG Rating of AAA1. We
received an A- score for CDP Water security and an A- score for CDP Climate Change. In addition, as a full memberof the RBA, we participate in the collective efforts of the industry to find solutions to global sustainability
challenges.
We have been a signatory of the UN Global Compact since 2000. Our sustainability programs are aligned with its
ten principles and contribute to 11 of the 17 UN Sustainable Development Goals (“SDG”), as referenced in thetable below.

1

The use by ST of any MSCI ESG RESEARCH LLC or its affiliates (“MSCI”) data, and the use of MSCI logos, trademarks, service marks or index
names herein, do not constitute a sponsorship, endorsement, recommendation, or promotion of ST by MSCI. MSCI services and data are theproperty of MSCI or its information providers and are provided ‘as-is’ and without warranty. MSCI names and logos are trademarks or service
marks of MSCI.

49

UN Sustainable Development Goals

ST sustainability programs

SDG 3 - Good health and well-being

Health and safety

SDG 4 - Ensure inclusive and quality education for all andpromote lifelong learning

Talent attraction andengagement

SDG 5 - Achieve gender equality and empower all women andgirls

Diversity, equity and inclusion

SDG 6 - Clean water and sanitation

Water

SDG 7 - Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable andmodern energy for all

Energy and climate change

SDG 8 - Promote inclusive and sustainable economic growth,
employment and decent work for all

Labor and human rights
Responsible supply chain
Health and safety

SDG 9 - Build resilient infrastructure, promote sustainableindustrialization and foster innovation

Innovation

SDG 10 - Reduce inequality within and among countries

Diversity, equity and inclusion

SDG 12 - Ensure sustainable consumption and production
patterns

Waste and chemicals

SDG 13 - Take urgent action to combat climate change and its
impacts

Energy and climate change

SDG 17 - Revitalize the global partnership for sustainable
development – multi-stakeholder partnerships

Labor and human rights

During the preparation of this annual report we took note of the guidance on reporting over financial year 2023
issued by the regulator, focussed, amongst others, on the inclusion of further disclosure on various sustainability
topics. Although it is our practice to adhere to such guidance as much as possible, for financial year 2023 we havedecided to keep our reporting on sustainability topics consistent with prior years, since we are currently
extensively preparing to issue an integrated report over financial year 2024, in which this further sustainability
disclosure will be included
3.4.1. Environmental Matters
We are committed to managing our business operations in an environmentally responsible way. Consistent with
our sustainability approach, we have established proactive environmental policies with respect to the handling ofchemicals, emissions, waste disposals and other substances of concern from our manufacturing operations.
50

3.4.1.1.

Our environmental policy

Our environmental policy (available on www.st.com) describes how we prevent pollution, reduce consumption ofnatural resources, reduce waste, and minimize impacts from our manufacturing operations. Our environmental
policy is in line with international and local regulations and is supported by our sustainability charter.
Our corporate environmental team is responsible for developing environmental programs and procedures. These
are then implemented and executed at an operational level by dedicated environmental teams at each site.
Environmental management system
Our environmental management system is aligned with international standards. Almost all our manufacturing sites
are ISO 14001, ISO 50001, ISO 14064 certified and Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (“EMAS”) validated. Our
performance and management system is evaluated annually through third-party surveillance audits, and ourcertifications are renewed every three years. In 2023, we performed a number of audits and all our sites
maintained their certifications. Furthermore, to support our culture of continuous improvement, we also conduct
internal audits on a three-year basis.
Environment, health and safety legal complianceTo assess the compliance status of our sites and limit any risks related to our license to operate, we have a threeyear program to conduct third-party EHS legal compliance audits. This program covers 41 sites, including all our
manufacturing sites, all our sites with more than 100 employees and some smaller sites and warehouses. In 2023
we started a new three-year cycle and 3 sites were audited under this legal compliance audit program. We believethat in 2023 our activities complied with then-applicable environmental regulations in all material respects. We
regularly engage external consultants to audit all of our environmental activities and create or update
environmental management teams, information systems and trainings. We also regularly review and update
environmental procedures for our processes. In 2023, there were no material environmental claims made against
us.
Monitoring performance
We evaluate our overall environmental performance by monitoring multiple indicators, such as resource
consumption, waste, and air emissions.
All environmental data within the Company is regularly (monthly, quarterly, and annually) collected in our internal
central environmental database and reported to all management levels. Tracking the progress of each indicator
allows our various sites and organizations to continually adjust and improve their performance. Unless otherwise
stated, our environmental data, reported in this section 3.4., covers our 11 largest manufacturing sites.
3.4.1.2.

Energy and Climate Change

At the end of 2020, we announced our commitment to become carbon neutral on scope 1 and scope 2 andpartially on scope 3 by 2027. This commitment is part of our response to the global climate challenge and reflects
our ambition to reduce the impact of our activities on the environment.
Our carbon neutrality program includes:•

a comprehensive roadmap covering the reduction of direct and indirect emissions, including producttransportation, business travel, and employee commuting;•the sourcing of 100% renewable energy by 2027; and•an intermediate milestone, to be achieved by 2025, with full compliance to the 1.5°C scenario defined at
the Paris COP21, endorsed by the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi). Our intermediate milestone is to
reduce by 50% our direct (scope 1) and indirect (scope 2) emissions by 2025 compared to 2018 and tosource 80% of renewable energy by 2025.

Our comprehensive roadmap includes:•

reduction of direct emissions of greenhouse gases (scope 1), mainly through investment in equipment toburn the gases (PFCs) remaining after manufacturing;51

•

reduction of overall energy consumption (scope 2), by improving energy efficiency, sourcing renewableenergy and saving 150GWh from 2018 to 2027;•

reduction of emissions from product transportation, business travel, and employee commuting (part ofscope 3); and•offsetting of the remaining emissions through the identification and implementation of the most credible
and relevant carbon avoidance and sequestration programs. Our current environmental programs anddata do not include carbon offsetting projects which will form the final part of our carbon neutrality
program.

We measure, manage, and report our direct and indirect emissions in accordance with Scopes 1, 2, and partly 3 ofthe greenhouse gas protocol.
The graph below highlights the breakdown of our greenhouse gas emissions for scopes 1, 2 and part of scope 3.

In 2023, we continued our progress towards carbon neutrality and, although there was an increase in our scope 1
and part of scope 3 emissions (the reasons for which are explained further below), we decreased our global
greenhouse gas emissions, as detailed in the table below:
Summary of net CO2 equivalent emissions (KTons)(1)

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Direct emissions scope 1

514(2)

504

481

486

557

Indirect emissions (purchased electricity) scope 2 market-based (3)

272

358

473

564

702

Other indirect emissions (transportation(4)) part of scope 3120(5)

111

90

86

143

Total emissions

906

972

1,044

1,137

1,402

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

The sums may not add up due to rounding of the figures.
2019 refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories used starting in 2023.
Market-based calculation method according to the greenhouse gas protocol standard, includes renewable electricity purchases.
Location-based emissions calculated in accordance with the greenhouse gas protocol standard = 902 KTons of net CO2 equivalentfor 2023.
The transportation emissions value is a global estimate of employee transportation and transportation of goods.
Increase of post-pandemic business travel and increase of production resulting in increased goods transportation.

Our comprehensive program(i)

Reducing our direct emissions

The use of perfluorinated compounds (“PFC”) in the manufacture of semiconductors accounts for a significant
share of our direct air emissions, as defined by scope 1 of the greenhouse gas protocol. It is therefore a central part52

of our environmental strategy to reduce their use and ensure they are treated appropriately before being released
into the atmosphere. In 2023, we installed and activated 53 new PFC abatement systems in several of our sites.
In 2023, we updated our methodology to calculate our GHG emissions from PFC usage, in line with the 2019refinement to the IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories to align with the World Semiconductor
Council’s recommendation of May 2023. This updated calculation methodology and an increase in production,
have resulted in a 2% increase in our scope 1 direct emissions reported in absolute values. This updated
methodology also explains why our PFC emissions per unit of production remained stable despite the installationof new PFC abatement systems.

PFC emissions
Per unit of production - normalized values2023(1)

2022

2021

2020

2019

54

54

56

74

80

Baseline 100 in 2016.
(1) 2019 refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories used starting in 2023.

(ii)

Reducing energy consumption

In 2023, our energy consumption increased (per unit of production) compared to 2022. This was due to an increasein the use of advanced manufacturing technologies, some of which have a higher environmental impact in the
manufacturing phase, but the devices are designed to consume less energy in the end application. Despite this, weachieved a 17% decrease vs 2016, contributing to our 2025 goal of 20% decrease compared to 2016.

Consumption of energy
Per unit of production - normalized values

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

83

80

81

99

86

Baseline 100 in 2016.

All our manufacturing sites continue to develop initiatives to optimize their energy consumption, such as increasing
efficiency in the production process, updating and renewing manufacturing equipment and installing energy
efficient lighting.
(iii)

Increasing our use of renewable electricity

Renewable sources provided 71% of the electricity we purchased in 2023, compared to 62% in 2022. This is in linewith our 2027 target to source 100% renewable electricity. This was mainly due to the purchasing of more
renewable electricity certificates. Solar and wind power purchase agreements also play a major role in ourtransition to 100% renewable electricity by 2027. In 2023, we signed a 15-year power purchase agreement with
ERG for the renewable energy to our sites in Italy.
The below table shows our renewable electricity purchased over the past 5 years:

Renewable electricity (%) / total electricity purchased

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

71%

62%

51%

43%

30%

Covers our 11 main manufacturing sites, plus Rennes back-end, Castelletto and Grenoble.

Addressing climate-related risks
Since 2020, when we declared our support for the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”), we
have been working towards implementing TCFD recommendations.
We adopt a double perspective when considering climate-related risks:•

impact of our activities on the environment and people, and•impact of climate change on our activities.
53

In 2023, we continued to work to address physical risks resulting from climate change that are either chronic(induced by longer-term shifts in climate patterns) or acute (event-driven) in a way that is consistent with the TCFD
and the EU Green Deal classification, as illustrated in the following chart.

In 2023, we commissioned an update of the science-based study from an expert third-party to assess the current
and future climate risks on our 155 most critical locations (including all our main sites and those of our key
manufacturing and logistics partners in our supply chain, located in 25 countries). To guide our adaptation efforts,
the analysis was based on two climate change scenarios defined by the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC):•

SSP2-4.5 (mid-century warming of 1.6 to 2.5°C, end of century warming of 2.1 to 3.5°C versus preindustrial era)•

SSP5-8.5 (mid-century warming of 1.9 to 3°C, end of century warming of 3.3 to 5.7°C versus pre-industrialera)

For each scenario and for each of the 155 locations, climate projections on 2030 and 2050 time horizons show
likely evolutions across a range of indicators based on the European Taxonomy classification of climate-related
hazards, including:•

cyclonic and non cyclonic wind gusts;•

coastal and riverine floods;•

number of very heavy precipitation days;•

freezing conditions such as cold wave duration, number of frost days, or percentage of very cold days;•

extreme heat conditions, including heatwave duration and percentage of very warm days;•

drought including dry wave duration and water stress; and•landslides, mud flows, rock falls.

A study commissioned in 2021 (referenced below) from a different expert third-party, an environmental
consultancy, has been a valuable resource to help us understand the characteristics and impact of water scarcity
and our carbon footprint .

54

In addition to these global analyses, site-specific studies on natural hazards are also conducted where necessary
due to local conditions.
Overall, the purpose of these different climate-related analyses is to feed our site-level business interruption risk
assessments and business impact analyses, as well as our site resilience index. Ultimately, they feed into ourregularly updated improvement, adaptation and mitigation plans addressing environmental and resilience issues in
the medium to long-term.
We are proactively addressing the transition to a lower-carbon economy. In this context, we are in the process offurther identifying and assessing policy, legal, technology, and market transition risks, across the short, medium
and long-term, as per the TCFD provisions. Simultaneously, we are actively investing in developing and launching
new products to help our customers implement new energy saving applications, transforming risk into
opportunity, as further described in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy Regulation) below.
3.4.1.3.

Water

We have a holistic water strategy, and our management approach includes water stress assessments, conservation
programs, water efficiency, and wastewater treatment. To support this, we also consider our energy supply andaim to select the most water-efficient energy sources.
The graph below describes our typical water cycle.

Our Global Water Policy is available on www.st.com. It reflects, among others, our commitments and approach to
managing water within our operations as well as our positive contribution to society and the planet. The policy isbased on four key principles:•

demonstrating water conservation leadership;•

managing water risks and opportunities;•

enabling solutions for the world; and•engaging with stakeholders.
55

It is our ambition to increase the water resilience of our sites and implement mitigation strategies to minimize risks
related to water availability and biodiversity. This process includes reviewing our energy supply to select the mostwater-efficient energy sources.
We aim to minimize any impact from our operations on local communities through careful management andcommitted partnerships; and create value by providing responsible products and technologies. Our long-term goal
is to implement solutions that protect water resources, and deliver long-term societal value, especially in waterstressed areas.
Assessing and monitoring our impact
A reliable water supply is essential for manufacturing semiconductors. All our sites manage their water-relatedrisks, according to their needs and water availability. Each site monitors the volume of water it uses and complies
with local regulations. We engage in regular discussions with local stakeholders and implement solutions to reducewater extraction and consumption. As in 2022, in 2023, 87% of the water used throughout our operations camefrom municipal water supplies, with 13% coming from groundwater.
Assessing water-related risks
In 2021, we conducted a water assessment to evaluate our global water footprint and identify water stress areas,water-related risks of our operations, as well as our impact on local communities. Using the lifecycle assessment
approach, we evaluated our direct and indirect impacts. Using the Water Risk Filter 5.0 methodology, we also
identified that most of our manufacturing sites are at medium risk for operational and external risks, water quality
and scarcity. In 2022, we went a step further, evaluating each of our manufacturing sites to assess relevant risks
and formalize water saving action plans. As a result, all sites defined remedial actions. In 2023 we conducted adetailed review of the environmental impact assessments of our manufacturing sites to verify compliance withcurrent legislation and identify potential areas of improvement. Our approach to sustainable use and protection ofwater and marine resources is also reflected in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy Regulation, specifically the section Do
no significant harm (DNSH).
Reducing our water use(i)Water efficiency

We aim to reduce our water use by continuously improving water efficiency across our operations. In 2023, ourwater consumption increased (per unit of production) compared to 2022. The increase was due to an increase in
the use of advanced manufacturing technologies, some of which have a higher environmental impact in the
manufacturing phase, but the devices are designed to have a positive environmental impact in their use phase.
Despite this, in 2023, we reduced our water consumption by 10% per unit of production compared to 2016. Our
2025 goal is to improve our water efficiency by 20% compared to 2016. We recognize that further efforts will benecessary to meet this target and we are implementing the action plans identified for each site. Examples ofactions being taken are: (i) recycling of waste water to manufacture softened water and ultra-pure water, reducing
the use of municipal water for industrial purposes; (ii) drainpipe replacement, drain hose segregation, and the useof recycled water for the cooling tower instead of fresh water and (iii) installation of smart water metering systems
to identify and mitigate water consumption inefficiencies and detect leaks and water wastage.

Consumption of water
Per unit of production - normalized values

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

90

88

89

106

91

Baseline 100 in 2016.

(ii)

Water recycling

In 2023, our water recycling rate was 42%, the same level as in 2022. Further efforts are needed to reach ourannual goal to recycle at least 50% of water used each year. We have identified our sites where we need toaccelerate actions to drive us to our goal.

56

Water recycling rate

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Water reused, sent for recycling, or recovered

42%

42%

40%

41%

41%

One of our main approaches to overall water conservation is to reuse and recycle. However, as we use ultrapure
water in our processes, it is not always possible to reuse processed water. Although water can be treated andrecycled into ultrapure water, it is more often reused to cover facility needs, such as cooling towers, scrubbers andthermal processing units.
3.4.1.4.

Waste

Our waste management strategy is based on the proper classification, separation and safe disposal of waste. It isdriven by both local regulations and Company policy, with our sites being expected to respect the most stringent ofthese requirements. Wherever possible, we give priority to reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery overincineration and landfill. We strive for zero waste and promote a circular economy. Our approach to recycling
waste is also further reflected in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy Regulation, specifically the section Do no significant
harm (DNSH) - Circular Economy).
In 2023, 96% of the waste generated by our operations was either reused, recovered, or sent for recycling, one
percentage point higher than in 2022, in line with our 2025 goal to reach a recycling rate of 95%.
Waste recycling rate
Waste reused, sent for recycling, or recovered

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

96%

95%

90%

88%

94%

3.4.2. Labor and Human rights
Labor and human rights are at the core of our history and culture. We continuously monitor and update due
diligence programs to identify, prevent, mitigate, and remediate labor and human rights risks, both within ouroperations and throughout our supply chain. Our programs are established to ensure that all our employees aretreated with respect and dignity. We enforce advanced standards and apply a holistic due diligence process
covering nine core human rights principles: freely chosen employment, prevention of underage labor andprotection of young workers, fair organization of working time, fair wages and benefits, fair treatment and antiharassment, non-discrimination, freedom of association, fair working conditions and employee well-being, andprivacy of personal information.
The main management systems and programs we use to monitor, control and improve labor conditions in ouroperations are:•a corporate Labor and Human Rights policy deployed throughout our operations (available on
www.st.com) aligned with the nine core principles described above;•

an internal audit program on labor and human rights, targeting our manufacturing sites, allocating
priorities with timely and adequate corrective follow-up actions; and•RBA human rights self-assessments at all our major sites and third-party RBA audits at our 11 largest
manufacturing sites.

We run internal audits on labor and human rights at our major sites. In 2023, we conducted two labor and humanrights internal audits. The areas of improvement identified were related to management systems and to labor
issues such as working hours, overtime rates, days off, and housing standards.
All major production and design sites are required to answer the RBA risk self-assessment on an annual basis,covering 89% of our employees. In 2023, the sites scored from 73.7 to 97/100.
We also run third-party RBA Validated Assessment Program (“VAP”) audits at our 11 largest manufacturing sites,
covering more than 80% of our employees. These audits highlight any gaps at the sites, help to identify areas that57

require improvement, and strengthen the local social responsibility culture. In 2023, five of our manufacturing sites
obtained RBA Platinum recognition with full compliance (200/200) during their initial audit. With this recognitionas per December 31 2023, nine of our largest manufacturing sites had a RBA Platinum recognition, one a RBA Gold
recognition and one a RBA Silver recognition. As a result, we consider that 10 out of 11 or our largest
manufacturing sites achieved recognition as defined in our 2025 goal - 100% of largest manufacturing sites withexternal recognition. Our 2023 RBA audit average score exceeds the industry average by 55 points in initial audits
and by 6 points in closure audits.
The table below shows an overview of VAP audits performed and their results over the past 5 years.

RBA VAP(1) audit score (score out of 200)

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Number of initial audits

6

5

6

5

3

ST average score (initial audit)(2)

199

173

155

186

176

Comparison ST vs electronic industry average

+55

+29

+10

+45

+47

Number of closure audits

1

5

6

4

5

ST average score (closure audit)(2)

187

200

198

198

183

Comparison ST vs electronic industry average

+6

+19

+20

+22

+13

(1)
(2)

VAP: Validated Assessment Program.
Full mark = 200/200

In 2023, the preventive and corrective actions implemented in our operations are described in the table below.

Description

Actions implemented•

Update of internal documentation to encompass regular updates andassessment of labor and human rights risks.

•

Enhanced communication on grievance mechanisms, including posters,
roundtables, and informative sessions, including with supervisors.

•

Design of checks, including post-meeting questionnaires to verify theeffectiveness of the communication channels implemented.

Prevention of underage (childlabor) and protection ofyoung workers•

Update of local policies and implementation and check of procedures toensure full overview and verification of all workers’ ages before entering
the premises.

Awareness on RBA standard
and worker’s rights•

Design and implementation of tools to communicate and addressquestions from employees on social responsibility standards.

Risk assessment

Reporting of violations andpromise of non-retaliation

To improve our overall performance, we regularly train our community and we encourage best practice sharing
between the sites.
58

We aim to improve workers’ awareness of their labor rights and to amplify workers’ voices to improve working
conditions and mitigate issues that contribute to forced labor. Our Code of Conduct and related ‘speak up’ culture
ensures employees are aware of how to raise grievances. Our approach to labor and human rights is also further
reflected in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy Regulation, specifically the section Minimum Safeguards).
3.4.3. Anti-bribery and corruption matters
We conduct our business with the highest standards of integrity and believe this is essential for our long-term
success. At ST, compliance and ethics are everyone’s job and everyone’s responsibility. We have a zero-tolerance
approach to bribery and corruption, regardless of the identity or position of the originator or recipient of any bribe.
It is also strictly forbidden for anybody to use Company funds or assets to make a political contribution. Our Codeof Conduct and Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy, which are available in the corporate governance section of our
website at investors.st.com/corporate-governance and https://investors.st.com/corporate-governance/compliance-ethics-privacy, respectively, provide clear definitions regarding instances of bribery and corruption,and include detailed descriptions of the Company’s rules for engaging with third-parties. They also explain how toreport actual or suspected violations and outline the potential disciplinary actions and legal consequences of noncompliance. Risks of non-compliance with our Code of Conduct and Anti-bribery and Corruption policy andrelevant mitigation actions are further described above in sections 3.3.1.2 (Risk factors) and 3.3.1.3. (Managing risk
according to our risk appetite strategy).
Any actual, potential or suspected violations of our Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy and all requests for bribes
must be reported without delay. Such reports must be made in accordance with our Speak Up Policy, as further
described in section 3.3.1.4. (Illustrative risk management measures, more specifically the paragraph Adherence to
our Code of Conduct and complying with applicable laws and regulations). Records of all reports that have been
made within our Company, are kept by either the Chief Audit and Risk Executive or the Chief Compliance & Ethics
Officer. If any situation of bribery or corruption is identified, it is investigated and reported to our Audit
Committee. Any violation of our Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy will be deemed a serious violation of ourprinciples and will lead to disciplinary actions including and up to termination of the relationship with us.
Our approach to anti-corruption and bribery matters is also further reflected in section 3.4.6. (EU Taxonomy
Regulation, specifically the section Minimum Safeguards).
The below table sets forth an overview of concerns reported through our ethics hotline in 2023 and 2022(1):59Ethics Hotline Reports

2023

2022

Number of cases

337

102

Number of cases under review as of January 1st

17

7

Number of cases reported during the year

320

95

Asset misappropriation

24

3

Bribery & corruption

11

9

Conflict of interest

7

2

Fraudulent statements

00Harassment and other behavioral issues

187

66

Environment, health & safety issues

5

2

Data privacy

00Cyber security

90Insider trading0

0

Other grievance

94

20

260

85

4

5

0

4

71

29

51

28

Cases still open at year end

77

17

Number litigations or investigations conducted by authorities regarding corruption
against us or our employees00Number of cases per category

Cases closed after a preliminary assessment or formal investigation
Number of confirmed external misconduct cases
which led to termination of contracts with business partners
Number of confirmed internal misconduct cases
which led to employees being dismissed or disciplined(2)(1)

We included locally reported cases, in addition to cases reported at corporate level.

(2)

After follow-up actions, including coaching, training and awareness sessions, which are notconsidered disciplined measures.

60

3.4.4. Social and employee matters
3.4.4.1.

Health and safety

Health and safety is a constant priority for us. We protect the health and safety of our employees and contractors
by providing a safe working environment aiming to prevent work related injuries and illnesses. We offer access tohealthcare and believe it is essential to invest in the well-being of our people to create a positive and productive
workforce. These values are shared and reinforced across all our sites.
We have implemented a robust health and safety management system throughout our Company. Our main
manufacturing sites are ISO 45001 certified.
Our performance and management systems are evaluated annually through third-party surveillance audits andcertifications are renewed every 3 years. All sites follow our corporate occupational health and safety policy(available on our website www.st.com), which aims to establish and maintain health and safety best practices.
In 2023, we audited nine sites as part of our internal corporate EHS audit program that aims to assess a site’s
performance and practices against EHS objectives, programs, and procedures.
We continually strengthen our safety culture by re-enforcing safe behaviors and working conditions through visits,
training, audits, best practice sharing and communication. We encourage the reporting and investigation of nearmisses, hazards, and unsafe behaviors and conditions as part of our proactive approach.
We align our safety programs with industry risks, with a priority on preventing employees’ potential exposure tohazards such as chemicals, fire, radiation and nanomaterials; movements and work at height; and mechanical,
handling and ergonomic risks.
In 2023, we maintained our safety performance through collective efforts across our sites, with a recordable caserate (injuries) for our employees of 0.10, better than our target of 0.13.

Employee recordable case rate - injuries

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

0.10

0.10

0.12

0.14

0.16

Per 100 employees per year as defined by OSHA-US regulation.

The total recordable rate which includes our employees' and contractors’ injuries and occupational diseases was
0.14, 0.02 points higher than in 2022, but nevertheless in line with our 2025 goal of less than 0.15. The table below
shows the total recordable rate as of 2021, when we started to monitor this rate.

Total recordable case rate for employees and contractors –injuries and illnesses

2023

2022

2021

0.14

0.12

0.15

Per 100 employees per year as defined by OSHA-US regulation.

We believe in helping our employees to adopt healthy lifestyles because we know good health is the foundation ofa fulfilling and productive life. Our health plan provides our employees with a high level of medical care, including
regular medical check-ups, vaccinations and prevention screening.
Employee well-being and high-quality working conditions are a priority for us. In 2020, we partnered with an
external healthcare platform which provides 24/7 access to dedicated confidential assistance. Nearly 16,000
connections to the platform have been registered since it opened in 2020. A network of over 300 psychologists andother specialists is also available to employees and their families.
3.4.4.2.

Attraction and engagement

Recruiting and retaining the best talent is a critical cornerstone to supporting and sustaining our business growthambitions. It enables us to address staffing challenges such as the competitive labor market, the size of the labor61pool, skill shortages and the need to rejuvenate our workforce by recruiting young talent. In 2023, we havecontinued to improve employee experience through an effective strategic end to end talent management, boosted
by internal mobility and development opportunities. We also continued to build strategic partnerships with
universities and engineering schools throughout the world to ensure a regular flow of candidates, while alsoestablishing education pathways to respond to our specific competence needs.
Our 2023 employee survey consisted of 75 questions covering key categories, including engagement,
organizational agility, quality, and customer focus. The global participation rate was 87% of employees and theoverall engagement index was 86%. This is an increase of 3 points on 2021 (when our last full engagement survey
was conducted), and one point above the Global High Performance1 Benchmark (75th percentile score).

Employee survey – engagement rate (%)

2023

2022 (1)

2021

2020

2019

Overall participation rate

87

67

89

89

90

Individual engagement index

86

86

83

82

79

(1)

In 2022 we did not run a full engagement survey, but rather a focus survey on diversity, equity and inclusion.

3.4.4.3.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

We are a global company with a presence in more than 40 countries and we offer a diverse working environment.
We have more than 50,000 employees with more than 120 nationalities working together as one team. We believethat diversity, equity and inclusion enable innovation and stakeholder engagement, as well as personal andcompany growth. We have zero-tolerance for discrimination of any kind and are committed to building a diverse
workforce throughout our organization, including but not limited to, nationality, age, gender, disability, ethnic
origin, and personal beliefs.
Diversity, equity and inclusion, is an important pillar of our employer value proposition. It is prominent in all our
employer branding campaigns and is a tracked indicator in all our recruitment worldwide. Our aim is to overcome
stereotypes by continually reinforcing an inclusive mindset that recognizes the value and richness of a diverse
workforce. To help us achieve this, we provide diversity and inclusion training for our employees. In 2023, over
8,000 employees completed the diversity, equity and inclusion e-learning course.
3.4.4.4.

Gender balance

On January 1, 2022, the Dutch Gender Balance Act (Wet evenwichtige man-vrouw verhouding, “GBA”) promoting
gender diversity within the management of large companies entered into force. Pursuant to the GBA, below wereport on (i) the current composition of our Supervisory Board, Managing Board and our Senior Management (asdefined in chapter 5. Managing Board) in number of men and women, (ii) the gender diversity target that we haveset for our Supervisory Board and our Senior Management, (iii) our action plan to reach these gender diversity
targets; (iv) the results of our efforts in meeting the set gender diversity targets. For the purpose of reporting
under the GBA, we consider our Senior Management to be our sub-top as referenced in the GBA.
We operate in an industry in which women are traditionally under-represented, and it is a priority for us to attract,
retain and grow our female talent pool. We aim to encourage girls to choose technical studies at an early stage intheir education, helping us to address the shortage of women in technical positions. In 2023 we continued topromote diversity in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) functions. We organized local
initiatives that raise awareness among people about the importance of STEM related subjects.
Composition of our Supervisory Board, Managing Board and Senior Management indicated in number of men
and women
On December 31, 2023, our Managing Board consisted of one male, Mr. Jean-Marc Chery, the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
62

On December 31, 2023, our Supervisory Board consisted of 9 members, of which 4 female (44%) and 5 male (56%).
Please refer to section 4.1. (Composition of the Supervisory Board) for further details on the composition of our
Supervisory Board.
On December 31, 2023, our Senior Management consisted of 31 members, of which 3 female (10%) and 28 male(90%). More specifically, on December 31, 2023, our Executive Committee consisted of 9 members, of which 1
female (11%) and 8 male (89%), and our Executive Vice Presidents as a group consisted of 22 members, of which 2
female (9%) and 20 male (91%). Please refer to section 5.4. (Managing Board) for further details on thecomposition of our Senior Management.
Gender diversity target for our Supervisory Board, Managing Board and Senior Management
Gender diversity target Managing Board. Our Managing Board has historically consisted of one person, therefore
we have not set a gender diversity target for our Managing Board.
Gender diversity target Supervisory Board. As stated in our gender diversity policy for our Supervisory Board, thegender diversity target for our Supervisory Board is that at least 30% of its members is male and at least 30% isfemale. On December 31, 2023, our target was exceeded for both the male and female members of our
Supervisory Board as mentioned above.
Gender diversity target Senior Management. Our gender diversity target for our Senior Management is that at least
20% is female and at least 20% is male by 2025, to ensure a more balanced ratio of male and female members
within our Senior Management. The same target applies respectively to our Executive Committee, and to our
Executive Vice Presidents as a group.
Gender diversity action plan
Managing Board. We do not have a gender diversity action plan in place for our Managing Board as our Managing
Board consists of one member and this practice is expected to continue in the coming years, and we havesubsequently not set a gender diversity target for our Managing Board.
Supervisory Board. No specific gender diversity action plan is in place for our Supervisory Board as in its current
composition our gender diversity targets for our Supervisory Board are met and even exceeded.
Senior Management. We have implemented a gender diversity action plan to achieve the above mentioned gender
diversity target for a more balanced ratio of male and female members in our Senior Management. This plan isapplied respectively to our Executive Committee and to our Executive Vice Presidents as a group.
We are committed to strengthening the role of women in building the future of our Company and have therefore
accelerated the relevant programs aimed at increasing the proportion of women in management roles. Programs
such as the Women in Leadership ("WIL") and Advanced Women in Leadership ("AWIL") programs play a key rolein preparing the pipeline of women in management roles within our Company to ultimately reach the above
mentioned gender diversity target in our Senior Management, in our Executive Committee and in our Executive
Vice Presidents as a group.
The WIL program launched in 2015 for junior and middle management aims to prepare the next generation of
female leaders. The AWIL program, launched in 2021 is aimed at senior female managers and directors to identify
their leadership style and increase their visibility and recognition within our Company. Both programs consist of
training, coaching and mentoring.
Furthermore, we are committed to continuing our efforts to ensure that 30% of recruits in executive positions are
women.
Results
Supervisory Board. With regard to our Supervisory Board, the gender diversity target of at least 30% male and at
least 30% female has been exceeded.
Senior Management. With regard to our Senior Management, in 2023, we exceeded our target of 30% on all
exempt hiring which increased our women managerial talent pool. Our WIL and AWIL programs accelerate thedevelopment of women for leadership positions in our Company. We continue to make progress in women63representation at all management levels, and thus are confident to reach our gender diversity target for our Senior
Management by 2025.
Due to a shortage of women in our executive talent pool, the female representation within our Senior
Management remained unchanged compared to December 31, 2022. More specifically per December 31, 2023: (i)the female representation in our Senior Management remained 10%; (ii) the female representation in our
Executive Committee remained 11% and (iii) the female representation in our Executive Vice Presidents as a groupremained 9%.
We remain committed to increasing the representation of women in executive levels, both by increasing theinternal pool and building an external one with sourcing partners.
Women in our management
At the end of 2023 35% of our global workforce consisted of women. Strengthening the role of women in building
our future is one of our ongoing objectives. Our target for 2025 is to increase the percentage of women at all
management levels to 20%. As shown in the table below, we continue making progress.

Women in management (%)

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Junior managers

27

27

26

25

24

Experienced managers

21

20

20

19

18

Directors and senior managers

16

15

14

13

13

Executives (total)

14

13

10

10

9

10

9

12

4

4

Total women in management position (%)

20

19

18

17

17

Women in the Supervisory Board

44

44

44

44

44

of which belong to the Executive committee and Executive Vice
President group

3.4.5. Corporate social responsibility in our supply chain
As a multinational company with a complex supply chain, our corporate social responsibility goes beyond our own
operations and includes a review of our suppliers and subcontractors. We are committed to partnering only with
suppliers who share our values of respecting people and the environment. We increasingly raise the corporatesocial responsibility standards expected from them and reinforce our internal capacity to address and remediate
any adverse impact identified.
To identify, manage, prevent, and mitigate sustainability risks, we conduct regular risk assessment of our supply
chain during the life cycle of our business relationship.
•

We assess risks prior to on-boarding suppliers. In 2023, 100% of our new material suppliers were assessed
for sustainability risks, including, amongst others, risks on forced labor, occupational health and safety
and the environment. We conduct an annual risk assessment of our tier one suppliers based on specificrisk criteria. These include supplier activity risks and supplier location risks extracted from a supply chain
intelligence platform. We refine the process according to spend and the regular presence of suppliers on
site.

•

When specific risks, such as forced labor, are identified in our upstream supply chain, we extend our due
diligence to sub-tier suppliers.

64Once on-boarded, suppliers must declare that they have read and understood our business ethics and corporate
responsibility statement and that they agree to comply with the latest version of the RBA code of conduct and to
deploy the code to their own supply chain. In addition to this, we require our high-risk suppliers to go through athree-step process:•Commitment letter: suppliers sign a supply chain responsibility commitment letter, agreeing to comply
with the RBA code of conduct, to complete self-assessment questionnaires and accept second or thirdparty audits;•

Self-assessment questionnaire: suppliers complete an RBA risk self-assessment (SAQ); and•Audit and follow-up: suppliers receive a third-party RBA VAP audit, or a second-party RBA-based audit, tomonitor and control compliance and address areas of non-compliance with corrective actions. All audited
suppliers with non-conformances must put corrective actions in place. These are verified in a follow-up
closing audit.

97% of our high-risk suppliers signed the RBA commitment letter to contractually engage on RBA standards andaudits.
3.4.6. EU Taxonomy
3.4.6.1 The EU Taxonomy Regulation
On July 12, 2020, EU Regulation 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 18, 2020 (the “EU
Taxonomy Regulation”) entered into force. The EU Taxonomy Regulation establishes the basis for a classification
system to determine which economic activities can be considered environmentally sustainable. The EU Taxonomy
Regulation is part of the EU's overall efforts to reach the objectives of the European Green Deal, Europe's strategy
towards climate neutrality in 2050. The EU Taxonomy Regulation is designed as a transparency tool to help
companies and investors make sustainable investment decisions, with the overall purpose to steer financing
towards more sustainable economic activities. Pursuant to the EU Taxonomy Regulation, we are required todisclose information on how and to what extent our activities qualify as environmentally sustainable. The EU
Taxonomy Regulation is implemented in phases and will further develop over the coming years. Consequently,
disclosure obligations under the EU Taxonomy Regulation will enter into force in multiple phases. The EU
Taxonomy Regulation effective as per reporting year 2021 is recent legislation and includes additional reporting
obligations for financial year 2023 as a result of changes to the EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts (as defined below)
and presentation formats.
Environmental objectives
The EU Taxonomy Regulation defines overarching conditions which an economic activity must meet to beconsidered environmentally sustainable and focuses on six environmental objectives, being (i) climate change
mitigation, (ii) climate change adaptation, (iii) the sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources,(iv) the transition to a circular economy, (v) pollution prevention and control and (vi) the protection andrestoration of biodiversity and ecosystems. For these environmental objectives, several delegated acts have been
issued containing technical screening criteria (“Taxonomy technical screening criteria”), which specify
environmental performance requirements for the economic activities to be classified as environmentally
sustainable (“EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts”).
On January 1, 2022, the EU Taxonomy Delegated Act on climate change mitigation and climate change adaptationentered into force. The EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts on the other four environmental objectives entered into
force on January 1 2024, as well as the amended EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts on climate change mitigation andclimate change adaptation (the "Climate Delegated Act").

65

Eligibility and alignment
For financial year 2023, as a non-financial undertaking, we have to disclose information on our economic activities
which are eligible (“Taxonomy-eligible”), non-eligible ("Taxonomy non-eligible") and aligned (“Taxonomy-aligned“)
under the EU Taxonomy Regulation.
An economic activity can be considered Taxonomy-eligible when the economic activity is described as such in therelevant EU Taxonomy Delegated Act. To assess whether the relevant economic activity can also be considered
Taxonomy-aligned, an additional evaluation must be made to identify if the overarching Taxonomy technicalscreening criteria are met. Economic activities that are not described in the EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts are
considered Taxonomy non-eligible.
3.4.6.2 Applicability of the EU Taxonomy Regulation to ST
As a listed company the EU Taxonomy Regulation is applicable to us, and subsequently, we must disclose
information on how and to what extent our economic activities are associated with economic activities that qualify
as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy Regulation.
We have taken note of the developments of the EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts relating to the six environmental
objectives. We notably screened all the economic activities listed in the EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts for eachenvironmental objective. Our activities are not described in the EU Taxonomy Delegated Act on the other four
environmental objectives and are not included in the additional activities added to the Climate Delegated Act. This
assessment did not result in additional disclosures on economic activities included herein compared to ourreporting over financial year 2022.
For financial year 2023 in relation to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation, we hereinafter
include disclosure of: (i) Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities, (ii) Taxonomy-eligible andTaxonomy-non-aligned economic activities, and (iii) Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities within our turnover,capital expenditure and operating expenditure. In addition for financial year 2023, in relation to the four otherenvironmental objectives, we hereinafter include disclosure of Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities within
our turnover, capital expenditure and operating expenditure.
The following disclosures pursuant to the EU Taxonomy Regulation are based on the most recent interpretations of
the EU Taxonomy Regulation as published by the European Commission. Acknowledging that the EU Taxonomy
Regulation is still under development and its interpretation and application is evolving, our disclosure approach
under the EU Taxonomy Regulation might consequently evolve accordingly.
Environmentally sustainable activities
Under the EU Taxonomy Regulation an economic activity is considered environmentally sustainable (“EUTaxonomy-aligned”) if it meets the following conditions:(1) provides a substantial contribution to one of the six above-mentioned environmental objectives bycomplying with Taxonomy technical screening criteria;(2) does not significantly harm any of the other environmental objectives (i.e. does not support one
environmental objective at the expense of progress on another environmental objective) (“DNSH”); and(3) complies with internationally recognized minimum safeguards (e.g. OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises, UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights) (“MSS”).
We assessed our economic activities against the EU Taxonomy Regulation classification system in various steps,
amongst others: (i) identifying the economic activities relevant for the EU Taxonomy Regulation disclosure, (ii)performing a Taxonomy-eligibility assessment based on the relevant EU Taxonomy Delegated Act, and (iii)assessing Taxonomy-alignment of the economic activities. For the disclosure of Taxonomy-eligibility andTaxonomy-alignment we assessed the proportion of our turnover, capital expenditure and operating expenditure,
related to environmentally sustainable activities.

66

Enabling economic activity
We believe that the semiconductor industry plays a key role as a strategic enabler of a low carbon society as wellas to manage the transition towards carbon neutrality. As part of our value proposition, we aim at designing andmanufacturing products that are power efficient and support our customers in developing technologies that have
low carbon footprint. Low carbon applications such as electric mobility, renewable energies, smart cities, or smart
building have been and remain strategic markets for us. We are a market leader in the design and manufacturingof power solutions and motor control enabling products, in which there are ample opportunities for short-term
impact on greenhouse gas emissions. We are also a market leader in terms of ultra-low power ICs such as sensors
or microcontrollers.
While some sectors contribute directly to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation, we, as anintermediate product manufacturer, enable “the manufacturing of low-carbon technologies”, which activity is also
covered by the EU Taxonomy Regulation classification system. Our activities which aim at contributing to climatechange mitigation and climate change adaptation, are the manufacturing of electronic components that enable
other sustainable economic activities and applications. The relevant EU Taxonomy Delegated Act lists economic
activities that may be considered Taxonomy-eligible based on associated so-called NACE codes. For our Taxonomyeligibility we report on NACE code 26: “Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products”; and NACE code
26.11: “Manufacture of electronic components”. NACE code 26.11 is considered relevant for the semiconductor
market as confirmed in the guidance published on the interpretation of the EU Taxonomy Regulation by theEuropean Commission in October 2022. For financial year 2023, we therefore continue reporting under section 3.6of the EU Taxonomy Delegated Act on Manufacture of low carbon technologies.
Our EU Taxonomy-eligibility assessment
In our Taxonomy-eligibility assessment we identified all our products, which aim at contributing substantially to
climate change mitigation. These products are divided into the following four product categories: (i) products thathave a low carbon manufacturing footprint compared to similar products of a previous generation, (ii) productsthat have low power consumption or low power loss characteristics compared to similar products manufactured by
us or others, (iii) products that bring an advantage to run a low greenhouse gas emission end application or (iv)products that bring an advantage to improve efficiency of high greenhouse gas emitting end applications.
With regard to climate change adaptation, we constantly assess how our products could contribute to climatechange adaption and potentially qualify under the relevant EU Taxonomy criteria. Capital expenditure related tothe implementation of climate change adaptation solutions is less than 1% of our total capital expenditure asreported in Notes 7.6.10, 7.6.11 and 7.6.12 of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2023.
3.4.6.3 EU Taxonomy reporting – Taxonomy-eligible economic activities related to climate change
mitigation
Our approach towards application of the EU Taxonomy Regulation for the relevant KPIs: turnover, capital
expenditure and operating expenditure for EU Taxonomy reporting purposes is reflected below.
Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities
In our Taxonomy-eligibility assessment all our product lines have been reviewed. Products falling into one of thefour product categories referenced above are considered Taxonomy-eligible and we have included the relevant
turnover generated from those products in the Taxonomy turnover calculation.
This assessment resulted in a turnover of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities amounting to 40% of our total
revenues reported for the financial year 2023, whereby the denominator is based on our total revenues asreported on the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2023, while the numerator isbased on the total net turnover of our products considered as Taxonomy-eligible. This is to compare to 38% for thefinancial year 2022, following product portfolio evolution.
Capital expenditure of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities
To determine the Taxonomy-eligible portion of our capital expenditure the following has been taken into account:67

•

investments in our technologies, which have been directly associated with Taxonomy-eligible productlines based on our capital expenditure plan for each technology;•

individual measures, such as investments for our carbon neutrality program or investments related toenergy efficiency of our processes;•

investments related to IP or licenses or capitalized development costs, which have been classified as
Taxonomy-eligible based on the relevant product line; and•lease of buildings and equipment which have been considered as fully or partially Taxonomy-eligible.

For determining the Taxonomy-eligible portion of the capital expenditure, the denominator is determined basedon the 2023 additions to property, plants and equipment (including rights of use for leased assets), intangible
assets (including capitalized development costs), as reported in Notes 7.6.10, 7.6.11 and 7.6.12 of our consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Furthermore, the numerator equals the part of the capital expenditure (including IFRS 16 leases) related to assets
or processes that (i) are associated with Taxonomy-eligible economic activities, (ii) are part of a capital expenditureplan to expand Taxonomy-eligible economic activity, and (iii) are individual measures enabling economic activities
to become low-carbon or to lead to greenhouse gas reduction.
This results in a capital expenditure of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities amounting to 48% of our total capital
expenditure for the financial year 2023, higher than the ratio published for the financial year 2022 (46%). This
growth is primarily driven by a more granular and wider coverage of our investments review.
Operating expenditure of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities
For determining the operating expenditure of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities, the denominator isdetermined based on R&D expenses, as reported in our consolidated income statement for the year ended
December 31, 2023, after deducting depreciation and amortization, certain expenses and overheads, which are notdirectly associated with the development of new products or technologies.
Furthermore, the numerator equals to the part of the operating expenditure included in the denominator that is
any of the following: (a) related to assets or processes associated with Taxonomy-eligible economic activities, (b)part of the capital expenditure plan to expand Taxonomy-eligible economic activities. For the numerator, we
reviewed each R&D project with the following approach:•each R&D project linked to a product line classified as Taxonomy-eligible resulted in Taxonomy-eligible
operating expenditure; and•for the remaining R&D projects serving multiple product lines or technologies, we applied relevant
allocation keys taking into account, amongst others, the above mentioned Taxonomy-eligible portion of
our turnover.

This assessment results in operating expenditure of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities amounting to 47% of
our total operating expenditure for the financial year 2023, compared to 35% in 2022. This growth is primarily
driven by a more granular and wider coverage of our R&D projects review.
3.4.6.4 EU Taxonomy Regulation reporting – Taxonomy-aligned activities related to climate change
mitigation
As mentioned above, Taxonomy-alignment implies that the economic activities comply with the following three
conditions:(i) providing a substantial contribution to one of the six environmental objectives by complying with theTaxonomy technical screening criteria;(ii) complying with the DNSH criteria; and(iii) complying with the minimum safeguards criteria.

68

(i)

Substantial contribution

Turnover of environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) economic activities
To verify to what extent the turnover is aligned according to the Taxonomy technical screening criteria of the“Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation” from EU Taxonomy Regulation, we apply the principles ofthe described activity as reflected under 3.6 “Manufacture of other low carbon technologies”: “the economic
activity manufactures technologies that are aimed at and demonstrate substantial life-cycle greenhouse gas
emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/product/solution available on themarket”.
In the case of semiconductors, the greenhouse gas reduction can come from both products (supply,
manufacturing, end-of life) as from contributions to application impact (usage). Therefore, we have adopted a
combined approach to reflect this duality. Firstly, for all our product lines classified as Taxonomy-eligible on thebasis of their low power consumption characteristics or the low manufacturing footprint criteria, life-cycle
greenhouse gas emissions have been calculated and compared to a previous generation of products made by us.
As a result, the sales of certain products have been excluded from our turnover calculation. For the product linesclassified as Taxonomy-eligible on the basis of their contribution in a low or high greenhouse gas emitting end
applications, a second assessment has been performed at application level, aiming at qualifying our substantial
contribution. We have considered an internal application classification to reflect the overall impact of the semiconductor on the electricity consumption of the application, hence its implied greenhouse gas emissions. We
selected the turnover of our product lines ending in applications considered, as either low greenhouse gas emitting
applications (e.g. electric vehicle) or high greenhouse gas emitting but transitional applications (e.g. data center
servers), on the basis of the high impact of the semiconductor in the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions during
the operating lifetime of the applications.
Capital expenditure of environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) economic activities
A similar approach as for Taxonomy-eligibility has been adopted to determine the Taxonomy-alignment of ourcapital expenditure and consistent with the approach defined for the Taxonomy-alignment of the turnover.
Notably for the main category related to the investment in our technologies, where the investment supporting
product lines aligned as per the turnover approach were included i.e. the ones bringing a key advantage to low ortransitional greenhouse gas emitting end applications.
An allocation key derived from the proportion of our aligned investment was applied to building and equipment,
and other capital expenditure not directly linked to a product line.
Operating expenditure of environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) economic activities
A similar approach as for Taxonomy-eligibility has been adopted to determine the Taxonomy-alignment ofoperating expenditure, and consistent with the approach defined for the Taxonomy-alignment of the capital
expenditure. Substantial contribution was determined by either associating the R&D project with a product line, orby applying a relevant ratio of aligned turnover.
(ii)

Do No Significant Harm (DNSH)

The second pillar of our approach to Taxonomy-alignment relates to the demonstration that our economic activity
does no significant harm to the other five environmental objectives included in the EU Taxonomy Regulation:•

climate change adaptation;•

sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources;•

pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals;•

protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems; and•circular economy.

For each environmental objective, we have designed templates to approach the various sub-criteria in a consistentmanner across our activities. Only the pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals’

69

objective resulted in the identification of product lines which were not compliant and had a direct negative impact
on the Taxonomy-aligned turnover, capital expenditure and operating expenditure KPIs.
Climate change adaptation
As mentioned in 3.4.1 section, we performed a climate risk and vulnerability assessment together with an external
provider to ensure that climate projections are based on state-of-the-art science compared to two scenarios set
out by the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, as required under this DNSH criterion. This
assessment covers all relevant ST and partner sites and features a risk analysis (projected evolution of physical risks(natural hazards)) as well as an overall vulnerability assessment (aggregated peril-score compiling the overall multinatural-hazard exposure to future climate). Once finalized, the detailed results (with site specific areas of focus)
were communicated to all relevant internal stakeholders at corporate levels. Priority sites were identified based onthese results. These sites provided a preliminary view on existing climate change adaptation efforts based on their
exposure and will continue working on a more detailed roadmap in terms of climate change adaptation.
The outcome of this analysis confirmed our compliance with the DNSH criterion in connection with climate change
adaptation.
Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
We have completed an environmental assessment for all our manufacturing sites and main R&D centers and havea view at site and corporate levels on the risks associated with the preservation of the water quality and theprevention of water stress. As part of our environmental processes, we have actions plan in place to address therisks identified to ensure that deterioration is avoided.
All our manufacturing sites and several of our key sites of R&D are ISO 14001 certified for our environmental
management system. Most manufacturing and R&D sites are EMAS validated.
The outcome of this analysis confirmed our compliance with the DNSH criterion in connection with sustainable use
and protection of water and marine resources.
Pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals
Managing chemical substances and materials used in our manufacturing sites is critical for protecting people,
preserving the environment, and complying with legal and customer requirements. Accordingly, for all materials
including chemicals and gases entering at any of our sites, a site chemical committee authorizes the use andevaluates the best management solutions, both for new processes and modification of existing processes. In
addition, since 1996 we have defined our environment, health and safety regulated substances list detailing thesubstances, which use is prohibited and those which use is restricted to selected applications only and/or is subject
to strict measures.
The review performed for the DNSH assessment was done at substance level in order to evaluate if our activities
do not lead to the manufacture, placing on the market or use of the listed substances as reflected in the relevant
DNSH – criteria following from the EU Taxonomy Delegated Act. For each of the requirements following from the
DNSH-criteria a detailed evaluation was carried out comparing the requirements to the current situation in our
manufacturing sites and subcontracted manufacturing activities. This analysis included an assessment of the
manufacturing-related raw materials delivered to all our sites. For the financial year 2023, we have considered the
updated Appendix of the DNSH pollution leading to an adjustment of our approach compared to the financial year2022.
A detailed assessment was performed at product line level in order to exclude associated revenues not compliant
with the Appendix C paragraphs and to enable consistency with the approach taken for turnover. Notably,
exclusions were performed when substances of very high concern were above the threshold as included inAppendix C or when not in compliance with the regulations and directives mentioned in Appendix C. We used thepossibility to consider compliance in case there is no technical alternative available on the market and that those
substances are used under controlled conditions, only for one substance - Lead - used in our manufacturing
process. ST is a member of the Die Attach5 consortium which seeks to standardize solutions for lead-free solders
for attaching dies to packages during manufacturing, however at this stage Lead used in the semi-conductor
industry does not have currently a suitable alternative available on the market.
70

The outcome of this analysis confirmed that most of our product lines are compliant with the EU Taxonomy
Regulation. However, part of our turnover was excluded notably due to the use of substances of very high concern
above the mentioned threshold. Alternatives are constantly being further investigated in our manufacturing
processes or products. This may result in adjustment of this assessment and related reporting in the future.
Consistent with the approach defined for the turnover, the investment supporting product lines not compliant with
DNSH on pollution prevention were excluded from the Taxonomy-alignment of the capital expenditure and any
R&D project linked to a product line not compliant as per the DNSH on pollution prevention was excluded from theTaxonomy-alignment of the operating expenditure.
Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
We have completed an environmental assessment for all our manufacturing sites and main R&D centers. All thesites have put in place policies on the impact of their activities on the environment and maintain a system tomonitor and manage such impact. In addition, we commissioned a specific study from an external provider toprovide an assessment on the biodiversity and ecosystems in the areas close to our sites and operations. Our sites
were assessed from our front-end and back-end activities, along with three R&D and design centers. To date,
several initiatives have been carried out to protect biodiversity of the areas around our sites (e.g. low mowing or
insect hotels). Certain sites have defined biodiversity targets and started the evaluation of the diversity of species
in their vicinity.
Based on the outcome of the specific biodiversity and ecosystems study, ongoing efforts are taken at our sites toassess enhanced potential mitigation measures to further protect the environment.
The outcome of this analysis confirmed our compliance with the DNSH criterion in connection with protection andrestoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.
Circular economy
We have deployed several actions to promote the reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reusedcomponents in manufactured products. Our recycling solution for silicon for example allows avoiding extraction
and transportation of silicon. Furthermore, our scrap of silicon is valorised in a foundry where when added toaluminium it is then used in automotive, aeronautics and solar panel manufacturing.
Our waste management process prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process. Action plans havebeen defined at site level to increase the recycling rate. These actions are verified during RBA, ISO 14001 or EMAS
audits. First actions have been implemented to reduce the packaging, then the remaining waste is compressed andrecycled. Several initiatives are in place, for example, some of our wafers and frame packing are returned tosuppliers and reused by them, or our carton waste resulting from material packaging is sent for recycling.
Information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products
are notably performed through material declaration forms. Our analysis as part of the DNSH pollution prevention
also demonstrates our ability to identify the substance present in our processes or in products.
The outcome of this analysis confirmed our compliance with the DNSH criterion in connection with circular
economy.
(iii)

Minimum Safeguards

The last pillar of the Taxonomy-alignment assessment relates to the compliance with minimum safeguards. We
have performed a detailed analysis of the following regulations: the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises,
the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, including the principles and rights set out inthe eight fundamental conventions identified in the Declaration of the International Labour Organisation on
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and the International Bill of Human Rights. Our review also included
the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights and the European Pillar of Social Rights. Our financial year 2022 analysis wasreviewed and updated for financial year 2023, considering the FAQ published by the European Commission in
October 2022 with additional analysis performed on Corruption, Taxation and Fair competition criteria. Our 2023
assessment also took into account the updated version of the OECD guidelines published in 2023.

71

Our analysis was performed on our own operations based on internal audit (e.g. for taxation), procedures (e.g.
corporate labor and human rights), programs (e.g. ST anticorruption program), policies (e.g. speak up policy) andour code of conduct in place. We also assessed our supply chain with a focus on subcontractors and high risk/
strategic suppliers (according to the spend level, the nature of the activity, and the geographical location of the
supplier) and other business relationships with a focus on our main customers which are RBA members. The
analysis was performed and discussed with the relevant experts and senior level stakeholders within ST.
The outcome of this analysis confirmed our compliance with the minimum safeguards.

72

3.4.6.5 EU Taxonomy reporting tables
TurnoverThe proportion of turnover from products associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities reached 12% for the financial year 2023, compared to 9% in
2022. The increase is driven by the combined effects of the introduction of a threshold in the Annex C of the DNSH pollution and the wider coverage of lifecycle assessments as described in section 3.4.6.4.

73

74

DNSH criteria ('Does Not Significantly
Harm')

Substantial Contribution Criteria

Absolute turnover

Proportion of Turnover

Climate Change Mitigation

Climate Change Adaptation

Water

Pollution

Circular Economy

Biodiversity and ecosystems

Climate Change Mitigation

Climate Change Adaptation

Water

Pollution

Circular Economy

Biodiversity and ecosystems

Minimum Safeguards

Code

Economic Activities

Taxonomyalignedproportionof total
turnover,
2023

USDm

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

%

Taxonomyalignedproportionofturnover,2022

Category(enabling
activity)

Category(transitional
activity)E

T%

A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies
Turnover ofenvironmentally
sustainable activities(Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)

2,095

12%

100% —% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL

n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

12%

9%

2,095

12%

100% —% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

12%

9%

28%

29%

40%

38%

A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies

4,800

28%

Turnover of Taxonomyeligible but notenvironmentally
sustainable activities (notTaxonomy-aligned
activities) (A.2)

4,800

28%

Total (A.1+A.2)

6,895

40%

B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover of Taxonomynon-eligible activities

10,391

Total (A+B)

17,286 100%

60%

75

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

E
E

Capital expenditure
The proportion of capital expenditure (CapEx) associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities reached 17% for the financial year 2023, compared to
12% in 2022. This increase is primarily attributable to our strategic investments in technologies directly linked to Taxonomy-aligned product lines, as outlined in
our individual technology CapEx plans.

76

DNSH criteria ('Does Not
Significantly Harm')

Substantial Contribution Criteria

Absolute CapEx

Proportion of CapEx

Climate Change Mitigation

Climate Change Adaptation*

Water

Pollution

Circular Economy

Biodiversity and ecosystems

Climate Change Mitigation

Climate Change Adaptation

Water

Pollution

Circular Economy

Biodiversity and ecosystems

Minimum Safeguards

Code

Economic Activities

Taxonomyalignedproportionof total
CapEx,
2023

USDm

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

Y/N

%

Taxonomyalignedproportionof CapEx,
2022

Category(enabling
activity)

Category(transitional
activity)T%E

733 17% 100% 0*% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

17%

12%

E

733 17% 100% 0% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

17%

12%

E

31%

34%

48%

46%

A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. CapEx of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies
CapEx of environmentally
sustainable activities(Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)

A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies

1,332 31%

CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible
but not environmentally
sustainable activities (notTaxonomy-aligned activities)(A.2)

1,332 31%

Total (A.1+A.2)

2,065 48%

B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIESCapex of Taxonomy-noneligible activities

2,195 52%

Total (A+B)

4,260 100%(*) due to rounding

77

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

Operating expenditure
The proportion of operating expenditure (OpEx) associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities reached 14% for the financial year 2023, compared to
10% in 2022. As per the eligibility ratio, this growth is primarily driven by a more granular and wider coverage of our R&D projects review.

78Substantial Contribution Criteria
Circular Economy

Biodiversity andecosystems

Climate Change
Mitigation

%

%

%

%

Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/NMinimum
Safeguards

Pollution%

Biodiversity andecosystems

Water

Circular Economy

Climate Change
Adaptation%

Pollution

Climate Change
Mitigation

%

Water

Proportion of
OpEx

USDm

Climate Change
Adaptation

Absolute OpEx

CodeEconomic Activities

DNSH criteria ('Does Not
Significantly Harm')
Taxonomy Taxonomy
alignedalignedproportion proportionof totalof OpEx,
OpEx,
2022
2023

%

%

14%

10%

Category(enabling
activity)

Category(transitional
activity)E

T

A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies

212 14% 100% —% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

OpEx of environmentally
sustainable activities(Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)

212 14% 100% —% N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

E
14%

10%

A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities(not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
Manufacture of other low
carbon technologies

519 33%

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible but
not environmentally
sustainable activities (notTaxonomy-aligned activities)(A.2)

519 33%

n.a

Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y

Total (A.1+A.2)

732 47%

B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIESOpEx of Taxonomy-noneligible activities
Total (A+B)

840 53%
1,572 100%

79

33%

25%

47%

35%

E

3.4.6.6 Future developments
There is still currently limited guidance published on the interpretation of various elements of the EU Taxonomy
Regulation. Despite the fact that we have carefully balanced our assessment and disclosures on the EU Taxonomy
Regulation, taking into account the latest publications, this is only the second reporting year for the Taxonomyalignment and can still be considered to be a transitionary year. This reporting may still differ from future
disclosures as more guidance becomes available over time.
In the coming years, we will continue to report under the EU Taxonomy Regulation regarding our Taxonomyeligible and our Taxonomy-aligned economic activities. This entails a further and continuous review of our
products, do no significant harm procedures and minimum safeguards assessment. Future guidance on the EU
Taxonomy Regulation could result in updated definitions and other decision-making in meeting reporting
obligations that may come into force notably related to the DNSH pollution prevention and control criteria or thedefinition of the operating expenditure. We expect that our reporting will evolve over time as more insights will be
gained on how best to comply with the EU Taxonomy Regulation.
3.4.7. Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
We will become subject to further sustainability related reporting requirements in the near future. Directive (EU)2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 14, 2022, amending Regulation (EU) No
537/2014, Directive 2004/109/EC, Directive 2006/43/EC and Directive 2013/34/EU, as regards corporate
sustainability reporting (the "CSRD"), entered into force on January 5, 2023.
The CSRD modernizes and strengthens the rules about the social and environmental information that companies
have to report. The CSRD aims to ensure that investors and other stakeholders have access to the information theyneed to assess investment risks arising from climate change and other sustainability topics. As of our reporting in
relation to financial year 2024, the CSRD will require us to disclose information on the basis of European
Sustainability Reporting Standards (“ESRS”) in our annual report. Based on the ESRS, we will be required to reporton the way we operate and manage social, environmental and governance related impact, risks and opportunities.
Specific metrics related to social, environmental and governance related matters will have to be disclosed
according to relevant ESRS. The bulk of the required sustainability information is already present within theorganization and we are is well on our way to implement the data collection and the streamlining of theintegration process in accordance with the CSRD. This information will be disclosed in our Dutch Annual Report
starting from financial year 2024 expected to be filed in March 2025, and audited as per the mandatory
requirement.

4. Report of the Supervisory Board
The supervision of the policies and actions of our Managing Board is entrusted to our Supervisory Board, which, ina two-tier corporate structure under Dutch law, is a separate body and fully independent from our Managing
Board. In fulfilling their duties under Dutch law, our Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of ST and
its business, taking into consideration the interests of all ST shareholders and other stakeholders.
Our Supervisory Board supervises and advises our Managing Board in performing its management tasks and setting
the direction of our affairs and business. Among other matters our Supervisory Board supervises the structure andmanagement of systems of internal business controls, risk management, strategy and the financial reporting
process. In addition, it determines the remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board within the
remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
The members of our Supervisory Board are carefully selected based on their combined experience, expertise,knowledge, as well as the business in which we operate. Our Supervisory Board is empowered to recommend to
the general meeting of shareholders, people to be appointed as members of our Supervisory Board and ourManaging Board.
In performing its duties, our Supervisory Board is advised and assisted by the following committees: the Strategic
Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate GovernanceCommittee and the Sustainability Committee. The committees all report to our Supervisory Board. Only membersof the Supervisory Board can be committee members.
80Our Supervisory Board has determined, based on the evaluation of an ad-hoc committee, the following
independence criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not have any material relationship with
STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of its consolidated subsidiaries, or its management. A “material relationship” caninclude commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, among
others, but does not include a relationship with direct or indirect shareholders. As a result, we have deviated fromthe independence criteria as included in best practice provision 2.1.8 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code,specifically item vii. of this best practice provision, which states that a supervisory board member is notindependent if he/she (or his/her registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood ormarriage up to the second degree as defined under Dutch law) is a member of the management board — or is a
representative in some other way — of a legal entity which holds at least 10% of our shares, unless such entity is amember of our Group. Our independence criteria however comply with corporate governance listing standards of
the New York Stock Exchange.
Our Supervisory Board also adopted specific criteria to assess the independence of its members, which can befound in Annex A to the Supervisory Board charter as available on investors.st.com/supervisoryboardcharter. On
that basis, our Supervisory Board concluded that all members qualify as independent based on the criteria set
forth above.
The Supervisory Board is pleased to report on its committees and its various activities in 2023.

4.1. Composition of the Supervisory Board
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is responsible for supervising the policies pursued by ourManaging Board, the manner in which the Managing Board implements the long-term value creation strategy andthe general course of our affairs and business. In performing its duties, our Supervisory Board shall be guided by
the interests of our Company and its business; it shall take into account the relevant interests of all stakeholders(including our shareholders). The Supervisory Board is responsible for the quality of its own performance.
Our Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is resolved by our AGM upon a non-binding
proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of six members. Decisions by our AGM concerning the number
and the identity of our Supervisory Board members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting,provided quorum conditions are met.
Our Supervisory Board was composed of the following nine members as of December 31, 2023(1):Name
Nicolas Dufourcq
Maurizio Tamagnini
Janet Davidson
Yann Delabrière
Ana de Pro Gonzalo
Frédéric Sanchez
Donatella Sciuto
Paolo Visca(1)Hélène Vletter-van Dort(1)(1)

Position
ChairmanVice Chairman
MemberMemberMemberMemberMemberMemberMemberYear First
Appointed
2015
2014
2013
2020
2020
2017
2022
2023
2023

Term
Expires
2024
2026
2024
2024
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025

Nationality
FrenchItalianAmericanFrenchSpanishFrenchItalianItalian
Dutch

GenderMale
Male
FemaleMale
FemaleMale
FemaleMale
Female

Age
60
58
67
73
56
63
61
62
59

Ms. Heleen Kersten and Mr. Alessandro Rivera were members of our Supervisory Board until May 24, 2023, on which date their term
expired and on such date Mr. Paolo Visca and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort were appointed as new members of the Supervisory Board.

Resolutions of our Supervisory Board require the approval of at least three-quarters of its members in office, witheach member being entitled to one vote. Our Supervisory Board must meet upon request by two or more of its
members or by our Managing Board. Our Supervisory Board meets at least five times a year (and in 2023, ourSupervisory Board met 12 times), including to approve our quarterly, semi-annual and annual accounts and theirrelease. In 2023, the average attendance rate for the meetings of our Supervisory Board was 91%. Our Supervisory
Board has adopted (i) a Supervisory Board charter, (ii) a profile for the Supervisory Board based on which proposed
new members of the Supervisory Board are selected (both of which are available on our website (www.st.com)),(iii) a diversity policy for the composition of the Managing Board, the Executive Committee and the Supervisory81Board, and (iv) a selection criteria and appointment procedure for the Supervisory Board and Managing Board
members.
Our Supervisory Board may make a proposal to our AGM for the suspension or dismissal of one or more of its
members. Each member of our Supervisory Board must resign no later than three years after appointment, as
described in our Articles of Association, but may be reappointed following the expiration of his/her term of office.
Pursuant to Dutch law, there is no mandatory retirement age for members of our Supervisory Board. Members of
the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by our AGM. Certain of our Supervisory Board members areproposed by and may retain certain relationships with our direct or indirect shareholders represented through our
major shareholder.
Biographies
Nicolas Dufourcq has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2015 and currently serves as its
Chairman. He serves on our Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee, Sustainability
Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Dufourcq is a graduate of HEC (Hautes
Etudes Commerciales) and ENA (Ecole Nationale d’Administration). He began his career at the French Ministry of
Finance and Economics before joining the Ministry of Health and Social Affairs in 1992. In 1994, he joined France
Telecom, where he created the Multimedia division, before going on to chair Wanadoo, the firm’s listed Internetand Yellow Pages subsidiary. After joining the Capgemini Group in 2003, he was made responsible for the Central
and Southern Europe region, successfully leading their financial turnaround. He was appointed Chief Financial
Officer of the Group and member of the Executive Committee in September 2004. In 2005, he was named Deputy
Chief Executive Officer in charge of finance, risk management, IT, delivery, purchases and LEAN program and, in
2007, also in charge of the follow-up of the group’s major contracts. On February 7, 2013, Mr. Dufourcq was
appointed Chief Executive Officer of Bpifrance (Banque Publique d’Investissement). Mr. Dufourcq is also a memberof the Board of Directors of Stellantis.
Maurizio Tamagnini has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2014 and is the Vice Chairman of our
Supervisory Board since June 2023. He also serves on our Supervisory Board’s Nominating & Corporate
Governance Committee, Sustainability Committee, Compensation Committee and Strategic Committee. Mr.
Tamagnini is currently Chief Executive Officer of FSI SGR S.p.A., an asset management company sponsored, until
July 2022, by CDP SpA (with a 39% ownership), which is 82.7% controlled by the Italian Government. FSI SGR S.p.A.
manages “FSI I” and “FSI II”, private equity closed-end funds with approximately €2 billion capital endowment,
specialized on growth equity investments in Italian midmarket companies with development potential. He was,until April 2019, non-executive Chairman of FSI Investimenti S.p.A., which is controlled 77% by CDP SpA. Until 31st
March 2016, Mr. Tamagnini was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Investment Committee of Fondo
Strategico Italiano S.p.A. (now CDP Equity S.p.A.), an investment company controlled by CDP SpA. Until April 2016,he was Chairman of the joint venture between Fondo Strategico Italiano S.p.A. and Qatar Holding (IQ Made in Italy
Investment Company S.p.A.) with capital endowment of up to €2 billion in total for investments in the food,brands, furniture & design and tourism sectors. He was previously Southern European Manager of the Corporate &Investments Banking division of Bank of America Merrill Lynch and a member of the Executive Committee of Bankof America Merrill Lynch for the EMEA region. Mr. Tamagnini has gained over 33 years of experience in thefinancial sector specializing in the areas of Corporate Finance, Private Equity, Debt and Equity. Mr. Tamagnini isalso a member of the International Advisory Board of BIDMC Harvard Medical School. He holds a degree inInternational Monetary Economics from Bocconi University in Milan and has also studied at the Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute — Troy in New York, USA.
Janet Davidson has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2013. She serves on our Supervisory
Board’s Audit Committee and Strategic Committee and chairs our Supervisory Board’s Sustainability Committee.
She began her career in 1979 as a member of the Technical Staff of Bell Laboratories, Lucent Technologies (as of2006 Alcatel Lucent), and served from 1979 through 2011 in several key positions, most recently as Chief Strategy
Officer (2005 – 2006), Chief Compliance Officer (2006 – 2008) and EVP Quality & Customer Care (2008 – 2011).
From 2005 through 2012, Ms. Davidson was a member of the Lehigh University Board of Trustees. In 2007 sheserved on the Riverside Symphonia Board of Trustees and in 2005 and 2006, Ms. Davidson was a member of the
Liberty Science Center Board of Trustees. Ms. Davidson was a member of the board of the Alcatel Lucent
Foundation from 2011 until 2014, and a member of the board of directors of Millicom from April 2016 until June82

2020. Ms. Davidson is also a member of the board of the AES Corporation, since February 2019. Ms. Davidson is a
graduate of the Georgia Institute of Technology (Georgia Tech), Atlanta, GA, United States of America, and Lehigh
University, Bethlehem, PA, United States of America, and holds a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering.
Yann Delabrière has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2020 and serves on our Audit
Committee. Mr. Delabrière began his career with the French Court of Auditors before working in the French
Foreign Trade Ministry from 1981 to 1983. He served as chief financial officer for COFACE, from 1983 to 1987, andfor Printemps (a retail group, now Kering) as group CFO from 1987 to 1990. In 1990, he joined PSA Peugeot Citroën
as chief finance officer and, in 1998, he joined the newly created executive committee of the group and, in parallelof his position as CFO, became chairman and chief executive officer of PSA’s consumer finance unit, Banque PSA
Finance. From February 2007 until July 2016, Mr. Delabrière was the chief executive officer of Faurecia, and thechairman of its board of directors until May 2017. He was appointed in April 2017 as advisor to the board and thenin June 2017 as chief executive officer of Zodiac Aerospace and oversaw the sale to Safran group in February 2018.
Since July 2020, Mr. Delabrière has been the chairman of the board of Idemia, a global leader in augmented reality,
where he previously served as president and Chief Executive Officer (between October 2018 and July 2020). He has
been appointed a non-executive member of the board of directors of Leddar Tech in February 2021. Mr. Delabrière
has also been the lead independent director of Alstom since March 2017 and served as non-executive director andchairman of the audit committee of Capgemini from 2004 to May 2018, and as non-executive director of Société
Générale from 2012 to 2016. Mr. Delabrière holds a PhD in Mathematics having graduated from the École Normale
Supérieure and the École Nationale d’Administration. He is also a Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur (Knight of the
Legion of Honor) and Officier de l’Ordre National du Mérite (Officer of the National Order of Merit).
Ana de Pro Gonzalo has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2020. She chairs our Supervisory
Board’s Audit Committee and serves on our Supervisory Board’s Sustainability Committee. She has been an
independent non-executive director for Mobico Group PLC (formerly National Express Group PLC) and a member
of its safety and security committee, audit committee and remuneration committee since October 2019 and she
serves as independent non-executive director of Novartis A.G. and as a member of its audit and risk committees
since March 2022. Until December 2020, she was chief financial officer of Amadeus IT Holding (a world leading
technology provider and transaction processor for the global travel and tourism industry), with global
responsibility for financial management and control for the Amadeus group. She was appointed in this role inFebruary 2010 and was also a member of the Amadeus executive management team. From 2002 to 2010, Ms. De
Pro Gonzalo was corporate general manager at Sacyr Vallehermoso and was instrumental in leading theinternational expansion of one of the major construction groups in the world. From 1994 to 2002, Ms. De Pro
Gonzalo was deputy general manager and finance director at Metrovacesa, and from 1990 to 1994 she was asenior auditor at Arthur Andersen. She has been independent non-executive director for Merlin Properties, S.A.
from 2015-2017 and for Indra Sistemas S.A. from 2020-2022. Since June 2019, Ms. De Pro Gonzalo is anindependent member of the non-profit Global Steering Group for Impact Assessment (Consejo Asesor Nacional
Español) and member of the Board of Trustees of foundation Juan XXIII for the people with special intellectual
needs since October 2020. Ms. De Pro Gonzalo holds a BSc in Business Studies, specializing in Auditing, from
Universidad Complutense de Madrid, and completed IESE Business School’s general management executive
program.
Frédéric Sanchez has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2017. He chairs our Supervisory Board’sCompensation Committee, and serves also on our Supervisory Board’s Strategic Committee and Nominating andCorporate Governance Committee. Mr. Sanchez is the chairman of Fives’ executive board, an industrial engineeringgroup with heritage of over 200 years of engineering excellence and expertise. Fives designs and supplies
machines, process equipment and production lines for the world’s largest industrial groups in various sectors suchas aluminium, steel, glass, automotive, logistics, aerospace, cement and energy, in both developing and developed
countries. Mr. Sanchez started his career in 1985 with Renault in Mexico, then in the USA. In 1987 he became amission manager at Ernst & Young. In 1990 he joined Fives-Lille group, in which he held various positions before
being appointed chief financial officer in 1994 and becoming chief operating officer in 1997. In 2002, the“Compagnie de Fives-Lille” (renamed Fives in 2007) became a company with a Management and Supervisory Board
chaired by Mr. Sanchez. In 2018, Fives became a French simplified joint stock company (société par actions
simplifiée) and Mr. Sanchez its chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Within MEDEF (French Business
Confederation), Mr. Sanchez is President of MEDEF International, President of the Council of Entrepreneurs
83France-Japan, France-United Arab Emirates and France-Bahrain. Mr. Sanchez is an administrator of Primagaz,
Orange, Thea and Bureau Veritas and he is honorary co-president of the Alliance Industrie du Futur. Mr. Sanchez
graduated from HEC Business School (1983) and Sciences-Po Paris (1985) and he also holds a Master Degree in
Economics from Université Paris-Dauphine (1984).
Donatella Sciuto has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 25, 2022 and serves on our Supervisory
Board’s Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. Ms. Sciuto has been the Executive Vice Rector of
Politecnico di Milano since 2015 and is its Executive Rector since January 2023, and full professor in computerscience and engineering (since 2000). She was appointed IEEE Fellow for her scientific contribution in the“embedded systems design”. Ms. Sciuto has been a member of the governing board of the Bank of Italy, since2013. She has been an independent member of the board of directors of Avio S.p.A (since 2017) and of Fila S.p.A.
(since 2020). Ms. Sciuto has also been a member of the board of the Italian Institute of Technology since 2021 andshe was a member of the supervisory board of the Human Technopole Foundation until May 2022 and Rai Way
S.p.A. until April 2023. Ms. Sciuto holds a degree in Electronic Engineering from Politecnico di Milano and a PhD in
Electrical and Computer Engineering from the University of Colorado, Boulder. She holds a Master in Business andAdministration (CEGA) from the Bocconi University School of Business Management.
Paolo Visca has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 24, 2023. He serves on our Supervisory
Board’s Strategic Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Visca retired in 2022
after gaining over 30 years of experience in the public sector during which he covered several senior positions,specializing in the areas of public investments, support to industrial projects manufacturing activities, publicfinance and relations with the European Union. He holds a master’s degree in political science from the Universityof Rome. Mr. Visca was the Head of the Cabinet of the Italian Minister of Economic Development from February
2021 until July 2022. In this capacity he oversaw several initiatives aimed to attract and promote public and private
investments in Italy in the areas of semiconductor, automotive, technological and manufacturing industries and tofoster the Italian venture capital ecosystem. Previously, he held the position of Chief of the Cabinet of the Vice
President of the Council of Ministers of the Italian Republic (from June 2018 until February 2021) where he worked
on several topics related to industrial and infrastructural investments. From November 2008 to June 2020, he held
several positions within the Office of Relations with the European Union and the International Relations of the
Italian Chamber of Deputies, being appointed as head in 2018. In this capacity he oversaw the relationshipbetween the Republic of Italy and the European Union and other international organizations firstly with respect tothe laws and projects requiring an EU clearance and more broadly supporting all the parliamentary activities in theinternational scenario. From February 2003 until November 2008, he was the head of the Italian office for“legislative coordination for the public finance area" and secretary of the commission for budgetary policies. From
September 1996 until February 2003, he was the coordinator of the Italian Finance Department Task Force andfrom 2001, the head of office “coordination for the public finance area". Previously, he was the responsible of theCommittees for Telecommunication and for Foreign Affairs within the Italian Parliament. In addition, he served
several times on the Board of Directors of the Employees’ of the Chambers of Deputies Pension Fund.
Hélène Vletter-van Dort has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 24, 2023. She chairs our
Supervisory Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and serves on our Supervisory Board’s
Audit, Compensation and Sustainability Committees. Mrs. Vletter-van Dort is a partner at De Bestuurskamer (since2022) and a professor of financial law and governance at Erasmus School of Law, Rotterdam (since 2004). She
holds a BA / LLM in corporate and commercial law from the University of Leiden and a PhD from the Utrecht
University. Mrs. Vletter-van Dort has been the chairperson of the board of Intertrust NV from 2015 until 2022. She
has been a member of the board of Fortis Bank Netherlands (from 2008 until 2010) and member of its risk
committee and remuneration committee. Ms. Vletter-van Dort has been a member of the board of the Dutch
Central Bank and chair of its committee on supervisory policy (from 2010 until 2014). She has been a member ofthe Dutch Monitoring Committee Corporate Governance (from 2009 until 2018) and, from 2017 until 2019, a
member of the board of Barclays Bank Plc and chair of its remuneration committee. From 2015 until June 2023,
Ms. Vletter-van Dort has been a member of the board of NN Group NV and, from 2019 until June 2023, vice-chair
as well as chair of its remuneration committee. She is also a member of the board of the Dutch Foundation for
Public Broadcasting, NPO (since 2020), Anthos Fund & Asset Management (since 2021) and Nyenrode Business
University (since 2022) and serves on its audit committee and education & research committee. Since 2018, she is84

also the chairperson of Stichting Luchtmans, protective foundation Koninklijke Brill NV, a 335-year old listed
publisher.

4.2. Meetings and activities of the Supervisory Board
4.2.1. Activities of the Supervisory Board
Our Supervisory Board held 12 meetings in 2023, of which all were held in the presence of the sole member of theManaging Board and other select members of our Senior Management, with the exception of the evaluation of thefunctioning of our Managing Board, Supervisory Board, its committees and its individual members as described
below.
The items discussed in those meetings included recurring subjects such as our annual budget, financial
performance, Annual Report on Form 20-F as well as its statutory annual accounts, objectives and results, strategy
and long-term value creation, operations review, reports of the various committees of our Supervisory Board, theconvocation of our AGM, the risks of our business and the assessment by our Managing Board of the structure of
our internal risk management and control systems, as well as any significant changes thereto, corporate
governance requirements and developments and the compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board.
Certain Supervisory Board meetings also included presentations by senior executive management.
Outside the Supervisory Board meetings, the Chairman and other members of our Supervisory Board had regularcontact with the sole member of our Managing Board, and other members of our Senior Management.
In accordance with the best practice provisions 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, on anannual basis our Supervisory Board undertakes to perform an evaluation of the functioning of the Managing Boardand the Supervisory Board (which also includes an evaluation of the functioning of the Supervisory Board’s
committees and its individual members). Once every three years, this evaluation is conducted by an independent
external expert, whose mission is to assist the Supervisory Board in this evaluation through, inter alia, conducting
interviews with individual members of the Supervisory Board and Managing Board and facilitating discussions
within the Supervisory Board on the functioning of the board, its committees and its members, including anevaluation of the involvement of each member, the culture within the Supervisory Board and the relationshipbetween the Supervisory Board and the Managing Board. The evaluation for the year ended December 31, 2023, isongoing at the time of this report.
4.2.2. Membership and Attendance
As of December 31, 2023, the composition of the five standing committees of our Supervisory Board was asfollows: (i) Ms. Ana de Pro Gonzalo is the Chair of the Audit Committee, and Ms. Janet Davidson, Mr. Yann
Delabrière, Ms. Donatella Sciuto and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort are members of the Audit Committee; (ii) Mr.
Frédéric Sanchez is the Chair of the Compensation Committee, and Mr. Nicolas Dufourcq, Ms. Donatella Sciuto, Mr.
Maurizio Tamagnini and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort are members of the Compensation Committee; (iii) Mrs.
Hélène Vletter-van Dort is the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Messrs. Nicolas
Dufourcq, Frédéric Sanchez, Maurizio Tamagnini and Paolo Visca are members of the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee; (iv) Nicolas Dufourcq is the Chair of the Strategic Committee, and Ms. Janet Davidson, andMessrs. Frédéric Sanchez, Maurizio Tamagnini and Paolo Visca are members of the Strategic Committee; and (v)Ms. Janet Davidson is the Chair of the Sustainability Committee, and Mr. Nicolas Dufourcq, Ms. Ana de Pro
Gonzalo, Mr. Maurizio Tamagnini and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort are members of the Sustainability Committee.

85

Detailed information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and Supervisory Board Committee meetings during2023 is as follows:
Number of
Meetings
Attended in
2022

Nominating& Corporate
Governance%
Sustainability
Committee Attendance CommitteeSupervisoryBoard%
Attendance

Audit
Committee%
AttendanceCompensation
Committee%
Attendance

Strategic
Committee%
Attendance

Nicolas Dufourcq

12

100%

—

—%

2

100%

1

100%

7

100%

3

75%

Maurizio
Tamagnini

12

100%

—

—%

2

100%

1

100%

7

100%

4

100%

Janet Davidson

12

100%

10

100%

0

—%

1

100%

0

—%

4

100%

Yann Delabrière

11

92%

9

90%

0

—%

0

—%

0

—%

—

—%

Ana
de
GonzaloPro%
Attendance

11

92%

10

100%

0

—%

0

—%

0

—%

4

100%

(1)

2

50%

3

60%

1

100%

0

—%

3

75%

1

50%

Alessandro
Rivera(1)

4

100%

—

—%

—

—%

0

—%

4

100%

0

—%

Frédéric Sanchez

12

100%

—

—%

2

100%

1

100%

4

100%

0

—%

Donatella Sciuto

11

92%

8

80%

2

100%

—

—%

0

—%

0

—%

Paolo Visca(1)

7

88%

—

—%

—

—%

1

100%

3

100%

0

—%

Hélène Vletter-van
Dort(1)

7

88%

5

100%

1

100%

—

—

3

100%

Heleen Kersten——(1) Ms. Heleen Kersten and Mr. Alessandro Rivera were members of our Supervisory Board until May 24, 2023, on which date their term
expired and Mr. Paolo Visca and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort were appointed as new members of the Supervisory Board.

4.3. Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate
accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity of our financial reports as well as our auditing
practices, legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our auditors’ recommendations regarding corporate
auditing rules and the independence of our external auditors.
Our Audit Committee met ten times during 2023. At many of the Audit Committee’s meetings, the committee
received presentations on current financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to discuss with ourChief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accountant, Chief Audit and Risk Executive, Legal Counsel,
Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer and our external auditors. Our Audit Committee also proceeded with its annual
review of our internal audit function. Our Audit Committee reviewed our annual consolidated financial statements
in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2023, and the results press release was published on January 25,
2024. Furthermore, our Audit Committee also reviewed our annual consolidated financial statements under IFRS,
as adopted by the EU, for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Our Audit Committee approved the compensation of our external auditors for 2023 and discussed the scope of
their audit, audit related and non-audit related services for 2023.
Our Audit Committee regularly reviewed management’s conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control overfinancial reporting and supervised the implementation of our corporate ERM process.
As part of each of its quarterly meetings, our Audit Committee also reviewed our financial results as presented bymanagement and whistleblowing reports, including independent investigative reports provided in relation thereto.

4.4. Compensation Committee
Our Compensation Committee advises our Supervisory Board in relation to the compensation of the members of
the Supervisory Board and Managing Board, including in the case of our President and Chief Executive Officer, thevariable portion of such compensation based on performance criteria recommended by our Compensation
Committee. Our Compensation Committee also reviews the stock-based compensation plans for our Senior
Management and key employees. Our Compensation Committee met twice in 2023.

86

Among its main activities, in 2023 our Compensation Committee: (i) discussed the performance targets relating to
the bonus of our President and Chief Executive Officer for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2023, (which
short-term targets are based on, inter alia, four to seven performance conditions with a mix of financial criteria for
approximately 70% and non-financial criteria (including sustainability/corporate social responsibility performance)
for approximately 30%, and long-term targets are based on, inter alia, two financial performance conditions
constituting revenue growth versus a range of semiconductor peer companies (the “Peer Group” as discussed
below) and average of operating margin ratio before restructuring, and one non-financial performance condition
constituting the composite sustainability/corporate social responsibility index including health and safety, CO2
neutrality, diversity & inclusion and people engagement (as further detailed in section 4.9.2. (Managing Board
remuneration); and (ii) established, on behalf and with the approval of the entire Supervisory Board, the applicable
performance criteria, which must be met by senior managers and selected key employees participating in theemployee stock award plans to benefit from such awards (for the 2021 unvested stock award plan, these
performance criteria are further described below in section 4.9.2. (Managing Board Remuneration – Managing
Board remuneration structure).

4.5. Strategic Committee
Our Strategic Committee advises the Supervisory Board on and monitor key developments within thesemiconductor industry, our overall strategy for long-term value creation, and the long-term planning andbudgeting. Our Strategic Committee met once in 2023. In addition, there were strategic discussions, many of which
occurred at extended Supervisory Board meetings and involved all Supervisory Board members.

4.6. Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee advises the Supervisory Board on the selection criteria andprocedures relating to the appointment of members to our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, and thereview of principles relating to corporate governance. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met
7 times during 2023 to discuss succession planning for our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, best practices
regarding corporate governance, and the update of our corporate governance documents.

4.7. Sustainability Committee
Our Sustainability Committee advises and supports the Supervisory Board in relation to its responsibilities insupervising, monitoring and advising on the Company's sustainability strategy, targets, goals and overallsustainability performance. Our Sustainability Committee met four times in 2023 to discuss our overallsustainability strategy, as well as our sustainability performances and reporting.

4.8. Secretariat and Controllers
Our Supervisory Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an
Executive Secretary available to our Supervisory Board, who is also appointed by the Supervisory Board. The
Secretary, Vice Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of the Supervisory Board. The missionof the Secretariat is primarily to organize meetings, to ensure the continuing education and training of our
Supervisory Board members and to maintain record keeping. Our Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer, Philippe
Dereeper, serves as Executive Secretary for our Supervisory Board, and for each of the five standing committees of
our Supervisory Board. Ms. Charlotte Fadlallah serves as Secretary and, since July 2023, Ms. Alessia Allegretti
serves as Vice Secretary. Ms. Fadlallah also serves as a managing director of ST Holding.
Our Supervisory Board also appoints two financial experts (“Controllers”). The mission of the Controllers is
primarily to assist our Supervisory Board in evaluating our operational and financial performance, business plan,
strategic initiatives and the implementation of Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the operational
reports provided under the responsibility of the Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a monthwith the management of the Company and report to our full Supervisory Board. The current Controllers are Mr.
Samuel Dalens and, since July 2023, Mr. Paolo Bonazzi. Mr. Dalens also serves as a member of the supervisory87

board of ST Holding. The STH Shareholders Agreement between our principal indirect shareholders contains
provisions with respect to the appointment of the Secretary, Vice Secretary and Controllers.

4.9. Remuneration report
4.9.1. Supervisory Board remuneration
On December 1, 2019, a Dutch act implementing the revised EU Shareholders’ Rights Directive (2017/828/EU)(“SRDII”) took effect in The Netherlands. As we are incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and ourcommon shares are admitted to trading on regulated markets in the EU, we are required, inter alia, to have aremuneration policy in accordance with the SRDII requirements with respect to the compensation of theSupervisory Board members and to comply with the respective disclosure requirements introduced to the Dutch
Civil Code. In connection therewith, we present in this section certain comparative information on our
performance relative to the compensation of the Supervisory Board members.
4.9.1.1 Supervisory Board Remuneration Policy
Our Articles of Association provide that the compensation of our Supervisory Board members is determined by ourgeneral meeting of shareholders. Our proposal for adoption of a remuneration policy for the Supervisory Board
members to ensure compliance with the new requirements under the Dutch Civil Code following theimplementation of SRDII, was approved by the AGM on June 17, 2020, with a vote percentage in favor of the policyof 98.43%. The remuneration policy of the Supervisory Board will be resubmitted to the 2024 AGM.
4.9.1.2 Compensation paid to current and former Supervisory Board Members in financial year2023
The annual compensation of the Supervisory Board members is comprised of an annual fee and an attendance fee,promoting effective and independent supervision in the interest of the Company and the long-term success of theCompany. There is no variable compensation nor stock-based compensation awarded to the members of our
Supervisory Board.
The aggregate compensation for current and former members of our Supervisory Board with respect to service in2023 was EUR 996,500 before any applicable withholding or other taxes, as set forth in the following table. No
reimbursement fees were paid to members of our Supervisory Board in 2023.
Supervisory Board Members Fees
Nicolas Dufourcq (1)Maurizio Tamagnini
Janet Davidson
Yann Delabrière
Ana de Pro Gonzalo
Heleen Kersten (2)Alessandro Rivera (2)Frédéric Sanchez
Donatella Sciuto
Paolo Visca (2)Hélène Vletter-van Dort (2)
Total
(1)
(2)

€
€
€
€
€
€
€
€
€
€
€
€

Annual Fees—
144,000
84,50077,500133,500——
80,50081,00077,00088,000766,000

AttendanceFees—
33,50033,00023,00029,00013,00010,00028,50024,00014,00022,500230,500

Total—
177,500
117,500
100,500
162,500
13,00010,000109,000
105,000
91,000110,500
996,500

Mr. Dufourcq waived his rights to receive any compensation from the Company in relation to his mandate as a member of the Supervisory
Board or otherwise.
Ms. Heleen Kersten and Mr. Alessandro Rivera were members of our Supervisory Board until May 24, 2023, on which date their term
expired and on such date Mr. Paolo Visca and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort were appointed as new members of our Supervisory Board.

884.9.1.3 Supervisory Board remuneration comparison
Set forth in the following table is the annual change over the last five years of (i) the average remuneration of our
Supervisory Board Members, (ii) the performance of the Company (based on US GAAP where relevant) and (iii) the
average remuneration of our indirect employees (i.e., all indirect employees other than the members of our Senior
Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer):
In U.S. dollars
Supervisory Board members remuneration
Average remuneration of Supervisory Board
members(1)Company performance
Net revenues (amounts in millions)Operating income - US GAAP (amounts
in millions)
Employee remuneration
Average remuneration(2) of all global indirect
employees (FTE basis)(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

$ 119,413 $ 113,985 $ 114,775 $

99,431 $ 105,066$

17,286 $16,128 $

12,761 $10,219 $9,556$

4,611 $

4,439 $

2,419 $

1,323 $

1,203

$ 114,100 $ 109,600 $ 111,200 $

98,500 $97,300Using the Euro per U.S. dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2023 of €1 = $1.078496.
Remuneration is defined as all remuneration paid to indirect employees including base salary, variable compensation in both cash andshares, social premiums, pension, expense allowances and benefits in kind. The average is calculated by taking the sum of remuneration
costs and dividing by the average number of full-time equivalent indirect employees over the period.
Global indirect employees are all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products, excluding Senior Management. “FTE”
refers to full time equivalent.

In connection with the above table and to provide insight in the correlation between the remuneration of eachSupervisory Board member and the Company performance as well as the average remuneration of all global
indirect employees (FTE basis) over the past five years, the table below sets forth the remuneration (including anattendance fee) of each Supervisory Board member for the past five years:
Supervisory Board Members Fees (1)Nicolas Dufourcq
Maurizio Tamagnini
Janet Davidson
Yann Delabrière(3)Ana de Pro Gonzalo(4)Heleen Kersten
Jean-Georges Malcor(3)Lucia Morselli(5)Alessandro Rivera
Frédéric Sanchez
Donatella Sciuto(5)Martine Verluyten(4)Paolo Visca (6)Hélène Vletter-van Dort (6)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

2023
0 (2)
191,433
126,723
108,389
175,256
14,020
N/A
N/A
10,785
117,556
113,242
N/A
98,143
94,9082022
0 (2)181,475
121,695
106,216
172,401
129,168
N/A
9,608
92,873
108,885
103,548
N/A
N/A
N/A

2021
0 (2)
181,224
117,229
111,566
171,030
121,760
N/A
117,796
99,107113,265
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

2020
0 (2)
192,002123,912
107,963
172,372
128,8198,588
130,660
103,055
118,391
N/A
7,975
N/A
N/A

2019
0 (2)
203,657
130,046
N/A
N/A
143,541
122,072
113,484
112,870
132,500
N/A
185,868
N/A
N/A

These amounts are in US dollars using the Euro per US dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2023 of €1 = $1.078496 and include a fixedannual compensation for the members’ mandate, together with attendance fees from January 1 until December 31 of the relevant year.
Mr. Dufourcq would have been entitled to receive remuneration in the relevant years, but each year he waived his rights to receive anycompensation from the Company in relation to his mandate as a member of the Supervisory Board.
The term of Mr. Jean-Georges Malcor ended on June 17, 2020 and Mr. Yann Delabrière was appointed on June 17, 2020.
The term of Ms. Martine Verluyten ended on June 17, 2020 and Ms. Ana de Pro Gonzalo was appointed on June 17, 2020.
The term of Ms. Lucia Morselli ended on May 25, 2022 and Ms. Donatella Sciuto was appointed on May 25, 2022.

89

(6)

Ms. Heleen Kersten and Mr. Alessandro Rivera were members of our Supervisory Board until May 24, 2023, on which date their term
expired and on such date Mr. Paolo Visca and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort were appointed as new members of our Supervisory Board.

We do not have any service agreements with any of the members of our Supervisory Board. We did not extend anyloans or overdrafts to any of our Supervisory Board members. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or
concluded any leases with any of our Supervisory Board members or their families. No share awards or stock
options were granted to Supervisory Board Members.
For further details on the compensation of the members of our Supervisory Board we refer to Note 7.6.33 to ourconsolidated financial statements.
4.9.2. Managing Board remuneration
For details on the performance of ST in 2023, we refer to the Business overview in section 3.2.1.
4.9.2.1 Guiding principles of Managing Board Compensation
Amongst others, the following key principles are considered by the Supervisory Board to determine theremuneration structure of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer:•alignment with the Company’s strategy: the compensation package should be strongly linked to theachievement of targets that are indicators of the execution of the Company’s business strategy.

•

improving the performance of the Company: most of the compensation (excluding base salary, benefits,
and pensions) is directly linked to the Company’s performance through variable pay incentives. These
incentives are based on ambitious performance conditions that include a mix of internal and external
criteria as well as relative performance conditions against peers. For details on the performance of theCompany in 2023, we refer to the Business overview in section 3.2.1.

•

enhancing long-term creation of shareholder value: to strengthen the alignment with the interests of theshareholders and to enhance the long-term value creation of the Company, the compensation structure
includes short-term and long-term variable remuneration either in cash or in shares or a combination
thereof.

•promoting sustainable corporate development: to ensure that the Company is managed in a sustainable
and responsible manner for the common good, the remuneration includes non-financial performance
conditions related to corporate social responsibility and environmental, social, and governance factors.
Both short- and long-term incentive include performance conditions promoting ST’s sustainable growth.

•

retaining and motivating key employees: the compensation package should be competitive, ensuring
remuneration levels are determined by reference internally between the Company’s senior managers andexternally against the Peer Group.

In accordance with the key principles of the Company’s remuneration structure, the total remuneration of the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer takes into consideration factors such as
the size and complexity of our Company, our global presence and that of our customers, the pace of change in our
industry, the Company’s value proposition, strategy and goal of long-term value creation, and the need to recruitand retain key personnel.
4.9.2.2 Managing Board remuneration policy
The remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, isdetermined by our Supervisory Board on the advice of the Compensation Committee.
In compliance with the disclosure requirements in the Dutch Civil Code, we present in this section certain
comparative information on our performance relative to the compensation of the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
The Compensation Committee advises the Supervisory Board in reviewing the remuneration package of the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer both in the context of the Company
90performance and against the Peer Group and relevant market index. Before setting targets for the sole member ofour Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee carries out scenario
analyses of the possible financial outcomes of meeting target levels.
Set forth in the table below is the list of companies retained for the Peer Group compensation analysis used for the
remuneration policy for the Managing Board:
Analog Devices

ON Semiconductor

Infineon

Texas Instruments

Monolithic Power Systems

VishayMicrochipRohm

NXP Semiconductors

RenesasShould one of the Peer Group companies in the above table not publish financial results for any reason, thecompanies Diodes and/or Melexis would replace the missing company.
The remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is boundby the remuneration policy as adopted by our 2021 AGM for a duration of a maximum of four years. Under theterms of the Dutch Civil Code, the remuneration policy for the Managing Board shall be submitted to the AGM for
adoption at least every four years after its adoption. A resolution to adopt the remuneration policy requires amajority of at least 75% of the votes cast. At the 2023 AGM, over 92% of voting shareholders voted in favor of the
remuneration report.
The remuneration policy for the Managing Board contains the following key features:•the reinforcement of the link between Managing Board remuneration and long-term company strategy;•

the simplification of the short-term incentive structure (fully paid in cash, as compared to a hybrid cashequity pay-out previously) featuring enhanced disclosure of criteria and threshold, targets, and maximum
performance levels;•

the inclusion of corporate social responsibility criteria among performance conditions for both the shortterm and long-term incentive in line with our objectives of promoting sustainable corporate development;•enhanced disclosure of long-term incentive (share-settled) performance conditions and threshold andtarget performance levels as well as the remaining outstanding shares (which are not yet vested);•a three-year performance period for long-term incentives (as compared to one year previously), withvesting based on performance measured over the 3-year performance period, to improve alignment ofManaging Board remuneration with our objective of enhancing long-term shareholder value;•enhanced disclosure regarding early vesting provisions for the unvested stock awards;•

the implementation of share ownership guidelines for the Managing Board; and•claw-back provisions in order to reclaim payments after they have been awarded or to withhold
remuneration under specific conditions.
4.9.2.3.

Managing Board remuneration structure

The remuneration structure is reflective of the level of responsibility of the sole member of our Managing Board,
our President and Chief Executive Officer. The remuneration structure is further aligned to the Company’s current
context while remaining competitive and providing an incentive to promote the Company’s performance over the
medium to long-term, and is in line with the Company’s corporate interest and the interests of all its stakeholders.
The Supervisory Board, upon proposal from the Compensation Committee, determines the remuneration structure
and remuneration amounts for the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer

91

based on the analysis of the theoretical maximum total direct remuneration (i.e., sum of base salary, maximum
short-term incentive, and maximum long-term incentive).
The remuneration package of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer iscomprised of the following:•

A base salary; and•Variable components, linked to performance:◦

A short-term incentive of up to 210% of base salary which is fully paid in cash.

◦

A long-term incentive through the grant of stock awards, up to a maximum of 100,000 shares.

The sum of these three elements represents the maximum total direct remuneration for the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
The above-mentioned three elements of the maximum total direct remuneration of the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer are further described below.
Base salary
The purpose of the base salary is to provide a fixed level of earnings and to attract and retain the sole member ofour Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. It is a key component of overall remuneration,
particularly as the short-term incentive is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The Company seeks todetermine a fair and competitive base salary as compared to the Peer Group based on several factors.
Short-term incentive
The purpose of the short-term incentive is to motivate the sole member of our Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer to achieve financial and commercial objectives consistent with and supportive of theCompany’s strategy and to create a tangible link between annual performance and individual pay opportunity.
In accordance with the Managing Board remuneration policy and effective from the year 2021, the short-term
incentive of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is fully paid in cash
up to a maximum of 210% of the base salary for the relevant year, all subject to the assessment and achievementof a number of performance conditions which are set annually by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory
Board.
The short-term incentive is subject to annual performance measurement of a unique set of 4 to 7 predefined
criteria (both financial and non-financial) and a performance matrix both for financial and non-financial criteriathat explicitly outline threshold and target outcomes (as well as overperformance conditions for financial criteria).
Performance measures and weightings are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee. The
recommendations made by the Compensation Committee regarding scorecard targets and weightings aredesigned to support the delivery of the Company’s strategy. The Supervisory Board, upon recommendation by theCompensation Committee, retains the ability to adjust performance measure targets and weightings year-by-year
within the overall target and maximum pay-outs approved in the remuneration policy.
The Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee, sets the conditions andperformance criteria that must be met by the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer for the attribution of his short-term incentive (which is paid in the subsequent year).
These performance conditions will enable the Supervisory Board to conduct a holistic and comprehensive
assessment of the annual performance of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer. The combination of financial and non-financial criteria is well balanced in terms of external andinternal criteria and reflect the challenging objectives set by the Compensation Committee in line with theCompany's ambitious long-term vision and business strategy.
The financial performance criteria for 2023, as chosen by the Supervisory Board were as follows (based on US
GAAP):

92•

market share evolution, which is measured by assessing the Company’s relative positioning andcompetitiveness in relation to its market and its industry peers and how fast the Company grows its
revenues compared to its competitors. Market share is assessed on the basis of industry data publishedby WSTS.

•revenue growth, which represents the total amount of income generated by the Company’s operations;•operating income, which is an important yardstick of profit measurement and reflects the operating
performance of the business which does not take into consideration of non-operating gains or losses
suffered by business, the impact of financial leverage and tax factors; and•net operating cash flow, which is a liquidity metric that evaluates whether the Company has enoughliquidity to meet its debt obligations. This metric helps assess the financial soundness of the company interms of liquidity risk, financial risk, credit risk and business risk.

The non-financial performance criteria for 2023, as chosen by the Supervisory Board were as follows:•

Execution of special manufacturing programs, including our new 300mm fab in Agrate, Italy, and wideband gap capacity expansion notably in SiC (with notably our new integrated SiC substrate manufacturing
facility in Catania, Italy, and the increase in capacity for SiC products in our Catania, Italy, and Singaporefabs);•

Execution of strategy implementation; and•Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index, which is divided into four criteria related to:◦

Health & safety: measured against, amongst others, the employee safety performance;◦

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent);◦

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels; and◦People management: measured against, amongst others, the employee survey (engagement index).

The weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to remain stable over time,
however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may
evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.
Set forth in the following Table A1 and Chart A1 is the weight set for 2023 for each of the performance criteria thathave been assessed by the Supervisory Board in March 2024 for the attribution of the 2023 short-term incentive(to be paid in 2024):

93

Table A1: Performance criteria with target weighting and pay-out and achievement rate

Annual short-term incentive performance criteria
financial year 2023 (to be paid in 2024)
Financial performance conditions (basedon US GAAP)o Market share evolutiono Revenue growtho Operating income
o Net operating cash flow
Sub-total for financial performance conditions
Non-financial performance conditions
o Execute special manufacturing programso Execute strategy implementationo Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index
Sub-total for non-financial performance conditions
Total

Target Weighting(as a % of total
weighting for
performance
criteria)

Target pay-out(as a % of basesalary)Achievement rate
(as a % of basesalary)

14%
19%
19%
19%
71%

30%
40%
40%
40%
150%

45%
60%
60%
60%
Capped at 150%

14%
5%
10%
29%
100%

30%
10%
20%
60%
210%

30%
5%
20%
55%
205%

Chart A1: Performance criteria with target weighting at target pay-out94

As described in Table A2 below, the final pay-out of the short-term incentive is calculated by measuring theperformance of each condition, then adding the sums of the corresponding pay-out from Table A1 above, taking
into account any applicable caps. The sum is then multiplied by the base salary to determine the final short-term
incentive pay-out.
Table A2: Pay-out according to performance for each performance criterion
Pay-out as a percentage of base salary
Performance Performance
above orabove orequal toequal to
Performancethresholdtarget and Performancebelow
and below
below
above
thresholdtargetstretchstretchAnnual short-term incentive performance criteria
financial year 2023 (to be paid in 2024)
Financial performance conditionso Market share evolutiono Revenue growtho Operating income
o Net operating cash flow

0%
0%
0%
0%

15%
20%
20%
20%

30%
40%
40%
40%

Sub-total for financial performance conditions

0%

75%

150%

Non-financial performance conditions
o Execute special manufacturing programso Execute strategy implementationo Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index
Sub-total for non-financial performance conditions

0%
0%
0%
0%

15%
5%
10%
30%

30%
10%
20%
60%

Total

0%

105%

210%

(1)
(2)

45%
60%
60%
60%
Capped at
150%(1)30%
10%20%60%(2)
Short-term
incentive
pay-out
capped at
210%

Over-performance for financial conditions can balance the potential under-performance of other financial conditions if performanceexceeds stretch targets, without exceeding a maximum pay-out of 150% of base salary regarding the portion of the short-term incentive
dependent on financial performance criteria.
No stretch targets are defined for non-financial performance criteria.

The evaluation and assessment of the fulfillment of conditions and performance criteria were completed by theCompensation Committee of our Supervisory Board on March 20, 2024, in order to determine the actual amountof the 2023 short-term incentive. The amount of the 2023 short-term incentive (to be paid in 2024) of the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is EUR 2,255,000 (gross), which is 205%of his base salary, representing a global achievement rate of 205% (out of the maximum of 210%).
The Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board determined that based on the 2023 performance of thesole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, the financial performance criteria
have been assessed as follows: market share evolution (performance above stretch, payout of 45%), revenue
growth (performance equal to threshold, payout of 20%), operating income (performance equal to target, payoutof 40%), net operating cash flow (performance above stretch, payout of 60%), whereby the financial component of
the short-term incentive is capped at 150% of payout, as further detailed in the table below.

95Pay-out as a percentage of base salary
Annual short-term incentive
performance criteria
financial year 2023 (paid in 2024)

Performance above Performance above Performance aboveor equal toor equal to target
stretchthreshold andand below stretch
below target

Achievement over 2023

Financial performance conditions(1)o Market share evolution

Flat

15%

>=+0.05%30%>=+0.10%45%>=+0.10%45%o Revenue growth (in millions of U.S.
dollars)>= 16,800

20%>=17,600

40%>=17,960

60%

17,29020%

o Operating income (in millions of U.S.
dollars)>=4,068

20%>=4,452

40%>=4,772

60%

4,611

40%

o Net operating cash flow (in millions of
U.S. dollars)

>=706

20%

>=764

40%

>=802

60%

1,774

60%

Sub-total for financial performance
conditions

75%

150%

Cappedat
150%(2)165% Capped at
150%

(1)

Based on US GAAP where relevant(2)Over-performance for financial conditions can balance the potential under-performance of other financial conditions if performanceexceeds stretch targets, without exceeding a maximum pay-out of 150% of base salary regarding the portion of the short-term incentive
dependent on financial performance criteria.

Furthermore, the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board determined that based on the 2023
performance of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, the nonfinancial performance criteria have been assessed as follows: execute special manufacturing programs (fully met,
payout of 30%), execute strategy implementation (partially met, payout of 5%), sustainability/corporate social
responsibility index (fully met, payout of 20%). The assessment of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility
index is further detailed in the table below, whereas no further details are disclosed regarding the assessment of
the other two non-financial performance conditions due to the commercially sensitive nature thereof.
Pay-out as a percentage of base salary
Annual short-term incentive
Performance above or Performance above or
performance : Sustainability/
equal to thresholdequal to target andcorporate social responsibility index
and below target
below stretch
year 2023 (to be paid in 2024)

Performance above
stretchAchievement over2023

Employee Safety Recordable Case

0.18

15%

0.15

20%

0.12

25%

0.14

108%

GHG emissions (kTCO2 equivalent)

950

15%

875

20%

800

25%

862

104%

% women managers to senior
managers (year end)

19%

15%

20%

20%

21%

25%

20%

100%

Employee survey - Engagement index

80%

15%

82%

20%

84%

25%

86%

125%

Sub-Total for Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index

Final score 109%

Long-term incentive
The purpose of the long-term incentive is to motivate the sole member of our Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer to deliver long-term shareholder value through long-term profitability and share pricegrowth.
The terms of this long-term incentive are included in the long-term incentive plan approved at the 2021 AGM,
allowing for grants of unvested stock awards in 2021, 2022 and 2023. The vesting of unvested stock awards issubject to the achievement of performance conditions and calculated over a three-year performance period.

96Grants of unvested stock awards made in 2022 and 2023 will fully vest, subject to performance conditions, in 2025
and 2026 respectively.
Award levels are determined annually by the Compensation Committee within the maximum amounts set by theSupervisory Board. In accordance with the resolution adopted by our AGM, the maximum annual grant allowed inrelation to the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer’s stock award for
2021, 2022 and 2023 was 100,000 unvested stock awards subject to performance criteria.
The Supervisory Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determines whether the
performance criteria are met and concludes whether and to which extent the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is entitled to any stock awards under the long-term incentive
plan. Scorecard targets are not disclosed prospectively as it would require the disclosure of commercially sensitive
information. Scorecard targets will be disclosed only when they are no longer deemed to be commerciallysensitive.
Grants in 2023, 2022 and 2021
In accordance with the long-term incentive plan approved at the 2021 AGM, allowing for grants in 2021, 2022 and2023, the stock awards vest at the end of a three-year performance period, from the date of the grant, provided
that the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is still an employee at suchtime (subject to the termination provisions listed below in section 4.9.2.g. (Compensation provisions in the eventof termination or departure of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer).
For the 2023 long-term incentive, the performance criteria are:•revenue growth;•

operating margin; and•sustainability/corporate social responsibility index, which was comprised of the following KPIs (including
two external criteria):◦

environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, the direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent);◦

diversity, inclusion and people engagement: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among
management levels;◦

investor ESG index: measured against, amongst others, the Dow Jones sustainability indices; and◦carbon rating: measured against, amongst others, the CDP carbon rating.

Set forth in the following Table B1 and Chart B1 is the weight set for each of the performance criteria that will beassessed by the Supervisory Board over the three performance periods for the attribution of the relevant longterm incentive. Table B2 sets out the shares to vest at the end of the 3-year vesting period based on performance.
Table B1: Long-term incentive performance criteria and target weighting over the three performance periods
Long-term incentive plan performance criteria to beassessed over a 3-year period
Revenue growth (financial year 2025 vs financial year 2022
in comparison to Peer Group)
Operating margin ratio before restructuring (average for the2023 – 2025 period)
Sustainability/ corporate social responsibility index
Maximum achievement score

Target Weighting (as % of maximum achievementscore)
33.33%
33.33%
33.33%
100%
which correspond to a
maximum of 100,000 unvested stock awards

Chart B1: Long-term incentive performance criteria and target weighting over the three performance periods
97Table B2: Shares to vest at the end of the 3-year vesting period according to performance for each performance
criterion

Long-term incentive plan performance
criteria to be assessed over a 3-year
periodRevenue growth (financial year 2025 vsfinancial year 2022 in comparison to Peer
Group)
Operating margin ratio before restructuring(average for the 2023 – 2025 period)
Sustainability/ corporate social
responsibility index
Total

Shares to vest as a percentage of maximum award
Performance
Performance
Performance above threshold Performance
below
equal toand below
above or at
thresholdthresholdtargettarget0%16.67%

25%

33.33%

0%16.67%

16.67%

33.33%

0%16.67%

16.67%

33.33%

0%50%

58.34%

100%

Set forth in the following Table B3 is an overview of the outstanding awards that have been granted to the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, in accordance with the new long-term
incentive plan adopted by the 2021 AGM. For the purposes of the vesting schedule table below, a hypotheticalachievement rate of 100% of performance conditions is used.
Table B3: Vesting schedule for the 2021, 2022 and 2023 long-term incentive grants

98Grantdate

Number ofshares thatMax.
have been
number of granted based
Final shares that on performancevesting
can beconditions
date
grantedachievement

July 26,
2023

AGM
date
for
2026

July 27,
2022

July 28,
2021

Share
price
at
grant
(in $)

2024
vesting

100,000

100,000$51.55

AGM
date
for
2025

100,000

100,000$36.33

AGM
date
for
2024

100,000

100,000$39.33 100,000(1)2026
vesting

Unvested
shares as ofend of 2023

100,000(1)100,000

2025
vesting

100,000(1)100,000

Total
vesting(1)

100,000

300,000

In the event of 100% achievement of performance criteria to be assessed by the Supervisory Board.

Assessment of performance criteria for 2021 long-term incentive grant
The evaluation and assessment of the fulfillment of conditions and performance criteria for the 2021 long-term
incentive grant, were completed by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board on March 20, 2024.
Table B4 below sets forth the assessment of the performance criteria for the 2021 long-term incentive grant.
Long-term incentive plan performance
criteria to be assessed over a 3-year
periodRevenue growth (financial year 2023 vsfinancial year 2020 in comparison to Peer
Group)
Operating margin ratio before restructuring(average for the 2021 – 2023 period)

Target Weighting(as % of maximum
achievement score)

Achievement

33.33%

Criteria met

33.33%

Criteria met

Sustainability/ corporate social responsibility
index (2021-2023)

33.33%

Criteria met

Total

100%
which correspond to a
maximum of 100,000
unvested stock awards

100 % ofperformanceachieved

Grant in 202099

Set forth in the following table are the performance criteria, weight, and achievement rate for the periods
indicated below set for the long-term incentive grant in 2020.
Under the terms of the previous long-term incentive plan in place before the current remuneration policy,
performance was measured over the course of the year following the grant, subject to three performance
conditions. Based on the achievement of long-term incentive performance conditions, the total number of shares
to be vested was determined, up to a maximum of 100,000 shares. Performance conditions were assessed once,
one year following the grant date. The unvested stock awards then vested as follows:•

1 year post-grant: 32% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 32,000 shares if all targets were
met);

•

2 years post-grant: 32% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 32,000 shares if all targets were
met);

•

3 years post-grant: 36% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 36,000 shares if all targets weremet).

Following the implementation of the remuneration policy adopted at the 2021 AGM, the terms of long-term
incentive plans from 2021 onwards have changed, as detailed in the section “Grants in 2023, 2022 and 2021”
above).
Assessment of performance criteria for 2020 long-term incentive grants
Target Weighting
Long-term incentive plan performance (as % of maximum
criteria
achievement score)
Evolution of sales
33.33%
Evolution of operating income
33.33%
Return on net assets
33.33%
100%
which correspond to a
Maximum achievement scoremaximum of 100,000
unvested stock awards

100

2020
Criteria met
Criteria met
Criteria met
100%
performance
Achieved

Vesting schedule for outstanding sharesSet forth in the following table is an overview of the outstanding awards under grants prior to implementation of
the new long-term incentive plan adopted in 2021 that have been granted to the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer:
Number ofshares thathave beenMax.
grantednumber ofbased onShare
Final shares that performance price atUnvested
Grant vesting
can beconditions
grant
2021
2022
2023 shares as of
date
date
grantedachievement (in $) vesting vesting vesting end of 2023

Plan
2020
unvested July 23,
stock
2020
awards
Grant

June
17,
2023

100,000

100,000

Total
vesting$29.97 32,000 32,000 36,000

0

32,000 32,000 36,000

0Share ownership guidelines
The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is expected to build up ashareholding in the Company equal to 1.5 times of the base salary, in line with the remuneration policy.
Claw-back provisions under Dutch law
All performance-related remuneration awarded to the sole member of our Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer are subject to the following claw-back provisions, in accordance with Dutch law. If theSupervisory Board considers that there is a significant downward restatement of the Company's financial results,
breach of duty from the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or where
remuneration has been paid based upon incorrect information about the achievement of the goals on which the
remuneration was based or the circumstances on which the short-term incentive was dependent, it may, in its
discretion, within two years of the performance-related remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board,
our President and Chief Executive Officer vesting or being paid:•require the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer to repay to theCompany an amount equal to the after-tax value of some or all of any short-term incentive or theCompany's shares that were granted; and/or•

require the Company to withhold from, or offset against, any other remuneration to which the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer may be or become entitled inconnection with its employment such an amount as the Supervisory Board considers appropriate.

When reaching its decision, the Supervisory Board will take into account the significance of the breach of duty andin addition, the Supervisory Board may take other actions in relation to the statutory provision e.g. claim fordamages.
During 2023, no claw-backs have occurred.
The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer may also receive other types of
remuneration included as described in the remuneration policy, such as social premiums, benefits in kind(including a company car), pension contributions and miscellaneous allowances.

101

Statement of Compliance with Section 303A.14 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual
In accordance with the applicable provisions of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual providing forthe recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation, the Company has adopted a statement ofcompliance which provides for recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation (including both
cash and equity compensation) received by current and former executive officers, which includes the sole memberof our Managing Board, our president and Chief Executive Officer, during a three-year look back period following
an accounting restatement. The Company did not have any restatement of financial statements that required arecovery of erroneously awarded compensation for the financial year ended December 31, 2023, nor up to thedate of this report.
4.9.2.4.

Compensation paid to the sole member of our Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer in financial year 2023

The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, received compensation in theform of a base salary, short-term incentive (fully paid in cash from 2021 onwards), long-term incentive grant(unvested stock awards), social premiums, benefits in kind (including a company car), pension contributions andmiscellaneous allowances.
The remuneration report relating to financial year 2022 was approved by the 2023 AGM with a vote percentage infavor of over 92%. Amongst others, taking this high percentage of votes in favor into account, a similar approach
was taken for the allocation of remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer over financial year 2023, in accordance with the remuneration policy.
Set forth in the following table and chart is an overview of the total compensation of the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer paid in 2023:
Base salary
Variable components
Other components(3)Short-term incentive(1)Long-term incentive
Benefits
Social security
contributions(2)Pensions
Miscellaneous allowances
Termination benefits

Total
(1)
(2)

(3)

$
$
$
$

2023
1,213,544
2,819,125
1,838,364
117,737$$$$$

877,128435,717——7,301,615

Short-term incentive includes both the amount paid in cash in 2023 (based on 2022 performance) and a tranche from the short-term
incentive payable in shares based on his 2020 performance. The achievement rate based on 2022 performance was 205% and paid in
2023.
The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer was granted, in accordance with the
remuneration policy and subsequent shareholder authorizations, up to a maximum of 100,000 unvested stock awards, subject toperformance criteria. The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon the sole member of our Managing Board, our President
and Chief Executive Officer’s, continued service with us.
Complementary pension plan for certain of the Company's key executives.

102

During 2023, the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer did not have any
stock options and did not purchase any shares in the Company. During 2023, the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer sold 41,335 shares.
4.9.2.5.

Evolution of paid remuneration to the Managing Board

Set forth in the following table is the total paid compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer from 2021 to 2023:
2023
Base salary
Variable components
Other components(3)

2022

2021

$

1,213,544$

1,250,954$

936,357

Short-term incentive(1)$2,819,125$

2,506,576$

1,907,307

Long-term incentive$

1,838,364$

2,043,212$

3,245,640

Benefits$

117,737$

108,023$

101,867$

877,128$

857,448$904,742$435,717$452,230$

463,617$7,301,615$

7,218,443$

7,559,530

Social security contributions(2)Pensions
Total
(1)

(2)
(3)

The short-term incentive includes both the amount paid in cash and the amount paid in shares for the year 2020. As of 2021 with theimplementation of the remuneration policy for our Managing Board adopted at the 2021 AGM, the short-term incentive is paid fully incash. The short-term incentive related to 2023, 2022 and 2021 was approved by the Compensation Committee and Supervisory Board
with respect to the 2023, 2022 and 2021 financial year, respectively, based on the evaluation and assessment of the actual fulfillment of anumber of predefined objectives for such year. The short-term incentive related to a relevant year is paid in the subsequent year, i.e. theshort-term incentive related to the 2023, 2022 and 2021 financial year, respectively, is paid in 2024, 2023 and 2022 respectively. The
achievement rate for the 2022 short-term incentive (paid in 2023), based on 2022 performance, was 205% in cash out of maximum of
210%. The achievement rate for the 2021 short-term incentive (paid in 2022), based on 2021 performance, was 183% (135% in cash and
48% in shares) out of maximum of 210%.
The employer social security contributions relate to the fixed and variable remuneration, including the unvested stock awards.
There were no miscellaneous allowances nor termination benefits in the years 2023, 2022, and 2021.

1034.9.2.6.

Overview of the total compensation paid or owed to the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer over financial years 2023, 2022, 2021

Set forth in the following table is the total compensation paid or owed to the sole member of our Managing Board,
our President and Chief Executive Officer in office over financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021:
Other components(3)Variable components
Owed shortterm
incentive(1)Base
Salary(4)Long-term
incentive

Total

Proportionof fixed
and variable
remuneration$6,970,256

38% fixed
62% variable

452,230$

7,276,322

37% fixed
63% variable

463,617$

7,571,753

32% fixed
68% variable

Name

Year

Jean-Marc
Chery

2023

$

1,213,544$

2,487,766$

1,838,364$

117,737$

877,128$435,717

Jean-Marc
Chery

2022

$

1,250,954$

2,564,455$

2,043,212$

108,023$

857,448$

Jean-Marc
Chery

2021

$

936,357$

1,919,531$

3,245,640$

101,866$

904,742

$

(1)

(2)
(3)

Benefits

Socialsecurity
contributions(2)Pensions

As of 2021 with the implementation of the remuneration policy for our Managing Board adopted at the 2021 AGM, the short-term
incentive is paid fully in cash. The short-term incentive related to 2023, 2022 and 2021 was approved and granted by the Compensation
Committee and Supervisory Board with respect to the 2023, 2022 and 2021 financial year, respectively, based on the evaluation andassessment of the actual fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for such year. The short-term incentive related to a relevant
year is paid in the subsequent year, i.e. the short-term incentive related to the 2023, 2022 and 2021 financial year, respectively, is paid in
2024, 2023 and 2022 respectively. The achievement rate for the 2023 short-term incentive (to be paid in 2024), based on 2023
performance, was 205% in cash out of maximum of 210%. The achievement rate for the 2022 short-term incentive (paid in 2023), basedon 2022 performance, was 205% out of maximum of 210%. The achievement rate for the 2021 short-term incentive (paid in 2022), basedon 2021 performance, was 205% out of maximum of 210%.
The social security contributions relate to the fixed and variable remuneration, including the unvested stock awards.
There were no miscellaneous allowances nor termination benefits in the years 2023, 2022 and 2021.

4.9.2.7. Compensation provisions in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer
The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was appointed on May 31,
2018, for a three-year term and was reappointed for another three-year term at the 2021 AGM, expiring at the2024 AGM. He has two employment agreements with us, the first with the Company, which relates to his activities
as sole member of our Managing Board and representative of the Company, and the second with one of ourentities in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as President and Chief Executive Officer, the EIP, pension andother items covered by the remuneration policy for our Managing Board. While the relationship between amember of the Managing Board and a listed Dutch company will be treated as a mandate agreement, not an
employment agreement, existing employment agreements, including the employment agreement between us andthe sole member of our Managing Board, will remain in effect.
The agreements can be terminated with a notice period of 6 months if terminated by the Company or 3 months if
terminated by the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
Severance clausePursuant to the agreements, the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer
will be entitled to a severance payment if his employment is terminated at the initiative of the Company and otherthan for cause, considering amongst others, his critical role in the Company and his seniority. The severance
payment will be equal to a gross lump sum payment in the amount of two times his latest gross annual salary, plus
the short-term incentive (being the average of the short-term incentive received in the last three years) subject toany and all applicable legal, regulatory and/or contractual deductions.
Any severance payments made will be disclosed in the remuneration report in the annual report of the financial
year that this amount relates to, as well as the reason for the severance payment.

104

Vesting of stock awards in the event of termination or departure
In the event of termination of the employment or departure of the sole member of our Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer, his stock awards will either (i) be forfeited in full, (ii) accelerate in vesting or(iii) continue vesting, as shown in the table below.
Table of the compensation in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of our Managing Board,
our President and Chief Executive Officer.
Set forth in the table below is an overview of the compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer in the event of his termination or departure, as applicable.
Termination by the Company

Resignation

Retirement

Not in connection withchange of control orserious or grossmisconduct

In connection withchange of control

2 times the annual
base salary plus
average short-term
incentive over thelast 3 years
Not applicable
Forfeited inAccelerated vesting full

Severance ClauseNot applicableNot applicable2 times the annual basesalary plus average
short-term incentive
over the last 3 years

Outcome ofunvested stock
awards

Forfeited infullContinuation ofvesting

Accelerated vesting

In connection
with serious or
gross misconduct

4.9.3. Senior Management remuneration
4.9.3.1. Guiding principles of Senior Management compensation
The Managing Board determines the remuneration structure of the Senior Management based on, amongst
others, the same key principles that the Supervisory Board considers when determining the remuneration
structure of the Managing Board. These key principles are described above in section 4.9.2.1. (Guiding principles ofManaging Board compensation).
In accordance with the key principles, the total remuneration of the Senior Management takes into consideration
factors such as the size and complexity of the Company, our global presence and that of our customers, the pace ofchange in our industry, the Company’s value proposition, strategy and goal of long-term value creation, and theneed to recruit and retain key personnel.
4.9.3.2. Senior Management remuneration structure
The structure of our remuneration for our (i) Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Senior
Management, and (iii) certain other groups of senior employees is aligned and consists of a base salary, short-term
incentive and long-term incentive, under specified conditions. The standard benefits for the aforementioned
groups are also aligned.
The Managing Board determines the remuneration structure and remuneration amounts for our Senior
Management based on the analysis of the theoretical maximum total direct remuneration (i.e., sum of base salary,maximum short-term incentive, and maximum long-term incentive).
The remuneration package of the Senior Management is comprised of the following:•

Base salary; and•Variable components, linked to performance:◦ A short-term incentive which is fully paid in cash.
◦ A long-term incentive through the grant of stock awards, that are included in the long-term incentive plan
approved at the AGM.
105

The sum of these three elements represents the maximum total direct remuneration for the Senior Management.
Base Salary
The purpose of the base salary is to provide a fixed level of earnings and to attract and retain talent. It is a key
component of overall remuneration, particularly as the short-term incentive is expressed as a percentage of basesalary.
Short-term incentive
The short-term incentive based on the corporate executive incentive program (“EIP”), entitles selected executives,
including the members of Senior Management, to an annual short-term incentive. This short-term incentive isbased upon the assessment of the achievement of individual, organizational and Company objectives that are set
on an annual basis and focused on, inter alia, return on net assets, customer service, profit, cash flow and market
share. The maximum amount awarded under the short-term incentive is based upon a percentage of theexecutive’s salary and the overall achievement of the relevant objectives on an annual basis.
The 2023 short-term incentive includes a sustainability/corporate social responsibility index for Senior
Management, as part of our efforts to include corporate social responsibility into the performance framework of
our Senior Management. For Executive Committee members and Executive Vice Presidents, the weight of thesustainability/corporate social responsibility index ranges between 5% and 10%. The sustainability/corporate social
responsibility index is divided into four criteria related to health and safety, environment, diversity & inclusion, andpeople engagement.
For the 2023 short-term incentive, the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index was comprised of thefollowing KPIs:•

Health & safety: measured against, amongst others, the employee safety performance.

•

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent).

•

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels.

•

People management: measured against, amongst others, the employee survey (engagement index).

The weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to remain stable over time,
however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may
evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.
Long-term incentive
The purpose of the long-term incentive, through the grant of stock awards, is to motivate the Senior Management
to deliver long-term shareholder value through long-term profitability and share price growth.
In accordance with the current long-term incentive plan, the vesting of unvested stock awards in respect of:(i) the Executive Committee, is subject to the achievement of performance conditions and calculated over athree-year performance period. Grants of unvested stock awards made in 2023 and 2024 will fully vest,
subject to performance conditions, in 2026 and 2027 respectively, provided also that the eligible
employee is still an employee of the Company at such time; and(ii) the Executive Vice Presidents, is subject to the achievement of performance conditions and will vest overa three-year horizon from the date of the grant, with 32% vesting after one year, a further 32% after two
years and the remaining 36% after three years, provided also that the eligible employee is still an
employee of the Company at such time.
The Supervisory Board determines whether the performance criteria are met and concludes whether and to which
extent all eligible employees are entitled to any stock awards under the long-term incentive plan.
From 2021, a new sustainability/corporate social responsibility index has been introduced among the performance
conditions for the long-term incentive. For the 2023 long-term incentive, the sustainability/corporate social
responsibility index was comprised of the following KPIs:

106

•

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, the direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent).

•

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels.

•

ESG investor index: measured against, amongst others, the Dow Jones sustainability indices.

•

Carbon rating agency: measured against, amongst others, the CDP carbon rating.

The weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to remain stable for future grants,
however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may
evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.
Pension plan, life and medical insurance
Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a complementary pension plan for certain key
executives as selected by the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer,
according to the general criteria of eligibility and service as determined by the Supervisory Board upon the
proposal of its Compensation Committee. With respect to such complementary pension plan, we have set up an
independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the plan and to which we make contributions. Pursuant
to this plan, in 2023, we made a contribution of approximately $0.5 million to the plan of the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and of $1.05 million to the plan for all beneficiaries
other than the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The amount ofpension plan payments made for other beneficiaries, such as former employees retired in 2023 and/or no longer
salaried in 2023, was $1.1 million.
The members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board, our President andChief Executive Officer, were covered in 2023 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided byus. The aggregate additional amount set aside by us in 2023 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to
our Senior Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, including the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above, is estimated to havebeen approximately $8.3 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state run retirement, similar
benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.
4.9.3.3. Compensation paid to the Senior Management in 2023, 2022 and 2021
Base salaryOver the last three years the base salary paid to the Senior Management (including the sole member of theManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) is:

Senior Management base salary
(1)
(2)
(3)

2023(1)$19,225,0242022(2)$20,848,371

2021(3)$14,665,462

Including the amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza; former
Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel and former Executive Vice President, MEMS SubGroup Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti. During 2023, our Senior Management consisted of 34 members.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
During 2022, our Senior Management consisted of 33 members.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice
President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud. During 2021, our Senior Management consisted of 24 members.

107

Short-term incentive
The amounts paid in 2023 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the short-term incentive represented approximately 18.07% of
the total compensation paid to our Senior Management and are further detailed below:

Short-term incentive (cash) amount
Ratio short-term incentive / (basesalary + short-term incentive)
(1)
(2)
(3)

Bonus paidin 2023 (2022
performance)(1)$19,654,870

Bonus paidin 2022 (2021
performance)(2)$17,557,713

50.55 %

Bonus paidin 2021 (2020
performance)(3)$ 11,476,929

45.72 %

47.43 %

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza; former
Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel and former Executive Vice President, MEMS SubGroup Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice
President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

Long-term incentive
The second part of the variable component is the long-term incentive which links the long-term interests of the
Senior Management with the shareholders’ and investors’ interests.
The amounts paid in 2023 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the long-term incentive represented approximately 45.97% of
the total compensation paid to our Senior Management and are further detailed below:

Long-term incentive amount
Ratio long-term incentive / basesalaryRatio long-term incentive /(short-term incentive + longterm incentive)
(1)
(2)
(3)

Long-term
incentives paid in2023(1)$ 50,010,449

Long-term
incentives paid in2022(2)$ 41,000,100

Long-term
incentives paid in
2021 (3)$ 43,042,934

260.13%196.66%293.50%71.79%

70.02%

78.95%

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza; former
Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel and former Executive Vice President, MEMS SubGroup Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice
President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

108

Total compensation
The following table sets forth the total amount paid as compensation in 2023, 2022 and 2021 to our Senior
Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) as ofDecember 31 of each year, before applicable withholding taxes and social contributions:
Other components(1)Variable components

Fixed/
Variable
remunerationShort-term
Base salary Incentives

Long-term
Incentives

Benefits

Social security
contributions

Pensions

Termination
benefits

Total

2023

$19,225,024 $19,654,870$50,010,449$1,659,639$10,555,981$1,474,372$6,203,607$108,783,942

36% fixed /64% variable2022(3)$20,848,371 $17,557,713$41,000,100$1,706,799$10,468,677$1,498,828$2,284,907$95,365,395

39% fixed/
61% variable2021(4)$14,665,462 $11,476,929$43,042,934$1,395,509$9,626,193$794,387$3,288,715$84,290,129

35% fixed/
65% variable

Year
(2)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

There were no miscellaneous allowances in the years 2023, 2022, and 2021.
Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza; former
Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel and former Executive Vice President, MEMS SubGroup Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice
President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

We did not extend any loans or overdrafts to the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer, nor to any other member of our Senior Management. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any
debts or concluded any leases with the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, nor with any other member of our Senior Management or their families.
For further details on the compensation of our Senior Management we also refer to Note 7.6.33 to ourconsolidated financial statements.
Senior Management (and the compensation related hereto in this section 4.9.3.2. refers to:•

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer;•

The members of the Executive Committee (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our
President and Chief Executive Officer) of the Company; and•The Executive Vice Presidents of the Company.

We also include below, for comparative purposes, (section 4.9.3.3.) compensation paid to the Executive
Committee (excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) in
financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021, and (section 4.9.3.4.) compensation paid to the Executive Vice Presidents infinancial years 2023, 2022 and 2021.

4.9.3.3.

Compensation paid to the Executive Committee (excluding the sole member of theManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer)

Base salary
The base salary paid to the Executive Committee (excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President
and Chief Executive Officer) in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 is:109

Executive Committee base salary(1)(2)

2023(1)2022

2021(2)$ 6,782,818$ 7,001,152$ 6,310,664

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna.

Short-term incentive
The amounts paid in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 to the Executive Committee (excluding the sole memberof the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the short-term incentive are further
detailed below:

Bonus paidin 2023 (2022
performance)(1)Bonus paidin 2022 (2021
performance)

Bonus paidin 2021 (2020
performance)(2)

Short-term incentive(cash) amount$8,553,348$6,647,780$5,063,522

Ratio short-term
incentive / (base salary +Short-term incentive)

56%

49%

45%

(1)
(2)

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna.

Long-term incentive
The amounts paid in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 to the Executive Committee (excluding the sole memberof the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the long-term incentive are further
detailed below:

Long-term
incentives paid in2023(1)$21,024,493

Long-term
incentives paid in
2022$15,336,113

Long-term
incentives paid in
2021(2)$18,947,917

310%

219%

300%

Ratio long-term incentive / (shortterm incentive + long-term
incentive)
71%

70%

79%

Long-term incentive amount
Ratio long-term incentive / basesalary(1)(2)

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna.

110

Total Compensation
The following table sets forth the total amount paid as compensation in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021, to the
Executive Committee (excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive
Officer) as of December 31, before applicable withholding taxes and social contributions:
Other components(1)Variable components
Year

Base salary

Short-term
Incentives

Long-term
Incentives

Benefits

Socialsecurity
contributions

Pensions

Termination
benefits

Total

Fixed/
Variable
remuneration2023(2)$6,782,818$8,553,348$21,024,493$879,991$3,612,613$1,038,655$2,638,475$44,530,393

34% fixed/
66% variable2022$7,001,152$6,647,780$15,336,113$958,896$2,723,709$1,046,598$283,494$33,997,741

35% fixed/
65% variable2021(3)$6,310,664$5,063,522$18,947,917$884,063$3,219,179$330,770$293,822$35,049,937

31% fixed/
69% variable

(1)
(2)
(3)

There were no miscellaneous allowances in the years 2023, 2022, and 2021.
Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna.

4.9.3.4.

Compensation paid to the Executive Vice Presidents

The base salary paid to the Executive Vice Presidents in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 is:

Executive Vice Presidents base salary
(1)
(2)
(3)

2023(1)2022(2)2021(3)$11,228,661$12,596,266$7,418,440

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel andformer Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

Short-term incentive
The amounts paid in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 to the Executive Vice Presidents pursuant to the shortterm incentive are further detailed below:
Bonus paidin 2023 (2022
performance)(1)Bonus paidin 2022 (2021
performance)(2)Bonus paidin 2021 (2020
performance)(3)

Short-term incentive(cash) amount$8,282,397$8,403,357$4,506,101

Ratio short-term
incentive / (base salary+ Short-term incentive)

42%

40%

38%

(1)
(2)
(3)

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel andformer Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

111

Long-term incentive
The amounts paid in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021 to the Executive Vice Presidents pursuant to the longterm incentive are further detailed below:

Long-term incentive amount
Ratio long-term incentive / basesalaryLong-term
incentives paid in2023(1)$27,147,593

242%
Ratio long-term incentive / (shortterm incentive + long-term
incentive)
77%
(1)
(2)
(3)

Long-term
incentives paid in2022(2)$23,620,775

Long-term
incentives paid in
2021(3)$20,849,377

188%

281%

74%

82%

Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel andformer Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

Total Compensation
The following table sets forth the total amount paid as compensation in financial years 2023, 2022 and 2021, to the
Executive Vice Presidents as of December 31 of each year, before applicable withholding taxes and social
contributions:(1)

Variable components

Other components

Year

Base salary

Short-term
Incentives

Long-term
Incentives

Benefits

Social security
contributions

Termination
benefits

Total

Fixed/
Variable
remuneration

2023(2)$11,228,661$8,282,397$27,147,592$661,911$6,066,240$3,565,132$56,951,933

38% fixed /62% variable2022(3)$12,596,266$8,403,357$23,620,775$639,879$6,887,522$2,001,414$54,149,213

41% fixed /59% variable2021(4)$7,418,440$4,506,101$20,849,377$409,581$5,502,272$2,994,893$41,680,664

39% fixed /61% variable

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

There were no miscellaneous allowances in the years 2023, 2022, and 2021.
Including amounts paid in 2023 to our former Executive Vice President Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel andformer Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Andrea Onetti.
Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End
Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

4.9.4.

Remuneration comparison between the Managing Board, the Executive Committee (excluding
the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer), theExecutive Vice Presidents and employees

Set forth in the following table is the annual change over the last five years of (i) the remuneration of the solemember of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the remuneration of the Executive
Committee (excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the
remuneration of the Executive Vice Presidents, (iv) the average remuneration of all our indirect employees otherthan the members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President
and Chief Executive Officer, and (v) the performance of the Company (based on US GAAP where relevant). The
average is calculated by taking the sum of remuneration costs and dividing by the average number of full-time
equivalent indirect employees over the period. The table below also shows the pay ratio between our Managing
Board, the Executive Committee (excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer), the Executive Vice Presidents and our indirect employees.
112

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

$7,302$7,218$7,559$5,739$7,795

1%

(5)%

32%

(26)%

(30)%

Average remuneration of the Executive Committee (excluding thesole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief
Executive Officer) (B) (amounts in millions)(2)(3)$4,948$4,250$4,381$3,555$2,539Evolution of average remuneration of the Executive Committee(excluding the sole member of the Managing Board, our President
and Chief Executive Officer) (9)

16%

(3)%

23%

40%

13%

Ratio A versus B

1.48

1.70

1.73

1.61

3.07

Average remuneration of the Executive Vice Presidents (C)(amounts in millions)(4)(5)(6)$2,373$2,256$2,779$2,066$1,603Evolution of the average remuneration of the Executive Vice
Presidents

5%

(19)%

34%

29%

8%

Ratio A versus C

3.08

3.2

2.72

2.78

4.86

$114,100$109,600$111,200$98,500$97,300

Evolution of the average remuneration of all global indirect
employees (FTE basis)(8)

4%

(1)%

13%

1%

(3)%

Ratio A versus D

64.0

65.9

68.0

58.2

80.2

Ratio B versus D

43.4

38.8

39.4

36.1

26.1

Ratio C versus D

20.8

20.6

25.0

21.0

16.05
$9,556

Managing Board remuneration
Total remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board,
our President and Chief Executive Officer (A) (amounts inmillions)(1)Evolution of the remuneration of the sole member of theManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer
remuneration
Executive Committee (excluding the sole member of theManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer)
remuneration

Executive Vice Presidents remuneration

Employee remuneration(7)Average remuneration of all global indirect employees (FTE basis)(D)(8)

Company's performance
Net revenues (amounts in millions)$17,286$16,128$12,761$10,219

Evolution of the revenues

7%

26%

25%

7%

(1)%

Operating income (amounts in millions)$4,611$4,439$2,419$1,323$1,203Evolution of the Operating income

4%

84%

83%

10%

(14)%

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

Total Managing Board remuneration for 2019 includes a one-off contractually obligated deferred compensation paid to Mr. Bozotti.
Average remuneration of our Executive Committee includes amounts paid in 2023 to our former President, Technology, Manufacturing,
Quality and Supply Chain, Orio Bellezza.
Average remuneration of our Executive Committee includes amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors
Group, Benedetto Vigna.
Average remuneration of our Executive Vice Presidents includes amounts paid in 2023 to our former Executive Vice President Front-End
Manufacturing, Analog and Power, Michael Hummel and former Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group Analog, MEMS and Sensors
Group, Andrea Onetti.
Average remuneration of our Executive Vice Presidents includes amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital &Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager,
Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.
Average remuneration of our Executive Vice Presidents includes amounts paid in 2021 to our former Executive Vice President Europe andFrance Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.
Employee remuneration is defined as all remuneration paid to our indirect employees including base salary, variable compensation inboth cash and shares, social premiums, pension, expense allowances and benefits in kind. The average is calculated by taking the sum of
remuneration costs and dividing by the average number of full-time equivalent indirect employees over the period.
Global indirect employees are all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products, excluding Senior Management. “FTE”
refers to full time equivalent.
Variation in 2023 is mainly driven by the termination benefits granted in that specific year and share price increase for long-term incentive
pay-out. For further detail reference is made to section 4.9.3.3.

113

4.9.5 Share ownership
None of the members of our Supervisory Board, Managing Board or Senior Management holds shares or options toacquire shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.
4.9.6. Stock awards and options
Our stock-based compensation plans are designed to incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key
employees by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution of our share price. Since 2005, wehave adopted long-term incentive plans based on stock awards for our management as well as key employees.
Furthermore, until 2012, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board and with its approval)
granted stock-based awards (the options to acquire common shares in the share capital of the Company) to themembers and professionals of the Supervisory Board.
Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our general meetings of shareholders, our Supervisory
Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, took
the following actions:•approved conditions relating to our 2023 unvested stock award allocation under the 2021 Unvested StockAward Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees);•

approved conditions relating to our 2022 unvested stock award allocation under the 2021 Unvested StockAward Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees); and•approved conditions relating to our 2021 unvested stock award allocation under the 2021 Unvested StockAward Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees).

The sale or purchase of shares of our stock by the members or professionals of our Supervisory Board, the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and all our employees are subject to aninternal policy which involves, inter alia, certain blackout periods.

5. Corporate Governance5.1. Commitment to the principles of good corporate governanceOur consistent commitment to good corporate governance principles is evidenced by:•

Our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our management to a Managing Board acting
under the supervision and control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the Managing Board.
Members of our Managing Board and of our Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by ourshareholders;•

Our early adoption of policies on important issues such as business ethics and conflicts of interest andstrict policies to comply with applicable regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider
trading and public disclosures;•

Our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a company incorporated under the laws of
The Netherlands, and, as applicable, our compliance with American, French and Italian securities laws,
because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in addition to our compliance with the corporate,social and financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries in which we do business;•

Our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social responsibility, encompassing environmental,social, health, safety, educational and other related issues including our corporate governance statement
which evidences our policy objectives with respect to diversity as well as the results of implementing ourdiversity policy for the year ended December 31, 2023;•

Our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel (managed by an independent third-party).
We encourage everyone, including external business partners, to express, in good faith, any concerns they114

might have regarding possible violations of our Code of Conduct, our policies, or the law (including,
without limitations, any concerns regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters). Our Speak
Up Policy is communicated to all employees and includes, in addition to internal local and corporate
reporting channels, an independent multilingual ethics hotline;•

Our Corporate Ethics Committee and Local Ethics Committees, whose mandate is to provide support toour management in its efforts to foster a business ethics culture consistent across regions, functions andorganizations;•

Our Chief Compliance & Ethics Officer, who reports to our Chief Executive Officer, also acts as Executive
Secretary to our Supervisory Board, and is jointly responsible with our Chief Audit and Risk Executive forour ethics hotline and related investigations; and•Our Chief Audit and Risk Executive, who reports directly to our Audit Committee for Internal Audit anddirectly to our Chief Financial Officer for Enterprise Risk Management and Resilience (business continuity
and crisis management), is also jointly responsible with our Chief Compliance & Ethics Officer for our
ethics hotline and related investigations.

As a Dutch listed company, we are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, which is publicly available atwww.mccg.nl. We are committed to informing our shareholders of any significant changes in our corporate
governance policies and practices at our AGM. Along with our Supervisory Board charter (which we last updated in
April 2022 and which also includes the charters of our Supervisory Board Committees) and our Code of Conduct,
the current version of our Corporate Governance Charter is posted on our website (investors.st.com), and these
documents are available in print to any shareholder who may request them.
As required by article 2:391(5) jo. article 3(1) of the Decree on the content of the management report and theDutch Corporate Governance Code, our Corporate Governance Charter includes information on the broad outlineof our corporate governance structure and our compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the combined experience and expertise of its members. In
fulfilling their duties under Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of the Company and its
business, taking into consideration the interests of all our shareholders and other stakeholders, and must act
independently in their supervision of our management. Our Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess theindependence of its members in accordance with corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock
Exchange.
Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed Dutch corporate governance standards, theimplementing rules and corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the New York Stock Exchange, as well asother corporate governance standards. The Supervisory Board has determined, based on the evaluations by an ad
hoc committee, the following independence criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not haveany material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or ourmanagement. A “material relationship” can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting,charitable and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a relationship with direct or indirect
shareholders.
We believe we are fully compliant with all material corporate governance standards of the New York Stock
Exchange, to the extent possible for a Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well as the New
York Stock Exchange.
Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which
reports to the Supervisory Board, and our general meeting of shareholders appoints our statutory auditors. Our
Audit Committee has established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities with respect to, among others,
the monitoring of our accounting, auditing, financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight of ourexternal auditors. In addition, our Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt, retention andtreatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and theconfidential anonymous submission by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

115

Pursuant to our Supervisory Board charter, the Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on
potential reported conflicts of interests between the Company and members of the Supervisory Board, as well as
the Managing Board.
The sole member of our Managing Board may not serve on the board of a public company without the priorapproval of our Supervisory Board. Pursuant to the Supervisory Board charter, the sole member of our Managing
Board must inform our Supervisory Board of any (potential) conflict of interest and pursuant to such charter andDutch law, any Managing Board resolution regarding a transaction in relation to which the sole member of ourManaging Board has a conflict of interest must be approved and adopted by our Supervisory Board. Should ourentire Supervisory Board also have a conflict of interest, the resolution must be adopted by our shareholders’meeting pursuant to Dutch law. We are not aware of any potential conflicts of interests between the privateinterest or other duties of our sole Managing Board member and our senior managers and their duties to us.

5.2. General meeting of shareholders
Our ordinary general meetings of shareholders are held at least annually, within six months after the close of eachfinancial year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague, The Netherlands.
Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems necessary,and must be held upon the written request of registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend general
meetings of shareholders of at least 10% of the total issued share capital to our Managing Board or our Supervisory
Board specifying in detail the business to be dealt with. Such written requests may not be submitted electronically.
If the Managing Board or the Supervisory Board does not convene the general meeting of shareholders within six
weeks of such a request, the aforementioned shareholders or individuals may be authorized by a competentjudicial authority.
Notice of general meetings of shareholders shall be given by our Managing Board or by our Supervisory Board orby those who according to the law or our Articles of Association are entitled thereto. The notice shall be given insuch manner as shall be authorized or required by law (including but not limited to a written notice, a legible andreproducible message sent by electronic means and an announcement published by electronic means), as well asin accordance with the regulations of a stock exchange where our shares are officially listed at our request. In
addition, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend our General Meetings of Shareholders that areregistered in our share register shall be notified by letter that the meeting is being convened. The notice convening
our general meeting of shareholders shall be given with due observance of the statutory notice period, which iscurrently 42 days prior to the meeting.
The notice of our general meeting of shareholders states the business to be transacted as well as other informationprescribed by law and our Articles of Association. The agenda is fixed by the author of the notice of the meeting;however, one or more shareholders or other persons entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders
representing at least one-tenth of our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made at least
five days prior to the date of convocation of the meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who are entitled to attend general meetings ofshareholders will be included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to our Managing Board within aperiod of sixty days before that meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our General Meetings ofShareholders who, solely or jointly, represent at least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at least€50 million. The requests referred to in the previous two sentences may not be submitted electronically. The
aforementioned requests must comply with conditions stipulated by our Managing Board, subject to the approvalof our Supervisory Board, which shall be posted on our website. Pursuant to Dutch law, a shareholder requesting
discussion of an agenda item must disclose to us its entire beneficial interest (long and short position). We are
required to disclose this interest on our website.
Dutch law prescribes a fixed registration date of 28 days prior to the date of the General Meeting of Shareholders,which means that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend our General Meetings of Shareholders arethose persons who have such rights at such date and, as such, are registered in a register designated by ourManaging Board, regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend our general meetingof shareholders at the time of the meeting if a registration date would not be applicable.

116Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or Dutch law, resolutions of our General Meetings ofShareholders require the approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which at least fifteen percent of
the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. If a quorum is not present, a further meetingcan be convened which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution. We
may not vote our shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted.
In general, the most important items of our General Meetings of Shareholders are:•the adoption of our annual accounts;•

the adoption of a dividend;•

the discharge of the members of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board;•

the adoption of the compensation policy of our Managing Board;•the determination of the compensation of the members of our Supervisory Board;•

the appointment, suspension and dismissal of the sole member of our Managing Board;•

the appointment, suspension and dismissal of the members of our Supervisory Board;•

the appointment of our auditors;•

the authorization to our Managing Board to repurchase shares;•

the issuance of shares and the granting of rights to subscribe for shares (option rights) as well as thedelegation of these authorities to our Supervisory Board;•

approving resolutions of our Managing Board as referred to below under “Managing Board”; and•resolutions regarding the amendment of our Articles of Association, our liquidation, legal merger and legal
demerger.

Under Dutch law, our general meeting of shareholders has the authority to adopt our statutory annual accounts as
prepared by our Managing Board. Our general meeting of shareholders does not have the authority to amend our
statutory annual accounts as prepared by our Managing Board. Our general meeting of shareholders can:i.

either adopt our statutory annual accounts in the form as prepared by our Managing Board; orii.

instruct our Managing Board to amend our statutory annual accounts before adopting these annual
accounts; oriii. not adopt the statutory annual accounts.
If our general meeting of shareholders instructs our Managing Board to amend our statutory annual accounts, ourManaging Board is required to make the necessary amendments, unless the instruction contravenes the provisionsof reasonableness and fairness (redelijkheid en billijkheid). Furthermore, the instruction must not contravene withthe applicable presentation rules for the statutory annual accounts, including requirements of consistency andbalance continuity. If there are multiple options, our general meeting of shareholders is authorized to decide with
due observance of said limits.
If there are doubts regarding the correctness of our statutory annual accounts, the annual report and the otherinformation, a petition for revision of our statutory annual accounts can be filed with the Enterprise Chamber(Ondernemingskamer) of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal in The Netherlands by each interested party on the basisof non-compliance with the applicable presentation requirements for the statutory annual accounts, the annual
report and/or the other information prescribed by the EU IFRS regime, Title 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Codeand/or the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht). The petition must state inwhich respect the documents require revision. The petition can also be filed by the Advocate General (advocaatgeneraal) of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal on the basis of public interest as well as the AFM with due observanceof Section 4 of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act.

117

5.3. Supervisory Board
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is responsible for supervising the policies pursued by ourManaging Board, the manner in which the Managing Board implements the long-term value creation strategy andthe general course of our affairs and business. Our Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is
resolved by our general meeting of shareholders upon a non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with aminimum of six members. Decisions by our shareholders concerning the number and the identity of our
Supervisory Board members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting, provided quorum
conditions are met.
Under Dutch law, certain statutory provisions limit the number of supervisory positions that members of our
Supervisory Board may hold. A member of our Supervisory Board can only be appointed as such if he/she does nothold more than four supervisory positions at other so-called “large” Dutch entities. In this connection, the positionof chairman equals two positions. The term supervisory position means the position of supervisory director or nonexecutive director. Supervisory positions at several entities belonging to the same group constitute one position,and supervisory positions at non-Dutch entities are not taken into account. Furthermore, an appointment by theEnterprise Chamber (Ondernemingskamer) of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal as part of corporate inquiry
proceedings is not taken into account. For purposes of the foregoing, ”large” Dutch entities are Dutch limited
liability companies, private companies with limited liability and foundations which meet at least two of thefollowing three criteria (“‘Large Dutch Entities”): (i) the value of the assets according to the consolidated statementof financial position with explanatory notes exceeds €20 million; (ii) the net turnover for the financial year exceeds€40 million; or (iii) there are, on average, 250 or more employees during the financial year.
In The Netherlands, companies such as ours are expected to pursue a policy of having a balanced participation by
men and women in supervisory boards. We have balanced participation by men and women on our Supervisory
Board and currently, our Supervisory Board comprises nine members of which 4 are female and 5 are male.
In accordance with the criteria as reflected in our Supervisory Board charter and diversity policy, members of our
Supervisory Board are selected on the basis of their specific business, financial, technical and/or legal expertise,prior professional experience, soundness of judgment, ability to make analytical enquiries and willingness todevote the time required to adequately perform their activities as Supervisory Board members. The object of ourdiversity policy is to have a diverse composition of our Supervisory Board in the areas that are relevant to us, suchas nationality, experience, background, gender and age. Our Supervisory Board endorses the principle of adiversified Supervisory Board, including the aforementioned statutory gender balance rules, within the scope ofthe criteria as reflected in our Supervisory Board charter and diversity policy. We will continue to ensure an
appropriate balance as recommended by the aforementioned statutory gender balance rules. The Supervisory
Board meets the other criteria as set forth in their Charter as well, resulting in a diversified composition of theSupervisory Board.
The responsibilities of our Supervisory Board include (but are not limited to):•supervising, monitoring, and advising our Managing Board on: (i) our performance, (ii) our strategy andrisks inherent to our business activities, (iii) the structure and management of the internal risk
management and control systems, and (iv) compliance with legislation and regulations;•disclosing, complying with and enforcing our corporate governance structure;•

selecting and recommending the appointment of the member(s) of the Managing Board;•

proposing the compensation policy for the member(s) of our Managing Board (such policy to be adopted
by our General Meeting of Shareholders), fixing the compensation annually and the contractual terms andconditions of employment of the member(s) of our Managing Board (in accordance with the saidcompensation policy);•electing and recommending the appointment of the members of our Supervisory Board and proposing
their remuneration;

118

•

evaluating and assessing the functioning of our Managing Board, our Supervisory Board, and theirindividual members (including the evaluation of our Supervisory Board’s profile and the introduction,
education and training program);•handling, and deciding on, potential reported conflicts of interest between us on the one hand andmembers of our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board, our external auditor and our (major)
shareholder(s) on the other hand;•selecting and recommending the appointment of our external auditor upon proposal by our Audit
Committee;•

reviewing and approving our whistle-blower procedures upon approval by the Audit Committee;•

handling, and deciding on, reported alleged irregularities that relate to the functioning of our Managing
Board;•

approving decisions by our Managing Board as referred above under “Managing Board”;•

supervising the adoption and implementation by our Managing Board on a consolidated basis of strategic
pluri-annual plans and annual budgets in line with the decisions of our Supervisory Board;•on an annual basis, the renewal of the authorization by our Managing Board to issue guarantees tocompanies whose accounts are consolidated by us, as well as guarantees granted to third parties including
nonconsolidated subsidiaries of us; and•declaring independently as well as proposing to our general meeting of shareholders to declare,
distributions out of our share premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder distributions
under Dutch law.

Our Supervisory Board charter, as posted on our website, contains detailed provisions on the reporting andhandling of (potential) conflicts of interest.
For information on the identity of our Supervisory Board members, including its committees, as well as thecompensation of the members of our Supervisory Board, see the report of our Supervisory Board. We believe thatat least one member of our Supervisory Board can be regarded as a financial expert.
For information on the role and identity of the committees of our Supervisory Board, see the report of our
Supervisory Board.

5.4. Managing Board
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of our
Supervisory Board. Mr. Jean-Marc Chery is currently the sole member of our Managing Board with the function of
President and Chief Executive Officer. Under our Articles of Association, the sole member of our Managing Board is
appointed for a three-year term, upon a non-binding proposal by our Supervisory Board, at our AGM (by a simple
majority of the votes cast, provided quorum conditions are met), which term may be renewed one or more times.
In The Netherlands, companies such as ours are expected to pursue a policy of having a balanced participation by
men and women in managing boards. Where seats on a managing board are to be divided among individuals,balanced participation is deemed to exist if at least 30% of the seats are taken by men and at least 30% by women.
Since its creation in 1987, our Managing Board has always been comprised of a sole member and therefore wehave not put in place a diversity policy for our Managing Board.
Our shareholders may suspend or dismiss one or more members of our Managing Board, in accordance with theprocedures laid down in our Articles of Association. Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with ourgeneral management and the representation of our Company. Our Managing Board must seek prior approval fromour shareholders for decisions regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our
Articles of Association and our Supervisory Board charter, our Managing Board must also seek prior approval fromour Supervisory Board for certain other decisions with regard to the Company and our direct or indirect
subsidiaries.

119

The sole member of our Managing Board may not serve on the board of a public company without the priorapproval of our Supervisory Board. Pursuant to our Supervisory Board charter, the sole member of our Managing
Board must inform our Supervisory Board of any (potential) conflict of interest and pursuant to such charter andDutch law, any Managing Board resolution regarding a transaction in relation to which the sole member of ourManaging Board has a conflict of interest must be approved and adopted by our Supervisory Board. Should ourentire Supervisory Board also have a conflict of interest, the resolution must be adopted by our shareholders
pursuant to Dutch law. We are not aware of any potential conflicts of interests between the private interest orother duties of our sole Managing Board member and our senior managers and their duties to us.
Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the Supervisory Board charter, the following decisions by our Managing
Board with regard to the Company and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries (an “ST Group Company”) requireprior approval from our Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our or any ST Group Company’s Articles of
Association or other constitutional documents, other than those of wholly owned subsidiaries; (ii) other than forwholly owned subsidiaries, any change in our or any ST Group Company’s authorized share capital or any issue,
acquisition or disposal by us — with the exception of shares in our share capital acquired in order to transfer theseshares under employee stock option or stock purchase plans — or any ST Group Company of own shares or change
in share rights and any issue of instruments resulting in a share in the capital of any ST Group Company or its
profits (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any ST Group Company or the disposal of all or asubstantial and material part of our business or assets, or those of any ST Group Company, or of any shares in any
ST Group Company; (iv) any merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any
agreement relating to IP) to which we or any ST Group Company is, or is proposed to be, a party, as well as theformation of new companies by us or any ST Group Company (with the understanding that only acquisitions above$25 million per transaction are subject to prior Supervisory Board approval); (v) our draft consolidated statementof financial position and consolidated financial statements, as well as our and any ST Group Company’s profit
distribution policies; (vi) entering into any agreement that may qualify as a related party transaction, including any
agreement between us or any ST Group Company and any of our major shareholders; (vii) the appointment ofmembers of the Executive Committee; (viii) the key parameters of our pluri-annual plans and our consolidated
annual budgets, as well as any significant modifications to said plans and budgets, or any one of the matters set
forth in our Articles of Association and not included in the approved plans or budgets; (ix) operations which have tobe submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval even if their financing was already provided for in the approved
annual budget; (x) our quarterly, semi-annual and annual consolidated financial statements prepared inaccordance with U.S. GAAP and, as required, according to IFRS; (xi) the exercise of any shareholder right in a ST
joint venture company, which is a company (a) with respect to which we hold directly or indirectly either a minority
equity position in excess of 25% or a majority position without the voting power to adopt extraordinary
resolutions, or (b) in which we directly or indirectly participate and such participation has a value of at least onethird of our total assets according to the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and notes thereto in our
most recently adopted (statutory) annual accounts, with the understanding, for the avoidance of doubt, thatdecisions of the Managing Board regarding the general management and/or operations of such ST joint venturecompany are not subject to Supervisory Board approval and that the Managing Board reports to the Supervisory
Board on the operations of the ST joint venture companies as part of its regular reporting to the Supervisory Boardand in principle at least every six months; (xii) the strategy of our company; (xiii) the annual internal audit plan andthe appointment, replacement, reassignment and dismissal of our Chief Audit and Risk Executive; (xiv) all proposals
to be submitted to a vote at the AGM; (xv) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any participationand conclusion of any cooperation and participation agreement; (xvi) all our pluri-annual plans and the budget forthe coming year (covering investment policy, policy regarding R&D, and commercial policy and objectives, general
financial policy and policy regarding personnel); and (xvii) all acts, decisions or operations covered by the foregoingand constituting a significant change with respect to decisions already approved by the Supervisory Board or notprovided for in the above list and as specifically laid down by a Supervisory Board resolution to that effect.
Senior Management
General management of our business
The sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is entrusted with our generalmanagement and is supported in his tasks by our Executive Committee and Executive Vice Presidents, whotogether constitute our Senior Management.
120

As a company committed to good governance, we hold corporate meetings on a regular basis. Such meetings,
which involve the participation of several members of our Senior Management include:•

Executive Committee, which meets once every month and oversees the general strategy and is
responsible for the risk management of the Company.

•

Corporate Operations Review, which meets twice per quarter to review monthly results, short-term
forecasts and monthly business results.

•

Corporate Staff Meeting, which meets once per quarter to review the business in its entirety and to planand forecast for the next quarter and beyond.

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee acts under the authority and responsibility of the Managing Board and in this respectmanages the Company. The Managing Board remains legally responsible for the management of the Company. The
responsibilities of the Executive Committee include overseeing the general strategy as well as the risk management
in connection with the Company’s activities, operational and financial objectives and financial reporting processes.
The Executive Committee adopts resolutions based on consensus, or if no consensus can be reached, by a majorityof the votes cast by the members of the Managing Board including the vote of the chairman of the Executive
Committee.
The chairman of the Executive Committee is our President and Chief Executive Officer and he thus serves as theprimary interface between the Executive Committee and the Supervisory Board. Members of the Executive
Committee are appointed by the Managing Board subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board. Members of
the Executive Committee can be suspended and dismissed by the Managing Board without prior approval by theSupervisory Board.
The Executive Committee was composed of the following nine members as of December 31, 2023, as set forth in
the table below.

Name(1)
Jean-Marc Chery
Marco Cassis

Position
President and Chief Executive Officer
President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

36

36

60

Rajita D'Souza

President, Human Resources, Corporate Social Responsibility
President, Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and President, Finance, Purchasing,
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) & Resilience
President, Quality, Manufacturing and Technology
President, Automotive and DiscreteGroup
President, Legal Counsel and Public Affairs
President, Sales & Marketing

3
2

3
26

51
50

36
35

36
36

62
64

37
32
32

37
32
36

62
61
58

Remi El-Ouazzane
Lorenzo Grandi
Fabio Gualandris
Marco Monti
Steven Rose
Jerome Roux
(1)

Years in
SemiYears with Conductor
Company
Industry Age
39
39
63

Fabio Gualandris has, in August 2023, replaced Orio Bellezza as President, Quality, Manufacturing and Technology and as announced on
January 10, 2024 Marco Monti will leave the Company.

Detailed biographies of our Executive Committee members are available on our website www.st.com.

121

Executive Vice Presidents
The group of Executive Vice Presidents consisted of the following people as of December 31, 2023:
Years with
Company

Years in
SemiConductor
IndustryAge

Name(1)

Position

Michael Anfang

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle
East and Africa Region (EMEA)

25

33

55

Christophe Ayela

Executive Vice President, Analog & Power Front-End
Manufacturing

33

33

57

Alexandre
Balmefrezol

Executive Vice President and General Manager of the
Imaging sub-group within ST’s Analog, MEMS and Sensors
Group

26

26

49

Stefano Cantù

Executive Vice President, Smart Power Solutions Sub-Group
within ST’s Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG),
Automotive Business Deputy

29

29

55

Henry Cao

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, China Region

3

3

50

Executive Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer andAlessandro Cremonesi General Manager System Research and Applications (SRA)
Group

39

39

65

Alberto Della Chiesa

Executive Vice President Supply Chain

35

35

59

Ricardo De Sa Earp

Executive Vice President, General-Purpose Microcontroller
sub-group within ST's Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group

26

26

60

Franck Freymond

Executive Vice President, Chief Audit & Risk Executive

13

13

55

Fabrice Gomez

Executive Vice President, Head of Back-End Manufacturing &Technology

11

11

55

Frédérique Le Grevès

Executive Vice President, Europe and France Public Affairs

3

3

56

Claudia Levo

Executive Vice President, Integrated Marketing &Communications

12

14

58

Matteo Lo Presti

Executive Vice President, General Manager, Analog subgroup within ST's Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

30

33

59

Laurent Malier

Executive Vice President Digital Front-End Manufacturing andTechnology

8

29

56

Edoardo Merli

Executive Vice President, Power Transistor sub-group within
ST's Automotive and Discrete Group

25

25

61

Hiroshi Noguchi

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Asia PacificRegion excluding China (APeC)

16

16

48

Giuseppe Notarnicola

Executive Vice President, Treasury, Insurance, M&A, IP BU,
and Italy Public Affairs

18

18

62

Rino Peruzzi

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Americas andGlobal Key Account Organization

25

25

58

Chouaib Rokbi

Executive Vice President, Digital Transformation andInformation Technology, Corporate Development

23

23

52

Bertrand Stoltz

Executive Vice President Finance, Global Shared Services andSystems, Asia Public Affairs

29

29

53

Geoff West

Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer

30

38

60

Nicolas Yackowlew

Executive Vice President, Product Quality & Reliability

28

29

54

(1)

Michael Hummel left his position in November 2023, and Christophe Ayela was appointed as Executive Vice President, Analog & Power
Front-End Manufacturing. Alexandre Balmefrezol was appointed in January 2023 as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the122Imaging sub-group replacing Eric Aussedat. Fabrice Gomez has replaced in July 2023 Fabrio Gualandris as Executive Vice President, Headof Back-End Manufacturing & Technology. Andrea Onetti left his position as Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group in 2023. GeoffWest was appointed as Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer in 2023.

Detailed biographies of our Executive Vice Presidents are available on our website www.st.com.

5.5. Indemnification of members of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board
To the extent permitted by Dutch law, members of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board as well as ourofficers or agents shall be indemnified by us against expenses, such as the reasonable costs of defending claims, as
stated in our Articles of Association. Under certain circumstances, there will be no entitlement to thisreimbursement. We hold a Director & Officer liability insurance for the members of our Managing Board andSupervisory Board as well as our officers.

5.6. Risk Management and Control Systems
For our statement on the main features of our risk management and control systems and of the group of which thefinancial data are included in our annual accounts, please refer to section 3.3. (Risk Management and Internal
Control).

5.7. Required information Article 10 Takeover Directive
The EU Takeover Directive requires that listed companies publish additional information providing insight into
defensive structures and mechanisms which they apply. The relevant provision has been implemented into Dutch
law by means of the Decree on Article 10 of the Takeover Directive of April 5, 2006. Pursuant to this decree, Dutch
companies whose securities have been admitted to trading on a regulated market have to include information in
their annual report which could be of importance for persons who are considering taking an interest in thecompany.
This information comprises amongst other things:•

the capital structure of the company;•

restrictions on the transfer of securities and on voting rights;•

special powers conferred upon the holders of certain shares;•

the rules governing the appointment and dismissal of board members and the amendment of the Articles
of Association;•

the rules on the issuing and the repurchasing of shares by the company;•

significant agreements to which the company is a party and which contain change of control rights (except
where their nature is such that their disclosure would be seriously prejudicial to the company); and•agreements between the Company and its board members or employees providing for a “golden
parachute”.

Capital structure
The authorized share capital of STMicroelectronics N.V. is €1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 commonshares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of €1.04. As of December 31, 2023, thenumber of common shares issued was 911,281,920 shares (December 31, 2022: 911,281,920 shares).
As of December 31, 2023, the number of common shares outstanding was 902,771,081 shares (December 31,
2022: 903,865,763 shares). There were no preference shares issued as of December 31, 2023, and December 31,
2022, respectively.
Restrictions on the transfer of shares
We do not have restrictions on the transfer of our common and preference shares, provided that Stichting
Continuïteit ST, if it holds preference shares, requires our consent to sell or otherwise dispose of preference sharesor voting rights attached thereto.
123Holdings in us that are subject to a disclosure obligation
For information on holdings in us that are subject to a disclosure obligation pursuant to chapter 5.3 of the Dutch
Financial Markets Supervision Act (“Wet op het financieel toezicht”), please refer to section 5.11. (Major
Shareholders).
Special controlling rights
We do not have special controlling rights attached to our common or preference shares.
Control of employees share/option schemes
We do not have any scheme granting rights to employees to subscribe for or acquire shares in our share capital or
the share capital of one of our subsidiaries where the control is not directly exercised by the employees. However,key employees as determined by our unvested share award plans are granted share awards (as part of theircompensation) with a staggered vested schedule pursuant to our determined criteria. For more information on
employees share/option schemes, see the remuneration report in section 4.9. (Remuneration Report).
Restrictions on voting rights
We do not have any restrictions on voting rights nor have we cooperated in the issuance of depositary receipts forshares.
Agreements with shareholders that may give rise to restrictions on the transfer of shares or restrictions of voting
rights
We do not have any agreements with shareholders that may give rise to restrictions on the transfer of shares or
restrictions of voting rights. However, please see below in section 5.12. (Shareholders’ Agreements) for certain
information on shareholders’ agreements regarding us to which we are not a party.
Provisions on appointment and dismissal of members of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board andamendment of our Articles of Association
Please see the information included above in section 5.3. (Supervisory Board) and section 5.4. (Managing Board)
with respect to the appointment and dismissal of the members of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board.
Our Articles of Association can be amended by our general meeting of shareholders, upon the proposal of our
Supervisory Board, by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting where at least 15% of the issued andoutstanding share capital is present or represented. If a quorum is not present, a further meeting can be convened
which shall, irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution. If the relevant amendment affects
the rights of holders of common shares or holders of preference shares, the approval of the meeting of holders ofcommon shares and the meeting of holders of preference shares, respectively, is required.
Authority of the Managing Board and Supervisory Board regarding the issuance and repurchase of shares
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our Managing Board does not have the authority to issue shares or grantrights to subscribe for shares. Our Supervisory Board has this authority. Our 2023 AGM authorized our Supervisory
Board, until the conclusion of the 2024 AGM, to resolve upon: (i) the issuance of common shares or the granting ofrights to subscribe for common shares in our share capital, up to a maximum of 10% of our issued common sharecapital as per December 31, 2022, but not exceeding the limits of the authorized share capital, (ii) the terms andconditions of an issuance of common; and (iii) the limitation and/or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of existing
shareholders upon issuance of common shares or rights to subscribe for it.
Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our 2023 AGM, our Managing Board, subject to the approval of
our Supervisory Board, was authorized, until the conclusion of the 2024 AGM, to acquire common shares and/or
preference shares subject to the limits of Dutch law and our Articles of Association and in accordance with theacquisition price conditions set forth in such shareholders’ resolution. Furthermore, our Articles of Association
provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share capital in order to transfer these shares under
employee stock option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of our general meeting of shareholders.

124Significant agreements to which we are a party and which contain change of control rights
On August 4, 2020, we issued senior unsecured bonds, in two tranches, one of $750 million with a maturity of 5
years and one of $750 million with a maturity of 7 years, convertible into new or existing common shares in ourshare capital. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the senior bonds (the “Conditions”), bondholders havecertain conversion rights and redemption rights upon a change of control, all as provided in the Conditions.
Agreements with the sole member of our Managing Board regarding distributions upon the termination of theiremployment contract in connection with a public offer on us
The employment agreements with the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, Mr. Jean-Marc Chery, provide for distributions upon termination of his employment agreements upon achange of control, amongst others, pursuant to a takeover bid, as further described in section 4.9.2.g. (Managing
Board remuneration - Compensation provisions in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of ourManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer - Table of the compensation in the event of termination
or departure of the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer).
Stichting Continuïteit ST — our preference shares
We have an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”),
regarding our preference shares. This is a common practice used by a majority of publicly traded Dutch companies.
Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are
jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of us. The option agreement provides for the issuance of up
to a maximum 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shares would be issued to the Stichting upon its request
and in its sole discretion and upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued.
The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares.
The shares would be issuable in the event of actions which the board of the Stichting determines would becontrary to our interests, our shareholders and our other stakeholders and which in the event of a creeping
acquisition or offer for our common shares are not supported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. The
preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential
acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control as well as to create a levelplaying field in the event actions which are considered to be hostile by our Managing Board and our Supervisory
Board, as described above, occur and which the board of the Stichting determines to be contrary to our interestsand our shareholders and other stakeholders.
The board of the Stichting is currently comprised of the following three members:•Professor S.C.J.J. Kortmann, a well-known professor at law at the Radboud University in Nijmegen, The
Netherlands, as Chairman of the Board;•

Mr. F. Ago, a well-known and experienced attorney at law in Italy; and•Mr. E.G. Alphandéry, a professor of economics and former French Minister of Economy.

All members of the board of the Stichting are independent from the Company.

5.8.

Shares without voting rights and shares which do not give any or only a limited
right to share in the profits or reserves

We do not have any shares without voting rights or shares which do not give any or only a limited right to share in
the profits or reserves of the Company.

5.9.

Code of Conduct

Our Code of Conduct is designed to promote honest and ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and toprovide principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and advocate. Our Code of Conduct isapplicable to all of our employees and senior managers. We have adapted and will amend our Code of Conduct
and related policies, as appropriate, to raise awareness, ensure effectiveness and compliance, and to reflect
125regulatory or other changes. Our Code of Conduct also encourage our employees (or any interest third-party) to
speak up and express any concern they may have in good faith, without fear of retaliation. Our Code of Conduct
provides that if any employee or senior manager acts in contravention of the principles set forth therein, we willtake appropriate steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary action. This action may, in cases ofsevere breaches, include dismissal. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website in the Corporate Governancesection, at https://www.st.com/codeofconduct.

5.10. Deviations from the Dutch Corporate Governance CodeAccording to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we are required to publish a list of current deviations fromthe Dutch Corporate Governance Code, and an explanation why we do not comply, the so-called comply-orexplain-principle. Because we are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are required to comply with the U.S.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). For the full text of (i) the U.S. SarbanesOxley Act of 2002, please see www.govinfo.gov, (ii) the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, please see
nyseguide.srorules.com/listed-company-manual and (iii) the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, please
see www.sec.gov.
We comply with such principles and best practice provisions or by explaining why we deviate from such provisions.
We comply such principles and best practice provisions, with the exception of the following best practiceprovisions:•Best practice provision 1.1.4: A detailed explanation of the sustainability relevant information on (i) the
management board's view on sustainable long-term value creation and the strategy to realise this and (ii)the description of the contributions made to sustainable long-term value creation in the past financial
year is included in our Sustainability Report. Sustainability has been a guiding principle for ST for 30 years.
During the first half of 2024, the 27th edition of our Sustainability Report will be issued, which outlines thesustainability strategy, programs and performance of the Company during financial year 2023. The
Sustainability Report contains extensive information about our commitment and approach tosustainability as well as the contributions made thereto and the results so far. The information to bereported under best practice provision 1.1.4 that is sustainability related can be found, accordingly, in the
Sustainability Report. We are currently preparing for required sustainability disclosures under the CSRD asof financial year 2024 to be integrated into the management report of our annual report. Part of thisprocess is a thorough preparation regarding the collection of the necessary information and thestreamlining of the integration process of the Sustainability Report and the Dutch annual report. We areaiming for integration of sustainability information in the management report as per financial year 2024.

•

Best practice provisions 1.1.5 and 2.1.5.: As referenced in our Sustainability Report, our corporate social
responsibility policy addresses, amongst others, the topics of diversity, equity and inclusion andstakeholder engagement. This policy is available on our website: https://www.st.com/resource/en/
policy_statement/st-corporate-social-responsibility-policy.pdf. Similar to the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code, the CSRD requires us to draw up and/or amend specific policies on various sustainability topics. We
are preparing for the applicability of the CSRD as per financial year 2024 and, in compliance with the CSRD
and therewith the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we will have updated/drawn up required dedicatedpolicies on the prescribed sustainability topics during 2024.

•

Best practice provision 2.1.7: As explained in the report of our Supervisory Board, our criteria deviate
from the independence criteria as included in best practice provision 2.1.7 of the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code, specifically item iii. of such best practice provisions (and therewith also best practiceprovision 2.1.10 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code), but are in conformity with governance listing
standards of the New York Stock Exchange and our Corporate Governance Charter as approved by ourshareholders in the 2004 AGM. This departure is expected to continue for more than one financial year.

•

Best practice provision 2.2.2: The term of office of Supervisory Board members may from time to timeexceed the maximum term mentioned in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. However, if the
maximum term is exceeded, this is always approved by our shareholders as members of our Supervisory
Board are appointed by our general meeting of shareholders. As mentioned in our Supervisory Board
126

charter, we consider that it may not always be in our best interests to limit the number of terms members
may serve on our Supervisory Board. However, none of the current members of our Supervisory Board
currently exceed the maximum term mentioned in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
•Best practice provision 2.2.8: Provision 2.8.8: The main findings and conclusions of the evaluations; andwhat has been or will be done with the conclusions from the evaluations have not been included in thereport of the Supervisory Board as the evaluations are still ongoing at the time of this report.

•

Best practice provision 2.6.1: we have published an outline of our Speak Up Policy on our website(www.st.com), as well as in our Code of Conduct, and access to the ethics hotline is available on our
website (www.st.com). The complete text of our Speak Up Policy is available on our internal portal. We
will publish the complete text of our Speak Up Policy on our website in the first half of 2024.

•

Best practice provision 3.1.2. vi.: No specific holding term of five years apply to the unvested stock awards
granted to the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, under the
long-term incentive plan. This element is part of the employment conditions on the basis of which the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, accepted his responsibilities in2005. Those conditions are among others based on the international context in which we operate,industry standards and applicable laws, and in line with our remuneration policy adopted by our 2021
AGM.

•

Best practice provision 3.2.3: As described in section 3.9.2.g. (Managing Board remuneration Compensation provisions in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of our Managing
Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer), the remuneration in the event of dismissal of the solemember of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officers, exceeds one year’s salary.
The remuneration in the event of dismissal shall be paid only if the employment agreement is terminatedby us. This element is part of the employment conditions on the basis of which the sole member of theManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer accepted his responsibilities in 2005. Thoseconditions were among others based on the international context in which we operate, industry standards
and applicable laws, and in line with our, at that time, remuneration policy as approved by our 2005 AGM
and the remuneration policy adopted by our 2021 AGM. This departure is expected to continue for morethan one financial year.

•

Best practice provision 3.4.1: We believe we comply with most elements of this best practice provisionbut do not disclose certain select compensation information, among others, to the extent that we believe
it is competitively sensitive information that if disclosed could harm our ability to attract and retain
executives and other key personnel.

•

Best practice provision 3.4.1. iv.: The pay ratio disclosed in section 4.9.4. uses the calculation methodology
in line with our previous years' disclosure. As per financial year 2023, the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code prescribes an alternate calculation methodology compared to that used for our previous years andthe CSRD, applicable as per financial year 2024, prescribes yet another alternate calculation methodology
which will also differ from the calculation methodology in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. In orderto safeguard clarity and consistency of disclosures of the pay ratio within the Company, for financial year
2023, we report on the pay ratio in line with previous years' disclosure and we will report in line with thepay ratio calculation methodology of the CSRD as per financial year 2024.

5.11. Major Shareholders
Holders of our shares (including certain comparable instruments, such as instruments with a value (partly)
dependent on shares or distributions on shares, or contracts creating an economic position similar to shares) or
voting rights (including potential interests, such as via options or convertible bonds) may have disclosure
obligations under Dutch law. Any person or entity whose direct or indirect interest in our share capital or voting
rights (including potential interest) reaches, exceeds or falls below a certain threshold must make a disclosure to
the AFM immediately. The threshold percentages are 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and95%. If a person’s direct or indirect interest in the share capital or voting rights passively reaches, exceeds or falls
below the abovementioned thresholds (e.g. as a result of a change in the capital of the company), the person in127

question must give notice to the AFM no later than the fourth trading day after the AFM has published the change
in the share capital and/or voting rights in the public register. In addition, a notification requirement applies inrespect of shares with special statutory rights (e.g. priority shares), regardless of the abovementioned percentages.
Furthermore, each person who is or ought to be aware that the substantial holding he holds in the Company,
reaches, exceeds or falls below any of the abovementioned thresholds vis-à-vis his most recent notification to theAFM, which change relates to the composition of the notification as a result of certain acts (e.g. (i) the exchange of
certain financial instruments for shares or depositary receipts for shares, (ii) the exchange of shares for depositary
receipts for shares, or (iii) as a result of the exercise of rights pursuant to a contract for the acquisition of voting
rights) must give notice to the AFM no later than the fourth trading day after he became or ought to be aware ofthis change.
For the purpose of calculating the percentage of capital interest or voting rights, among others, the followinginterests must be taken into account: (i) those directly held by him; (ii) those held by his controlled undertakingsfor purposes of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act; (iii) shares held by a third-party for such person’s account andthe votes such third-party may exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third-party if such person has concluded an oral or
written voting agreement with such party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting; (v) the votes heldby a third-party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a
temporary and paid transfer of the votes; and (vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but in his own
discretion. A person who has a 3% or larger interest in the share capital or voting rights and who ceases to be acontrolled undertaking must without delay notify the AFM. As of that moment, all notification obligations under
the Dutch Financial Supervision Act will become applicable to the former controlled undertaking itself. The
management company of a common fund (beleggingsfonds) shall be deemed to have the disposal of the shares
held by the depositary and the related voting rights. The depositary of a common fund shall be deemed not tohave the disposal of shares or voting rights. Furthermore, special rules apply to the attribution of the ordinary
shares which are part of the property of a partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge orright of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be subject to a notification obligation if such person has, or canacquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may also
trigger a notification obligation for the holder of our shares. A person is also deemed to hold shares if he has afinancial instrument (i) whose rise in value depends in part on the rise in value of the underlying shares or on
dividend or other payments on those shares (in other words, a long position must be held in those shares), and(ii) which does not entitle him to acquire shares in a listed company (i.e., it is a cash-settled financial instrument).
In addition, a person who may, by virtue of an option, be obliged to buy shares in a listed company is also equatedwith a shareholder. Moreover, a person who has entered into a contract (other than a cash-settled financial
instrument) that gives him an economic position comparable to that of a shareholder in a listed company is also
deemed to hold shares for the purposes of the disclosure obligation.
The holder of a financial instrument representing a short position in our shares is required to notify the AFM if such
short position, expressed in a capital percentage, reaches or crosses a threshold percentage. The thresholdpercentages are the same as referred to above in this section. Short position refers to the gross short position (i.e.,a long position held by the holder cannot be offset against the short position). There is also a requirement to notify
the AFM of the net short position (i.e., long positions are offset against short positions) if such short position,
expressed in a capital percentage, reaches or crosses a threshold percentage. The threshold percentages are 0.2%
and each 0.1% above that. Notifications as of 0.5% and each 0.1% above that will be published by the AFM. The
notification shall be made no later than 3:30 pm CET on the following trading day.
Under Dutch law, the sole member of our Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board
must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest or potential interest in our share capital or voting
rights. Under the European Market Abuse Regulation, the sole member of our Managing Board, the members of
the Executive Committee and each of the members of our Supervisory Board, as well as any other person who
would have the power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business prospects of
the Company having regular access to inside information relating, directly or indirectly, to the Company, must
notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for his or her own account relating to the shares or in financial
instruments the value of which is also based on the value of the shares. In addition, certain persons who are closely
associated with members of the Managing Board, the Executive Committee and Supervisory Board or any of theother persons as described above, are required to notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for their own
128account relating to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is also based on the value of theshares.
The AFM publishes all notifications on its public website (www.afm.nl). Non-compliance with the notification
obligations under European or Dutch law can lead to imprisonment or criminal fines, or administrative fines orother administrative sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification obligations may lead to civil
sanctions, including, without limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our shares held by theoffender for a maximum of three years, (suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our shareholders’meeting (if it is likely that such resolution would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and aprohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for a period of no more than five years. Shareholders
are advised to consult with their own legal advisers to determine whether notification obligations apply to them.
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of our issued common shares as ofDecember 31, 2023, based on information available to us:
Common Shares Owned
Number
%250,704,754
27.5
652,066,327
71.6
8,510,839
0.9
911,281,920
100.0

Shareholders
STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”)
Public (1)Treasury shares
Total
(1)

According to the report available on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2024, we understand that as of December 31, 2023
BlackRock, Inc. is the beneficial owner of 76,018,157 of our common shares (representing approximately 8.3% of our issued commonshares).

We are not aware of any significant change over the past three years in the percentage ownership of our shares by
ST Holding, our major shareholder. ST Holding does not have any different voting rights from those of our othershareholders.
According to the report on Schedule 13G (“2024 ST Holding 13G”) jointly filed with the SEC on February 14, 2024,
by ST Holding, Bpifrance Participations S.A., a successor to its former wholly-owned subsidiary FT1CI, (“Bpifrance”),
the Italian Ministry of the Economy and Finance (the “MEF” and together with Bpifrance hereinafter the “STH
Shareholders”), Caisse des d'epots et consignations (“CDC”), EPIC BpiFrance (“EPIC”) and Bpifrance S.A., the ItalianGovernment and the French Government, each indirectly through the MEF and Bpifrance, respectively, held 13.9%
of our share capital as of December 31, 2023. The ownership percentages of each the MEF and Bpifrance are basedon 902,771,081 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023. Bpifrance is 99.9% owned by Bpifrance S.A., in which
CDC and EPIC each hold a 49.2% participation. Below is a brief summary of certain details from the 2024 ST Holding
13G.
All transactions with major shareholders were in compliance with provisions of the Dutch Corporate GovernanceCode.

5.12. Shareholders’ Agreements
5.12.1. STH Shareholders’ Agreement
The filers of the 2020 ST Holding 13G have entered into a shareholders agreement which governs relations
between them, including for certain matters relating to the ownership of our shares and the actions of ourmanagement to the extent shareholder approval is required (the “STH Shareholders Agreement”). Below is a briefsummary of certain details from the 2020 ST Holding 13G.
5.12.1.1.

Standstill

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement contains a standstill provision that precludes any of the parties and the parties’
affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the rightto acquire any of our common shares other than through ST Holding. The standstill is in effect for as long as suchparty holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all
times through the current holding structure of ST Holding, subject to certain limited exceptions.
129

5.12.1.2.

Corporate Governance

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a balanced corporate governance between the STH Shareholders
for the duration of the “Balance Period”, despite actual differences in indirect economic interest in us. The“Balance Period” lasts as long as each STH Shareholder owns at any time a voting stake in ST Holding equal to atleast 47.5% of the total voting stakes of ST Holding.
Managing Board and Supervisory Board members can only be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders
upon a proposal by the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board passes resolutions, including on such a proposal,
by at least three quarters of the votes of the members in office. The STH Shareholders Agreement, to which we are
not a party, furthermore provides that: (i) each of the STH Shareholders, Bpifrance, on the one hand, and the MEF,
on the other hand, may propose the same number of members for election to the Supervisory Board by ourshareholders, and ST Holding shall vote in favor of such members; and (ii) any decision relating to the voting rights
of ST Holding shall require the unanimous approval of the STH Shareholders. ST Holding may therefore be in aposition to effectively control actions that require shareholder approval, including, as discussed above, theproposal of six out of nine members for election to our Supervisory Board (three members by each STH
Shareholder) and the appointment of our Managing Board, as well as corporate actions, and the issuance of newshares or other securities. As a result of the STH Shareholders Agreement, the Chairman of our Supervisory Board
is proposed by an STH Shareholder for a three-year term, and the Vice-Chairman of our Supervisory Board is
proposed by the other STH Shareholder for the same period, and vice-versa for the following three-year term. The
STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the Chairman may furthermore propose the appointment of theAssistant Secretary of our Supervisory Board, and the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of ViceChairman proposes the appointment of the Secretary of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH Shareholder also
proposes the appointment of a financial controller to the Supervisory Board.
The STH Shareholders furthermore agreed that during the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent that a
resolution of ST Holding is required, must be pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders of ST
Holding.
At the end of the Balance Period i.e., once a shareholder’s voting stake in ST Holding has decreased under the
47.5% threshold, such STH Shareholder being thereafter referred to as “minority shareholder” and the other one
being referred to as “majority shareholder”, the members of our Supervisory Board and those of ST Holding
designated by the minority shareholder of ST Holding will, pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement, immediately
resign upon request of ST Holding’s majority shareholder.
After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the shareholders of ST Holding remains required toapprove:i.

As long as any of the STH Shareholders indirectly owns at least the lesser of 3% of our issued andoutstanding share capital or 10% of the STH Shareholders’ aggregate stake in us at such time, with respect
to ST Holding, any changes to the articles of association, any issue, acquisition or disposal of shares in ST
Holding or change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or dissolution and any legal merger, de-merger,
acquisition or joint venture agreement to which ST Holding is proposed to be a party.

ii.

As long as any of the STH Shareholders indirectly owns at least 33% of the STH Shareholders’ aggregate
stake in us, certain changes to our Articles of Association (including any alteration in our authorized sharecapital, or any issue of share capital and/or financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for ourcommon shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares, changes to the preemptive rights, issues
relating to the form, rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and operation of theManaging and Supervisory Boards, matters subject to the Supervisory Board’s approval, the Supervisory
Board’s voting procedures, extraordinary General Meetings of Shareholders and quorums for voting at
General Meetings of Shareholders).

iii. Any decision to vote our shares held by ST Holding at our general meeting of shareholders with respect toany substantial and material merger decision. In the event of a failure by the STH Shareholders to reach acommon decision on the relevant merger proposal, our shares attributable to the minority shareholder
and held by ST Holding will be counted as present for purposes of a quorum of shareholders at one of our130General Meeting of Shareholders, but will not be voted (i.e., will be abstained from the vote in a way thatthey will not be counted as a negative vote or as a positive vote).
iv. In addition, the minority shareholder will have the right to designate at least one member of the list of
candidates for the Supervisory Board to be proposed by ST Holding if that shareholder indirectly owns atleast 3% of our total issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH Shareholder retaining theright to appoint that number of members to the Supervisory Board that is at least proportional to suchmajority shareholder’s voting stake.
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous approval required for other decisions taken at the
STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the extent possible, taking into account the actual power
attached to the direct and indirect shareholding together held by the STH Shareholders in our Company.
5.12.1.3.

Ownership of ST Shares

The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that each STH Shareholder retains the right to direct ST Holding todispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion pursuant to the issuance of financial instruments, an equity swap, astructured finance deal or a straight sale; however, except in the case of a public offer, no sales by any party to the
STH Shareholders Agreement may be made of any of our shares or any shares of Bpifrance or ST Holding to any of
our top ten competitors or any company controlling such a competitor. The STH Shareholders Agreement also
requires all of the parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement to hold their stakes in us at all time through thecurrent holding structure of ST Holding, subject to certain limited exceptions, and precludes all such parties andtheir affiliates from acquiring any of our common shares other than through ST Holding.
5.12.1.4.

Change of Control Provision

The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for tag-along rights, pre-emptive rights, and provisions with respect to achange of control of any of the STH Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Italian Ministry of the Economy and
Finance, on the other hand. The STH Shareholders may transfer shares of ST Holding, to any of their respective
affiliates, which could include entities ultimately controlled by the Italian Government or the French Government.
5.12.1.5.

DeadlockIn the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between the parties as to the conduct of the business andactions contemplated by the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, each party has the right to offer its interest in ST
Holding to the other, which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third-party acquire, such interest. If neither
party agrees to acquire or have acquired the other party’s interest, then together the parties are obligated to try tofind a third-party to acquire their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable to resolve the deadlock.
5.12.1.6.

Duration

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement will remain in force as long as the MEF, on the one hand and Bpifrance, on theother hand, are shareholders of ST Holding.

6. Dividend Policy
Our dividend policy reads as follows: “STMicroelectronics seeks to use its available cash in order to develop andenhance its position in a competitive semiconductor market while at the same time managing its cash resources toreward its shareholders for their investment and trust in STMicroelectronics. Based on its results, projected capitalrequirements as well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board proposes on an annual basis to
the Supervisory Board, whenever deemed possible and desirable in line with STMicroelectronics’ objectives andfinancial situation, the distribution of a quarterly cash dividend, if any. The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of
the Managing Board, decides or proposes on an annual basis, in accordance with this policy, which portion of the
profits or distributable reserves shall not be retained in reserves to fund future growth or for other purposes andmakes a proposal concerning the amount, if any, of the quarterly cash dividend.”131

On May 24, 2023, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of US$0.24 per outstanding share of our common
stock, which was distributed in quarterly installments of US$0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quartersof 2023 and will also be distributed in the first quarter of 2024. Future dividends, if any, and their timing andamounts may be affected by our accumulated profits, our capacity to generate cash flow, our financial situation,
the general economic situation and prospects and any other factors that the Supervisory Board, upon therecommendation of our Managing Board, shall deem important. For a history of dividends paid by us to ourshareholders, see Note 7.6.20.7 of our consolidated financial statements.

132

7. Consolidated financial statements
7.1. Consolidated income statement
Year ended
In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amount
Sales
Other revenues
Total revenues
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Other income
Other expenses
Operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Net profit
Attributable to:
The equity holders of the parent
Noncontrolling interest
Net profit
Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of theparentEarnings per share (Basic)
Earnings per share (Diluted)

Notes
7.6.257.6.257.6.277.6.277.6.277.6.287.6.287.6.297.6.297.6.31

December 31,
2023
17,23947
17,286(9,355)
7,931(1,638)(1,750)
224
(157)
4,610
242
(337)
4,515
(519)
3,996

December 31,
2022
16,08345
16,128(8,797)
7,331(1,428)(1,485)
203
(87)
4,534
354
(42)
4,846
(517)
4,329

3,985
11
3,996

4,323
6
4,329

4.41
4.38

4.77
4.74

7.6.32
7.6.32

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

133

7.2. Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

In millions of U.S. dollars
Net profit
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Re-measurements of employee benefit obligations
Income tax effectRe-measurements of employee benefit obligations, netof taxTotal items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Notes

Year ended
December 31,
December 31,
2023
2022
3,996
4,329

(25)
6

101
(23)

(19)
(19)

78
78

132
24
(3)
21
6
(1)
5

(146)
40
(5)
35
(16)
2
(14)

158
139

(125)
(47)

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

4,135

4,282

Attributable to:
The equity holders of the parent
Noncontrolling interest
Total comprehensive income, net of tax

4,124
11
4,135

4,276
6
4,282

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Cash flow hedges
Income tax effect
Net movement on cash flow hedges
Changes in Fair value of debt instruments at FVOCI (1)Income tax effect
Net changes in Fair value of debt instruments at FVOCI (1)Total items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit orloss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(1)

7.6.307.6.14.1

FVOCI: Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements1347.3. Consolidated statement of financial position
In millions of U.S. dollars
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade accounts receivable
Other current financial assets
Other receivables and assets
Short-term deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

7.6.107.6.137.6.12
7.6.14.1
7.6.31
7.6.15

10,594
285
1,465
54
414
760
13,572

8,272
279
1,465
69
471
613
11,1697.6.167.6.177.6.14.1
7.6.187.6.14.1
7.6.19

2,696
1,731
1,741
1,237
1,226
3,222
11,85325,425

2,583
1,970
748
678
581
3,258
9,818
20,987

17,242
122
17,364

13,44064
13,5047.6.14.3
7.6.14.2
7.6.22
7.6.31
7.6.21

1,159
263
466
60
434
2,382

1,687
377
417
139
197
2,817

7.6.14.3
7.6.237.6.237.6.22

1,640
1,856
552
968
4
581
78
5,679
25,425

885
2,122
511
844
5
204
95
4,666
20,987

Notes

EquityEquity attributable to the equity holders of the parent
Noncontrolling interest
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other non-current financial liabilities
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – current portion
Trade accounts payable
Other payables and accrued liabilities
Employee benefits – current portion
Current provisions
Other current financial liabilities
Income tax payable
Total current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

7.6.207.6.14.2
7.6.31

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

135

7.4. Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended December 31, 2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2023
Net profit
Other comprehensive income, net oftax
Total comprehensive income
Capital contribution fromnoncontrolling interest
Transfer of cash flow hedge reserve toinventories
Repurchase of common stock
Employee share award scheme
Dividends
As of December 31, 2023

Notes

Equityattributable tothe equity
Non
Retained holders of the controlling
earnings
parentinterest
8,367
13,440
64
3,985
3,985
11

Ordinaryshares
1,157—

Capitalsurplus2,283—

Treasuryshares
(268)
—

Other
reserves
1,901
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

139
139

—
3,985

139
4,124

—
11

139
4,135

—

—

—

—

—

—

52

52

—
—
—
—
1,157

—
—
—
—
2,283

—
(346)
237
—
(377)

(2)
—
243
—
2,281

—
—
(237)
(217)
11,898

(2)
(346)
243
(217)
17,242

—
—
1
(6)
122

(2)
(346)
244
(223)
17,3647.6.20.6

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

136

Total
equity13,5043,996

For the year ended December 31, 2022

In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2022
Net profit
Other comprehensive income, net oftax
Total comprehensive income
Transfer of cash flow hedge reserve toinventories
Repurchase of common stock
Employee share award scheme
Dividends
As of December 31, 2022

Notes

7.6.20.6

Ordinaryshares
1,157—

Capitalsurplus2,283—

Treasuryshares
(200)
—

Other
reserves
1,738
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

(47)
(47)

—
4,323

(47)
4,276

—
6

(47)
4,282

—
—
—
—
1,157

—
—
—
—
2,283

—
(346)
278
—
(268)

1
—
209
—
1,901

—
—
(278)
(217)
8,367

1
(346)
209
(217)
13,440

—
—
—
(6)
64

1
(346)
209
(223)
13,504

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

137

Equityattributable tothe equity
Non
Retained holders of the controlling
earnings
parentinterest
4,539
9,517
64
4,323
4,323
6

Total
equity9,581
4,329

7.5. Consolidated statement of cash flows
Year ended
In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash flows from operating activities

Note

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

3,996

4,329

Net profit
Items to reconcile net profit and cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization

1,864

1,509

Interest and amortization of issuance costs on convertible bonds

25

25

Change in fair value of embedded non-equity derivative instruments

234

(283)

Share-based compensation

236

215

Other non-cash items

(206)

(146)

Deferred income tax

(2)

—

189

126

229
(72)
(238)
456
(42)
186
(489)
6,366

(231)
(650)
240
825
(7)
43
(416)
5,579

(4,439)320
8(645)(1,653)
750
(458)
(10)
—
(6,127)(3,549)
21
4
(293)
(687)
—
(450)
—
(25)
(4,979)

329
(169)
(67)
(346)
(223)
(6)
152
52
(2)
(280)
5
(36)
3,258
3,222

200
(134)
(58)
(346)
(212)
(6)
—
—
—
(556)
(11)
33
3,225
3,258

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, net ofcash payments
Changes in net working capital:
Movement of trade receivables, net
Movement of inventories, net
Movement of trade payables
Movement of other assets and liabilities, net
Interests paid
Interests received
Income tax paid
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows used in investing activities
Payments for purchases of tangible assets
Proceeds from capital grants and other contributions
Proceeds from sale of tangible assets
Net proceeds from (investments in) short-term deposits
Payment for purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from matured marketable securities
Payment for purchase of intangible assets
Payment for purchase of financial assets
Payment for deferred consideration on business acquisitions
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows used in financing activities
Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Payment of lease liabilities
Repurchase of ordinary shares
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest
Proceeds from advances on capital grants
Proceeds from noncontrolling interest
Other financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of changes in exchange rates
Net cash increase (decrease)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

7.6.14.1
7.6.14.1
7.6.14.1

7.6.14.3
7.6.14.3
7.6.14.3

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements138

7.6. Notes to the consolidated financial statements
7.6.1. Corporate information
STMicroelectronics N.V. (“the Company”), with Commercial Register No. 33194537 and RSIN 008751171, isorganized under the laws of the Netherlands with its corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, andhead offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol, the Netherlands. Headquarters
and operational offices are managed through STMicroelectronics International N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of
STMicroelectronics N.V., and are located at 39, Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-les-Ouates, Geneva,
Switzerland.
The Group is a global semiconductor group of companies that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a
broad range of products, including discrete and general purpose components, ASICs, full-custom devices and semicustom devices and ASSPs for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Group participates in
the manufacturing value chain of smartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips
and smartcards.
The Group’s products are used in a wide variety of applications for the four end-markets the Group addresses:
automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals. For the
automotive and industrial markets, the Group addresses a wide customer base, particularly in industrial, with abroad and deep product portfolio. In personal electronics and communications equipment, computers andperipherals, the Group has a selective approach both in terms of the customers the Group serves, as well as in thetechnologies and products it offers.
The Company is a publicly traded company, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on Euronext Paris and on the
Borsa Italiana.
These consolidated financial statements have been approved by the Supervisory Board on March 20, 2024 forsubmission to the AGM.
7.6.2. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial
instruments, debt and equity financial assets that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial
statements are presented in dollars of the United States of America and all values are rounded to the nearest
million ($ million) except when otherwise stated. Under Article 35 of the Company’s Articles of Association, thefinancial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period-end of each fiscal year.
7.6.3. Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements are prepared for Dutch statutory purposes in accordance with IFRS as
adopted by the European Union. These consolidated financial statements also comply with article 362.9 of Book 2of the Dutch Civil Code. For internal and external financial reporting purposes, the Group uses generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) as its primary set of reporting standards.
7.6.4. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group for the year ended
December 31, 2023.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control
and continues to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. Subsidiaries are all entities over which theGroup has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct theactivities of the entity. If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it:•

Derecognizes the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary•

Derecognizes the amount of any non-controlling interest•

Derecognizes the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity
139

•

Recognizes the fair value of the consideration received•

Recognizes the fair value of any investment retained•

Recognizes any surplus or deficit in profit or loss•

Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognized in other comprehensive income to profit
or loss

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company,
using consistent accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows
resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated in full on consolidation.
Non-controlling interest is the share of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the parent
company. Non-controlling interest is presented separately in the consolidated income statement, consolidated
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement ofchanges in equity respectively.
Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as
equity transactions.
7.6.5. Changes in accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. The following new or amended standards wereeffective and adopted on January 1, 2023 with no material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of
Accounting Policies: the amendments require entities to disclose their material accounting policy information
rather than their significant accounting policies. The narrow-scope amendments to IAS 1 have not generated any
modification to the Group's disclosures related to its consolidated accounting policies.
Amendments to IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of Accounting
Estimates: the amendments introduce the definition of accounting estimates (defined as monetary amounts infinancial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty) and clarify the distinction between changes inaccounting estimates and changes in accounting policies. The Group adopted these amendments on January 1,
2023, with no material impact upon adoption.
Amendments to IAS 12, Income Taxes: Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from a Single
Transaction: the amendments require the recognition of deferred tax on transactions that, on initial recognition,
give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences. The Group adopted the amended
standard on January 1, 2023 and recognized a $51 million deferred tax asset and a $50 million deferred tax liability
for all temporary differences arising from lease right-of-use assets and the corresponding lease financial liabilities,
reported as a net $1 million deferred tax asset against retained earnings on the consolidated statement of financial
position. The impact of first adoption being not material, no further disclosures on first adoption were provided in
the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Amendments to IAS 12, Income Taxes: International Tax Reform - Pillar Two Model Rules: in response to theaccounting complexities arising from the international tax reform initiative initiated by the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) through the implementation of the Base Erosion and Profit
Sharing (BEPS) 2.0 framework, the amendments to IAS 12 provide a temporary mandatory exception fromaccounting for deferred tax that arises from legislation implementing the "global anti-base erosion" (GloBE) model
rules (including top-up tax). The temporary exception is effective as of May 23, 2023 and applies retrospectively. In
addition, the amendments require new disclosures for reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2023.
The Group applies the amendments for the reporting year ended December 31, 2023 and have included therequired disclosures in Note 7.6.31.

140

Finally, IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts, including Amendments to IFRS 17 Insurance contracts: Initial Application of
IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – Comparative information did not have any material impact on the accounting policies,
financial position or performance of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2023.
7.6.6. Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective
Standards and amended standards issued but not yet effective up to the date of issuance of the Group’s financial
statements are listed below. The detailed descriptions of new or amended standards and interpretations issued
are those that the Group reasonably expects to have an impact on disclosures, financial position or performance
when applied at a future date. The Group intends to adopt these standards when they become effective.
Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements: the amendments specify the requirements forclassifying liabilities as current or non-current by clarifying the requirements of IAS 1 when an entity expects torefinance or roll over an obligation under an existing loan facility. The amendments also have implications on therequirements related to covenant breaches. The amendments clarify: what is meant by a right to defer settlement;that a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting period and that the classification is not affected by the
likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right and that only if an embedded derivative in a convertible
liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its classification. The amendments
will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. The presentation on the
consolidated statement of financial position of the convertible bonds issued by the Group is in the scope of theamended guidance, which is not expected to have a material impact upon adoption.
The following amendments to existing standards are not expected to have a material impact on the accounting
policies, financial position, or performance of the Group:• Amendments to IFRS 16: Leases: Lease Liability in a Sales and Leaseback, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2024•

Amendments to IAS 7: Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures: Supplier Finance
Arrangements, effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024 but not endorsedby the European Union yet•

Amendments to IAS 21: The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Lack of Exchangeability, effective
for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2025 but not endorsed by the European Union yet
7.6.7. Summary of material accounting policies
7.6.7.1.

Business combinations and goodwill

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred in abusiness combination (including any deferred and contingent consideration) is measured at fair value. Acquisitionrelated costs are expensed as incurred.
Each identifiable asset and liability are, with limited exceptions as set forth in the purchase accounting method,measured initially at the acquisition-date fair value. Only components of noncontrolling interest that constitute apresent ownership interest and entitle their holder to a proportionate share of the entity’s net assets in the eventof liquidation are measured at either fair value or at the present ownership interests’ proportionate share of theacquiree’s net identifiable assets. All other components of noncontrolling interest are measured at theiracquisition date fair value.
Goodwill arises when there is a positive difference between:•

The aggregate of consideration transferred, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and, in a businesscombination achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interestin the acquiree; and•The fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

Goodwill is initially recorded at cost. If the acquirer has made a gain from a bargain purchase, that gain isrecognized in the consolidated income statement.

141

After initial recognition, goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested at least annually for impairment. For
the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date,
allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units (“CGU”) that are expected to benefit from the synergies of
the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.
A cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.
Goodwill impairment tests are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstancesindicate a potential impairment. The impairment test determines whether the recoverable amount of each cashgenerating unit, which is the higher of its assets’ fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use, is lower thanits total carrying amount. If lower, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over therecoverable amount. If the impairment loss exceeds the book value of goodwill, allocation is made on a pro rata
basis over the remaining assets of the CGU. In determining the value in use of a cash-generating unit, the Group
usually estimates the expected discounted future cash flows associated with the unit. Significant management
judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows, including: the applicableindustry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the cash-generating unit’s market penetration and its
revenue evolution, the market acceptance of certain recent technologies and products, or the relevant cost
structure. The pre-tax discount rates applied are based on various scenarios incorporating a weighted average costof capital and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.
7.6.7.2.

Foreign currency translation

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the Company and the presentation currency for the Group, which isthe currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. The worldwide semiconductor
industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the majorityof the Group’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in U.S. dollars largely
exceed revenues in any other currency. However, certain significant costs are largely incurred in the countries of
the Eurozone and other non-U.S. dollar currency areas.
The functional currency of each subsidiary throughout the Group is either the local currency or the U.S. dollar,
determined on the basis of the economic environment in which each subsidiary operates. For consolidation
purposes, assets and liabilities included in the statement of financial position of the Group’s subsidiaries having the
local currency as functional currency are translated into the presentation currency of the Group at current rates of
exchange at the reporting date. Income and expense items and cash flow items are translated at the monthly
exchange rate in which they are recognized. The currency translation adjustments (“CTA”) generated by theconversion of the financial position and results of operations from local functional currencies are reported as acomponent of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and theconsolidated statement of changes in equity.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilitiesof the foreign entity and translated into the presentation currency of the Group at closing rate. Exchange
differences arising are recognized in other comprehensive income.
Assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains or losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currency
are recorded in the functional currency of the recording entity at the prevailing exchange rate. At each reporting
date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the recording entity’s functional
currency are re-measured into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date. The
related exchange gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated income statement as “Other income” or “Other
expenses”.
7.6.7.3.

Revenue recognition

Arrangements with customers are considered contracts if all the following criteria are met: (a) parties haveapproved the contract and are committed to perform their respective obligations; (b) each party’s rights regarding
the goods or services to be transferred can be identified; (c) payment terms for the goods or services to betransferred can be identified; (d) the contract has commercial substance and (e) collectability of the consideration142

is probable. The Group recognizes revenue from products sold to a customer, including distributors, when it
satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to the customer. The Group may also
enter into several multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment arrangements with certain
customers. These agreements constitute a binding commitment for the customers to purchase and for the Groupto supply allocated commitment volumes in exchange for additional consideration. The consideration related tocommitment fees is reported as revenues from sale of products as it is usually based on delivered quantities.
In certain circumstances, the Group may enter into arrangements that concern principally revenues from services
where the performance obligation is satisfied over time. The objective when allocating the transaction price is toallocate the transaction price to each performance obligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that
depicts the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring thepromised goods or services to the customer. The payment terms typically range between 30 to 90 days. Certain
customers require the Group to hold inventory as consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when
they require it. Revenue for sales of such inventory is recognized when, at the customer’s option, the products arewithdrawn from the consignment and the Group satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a
product to the customer.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to
distribution customers on their existing inventory of the Group’s products to compensate them for changes inmarket prices. The Group accrues a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend
computed monthly as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences inrecent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted to accommodate asignificant change in the selling price. The short outstanding inventory time, visibility into the inventory productpricing and long distributor pricing history have enabled the Group to reliably estimate price protection provisions
at period-end. The Group records the accrued amounts as a deduction of “Sales” in the consolidated income
statement at the time of the sale.
The Group’s customers occasionally return the Group’s products for technical reasons. The Group’s standard terms
and conditions of sale provide that if the Group determines that products do not conform, the Group will repair or
replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit note or rebate of the purchase price. Quality returns are
identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. The Group records the accrued amounts as adeduction of “Sales” in the consolidated income statement, using contractual and historical information.
The Group records a provision for warranty costs as a charge against “Cost of sales” in the consolidated income
statement, based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management hasdetermined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any
potential warranty claims are subject to the Group’s determination that the Group is at fault for damages, andsuch claims usually must be submitted within a short period of time following the date of sale. This warranty isgiven in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. The
Group’s contractual terms and conditions typically limit its liability to the sales value of the products which gave
rise to the claims.
The Group’s insurance policy relating to product liability covers third-party physical damages and bodily injury,
indirect financial damages as well as immaterial non-consequential damages caused by defective products.
In addition to product sales, the Group enters into arrangements with customers consisting in transferring licenses
or related to license services. The revenue generated from these arrangements are reported on the line “Other
revenues” of the consolidated income statement.
7.6.7.4.

Other significant categories of income

Funding
The Group receives funding mainly from governmental entities and income is recognized when all contractual
conditions for receipt of these funds are fulfilled and eligible expenditures incurred. Such funding is generally
provided to encourage research, development and other innovation activities, industrialization deployment andlocal economic development. The conditions to receive government funding may include eligibility restrictions,143

approval by the local governmental authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with regulations, as well
as specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts include obligations to maintain aminimum level of employment and investment during a certain period of time. There could be penalties if theseobjectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for breach of contract, which may result in repayment
obligations. Funding related to these contracts is recorded when the conditions required by the contracts are met.
The Group’s funding programs are classified under two general categories: funding for research, development andother innovative activities, and capital investments. The Group also benefits from tax credits for R&D activities inseveral countries (primarily in France and Italy) as they are generally available to all companies.
Funding for research, development and other innovative activities
Funding for research, development and innovative activities is the most common form of funding that the Group
receives. Public funding for such activities is recorded as “Other income” in the Group’s consolidated income
statement. The funding is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once the agreement with therespective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met. Other government
assistance, such as funding received for industrialization deployment and local economic development in certain
regions, are reported as a deduction of cost of sales or other operating expenses according to the underlying costs
eligible to the grants.
The Group receives certain specific project-related research tax credits – “Crédit Impôt Recherche” and “Creditod’Imposta Ricerca e Sviluppo” – in the French and Italian tax jurisdictions, respectively. The Group considers the tax
credits received as government grants based on the fact that the tax credits are received independently from tax
payments of the Group. The Group recognizes these credits as long-term or short-term receivables depending on
the expected time of collection. These credits are deducted from “Research and development” in the consolidated
income statement or recorded as a reduction of intangible assets, as described in Note 7.6.7.5.
Capital investments
Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of “Property, plant and equipment” in the consolidated
statement of financial position when the Group has incurred the eligible capital expenditures and when allconditions for eligibility have been fulfilled. Advances from capital grants received on capital investments that havenot been incurred yet are reported in the line "Other non-current liabilities" in the consolidated statement offinancial position. Capital investment funding is recognized in the Group’s consolidated income statement byoffsetting the depreciation charges of the funded assets during their useful lives. The Group also receives funding,which can be recovered through the reduction of various government liabilities, including income tax, value-added
tax and employee-related social charges.
When the funding has been classified as a long-term receivable with no tax attribute or legal restriction, it isreflected in the consolidated statement of financial position at its discounted net present value. The subsequentaccretion of the discount is recorded as a non-operating income in “Finance income”.
Finance income
Finance income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial
asset, except for financial assets that subsequently become credit-impaired. For credit-impaired financial assets,
the effective interest rate is applied to the amortized cost of the financial asset.
7.6.7.5.

Research and development

R&D expenditures include costs incurred by the Group, the Group’s share of costs incurred by other R&D interest
groups and costs associated with co-development contracts. Research costs are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures incurred on development projects, mainly related to the design and testing of new or improved
products controlled by the Group, are recognized as “Intangible assets” in the consolidated statement of financial
position when it is probable that the project will be a success considering its economic profitability andtechnological feasibility, and costs can be measured reliably, as described in Note 7.6.7.10. Certain research tax
credits are also recognized as a reduction of intangible assets for the portion that can be reliably allocated todevelopment projects. Development expenditures recognized as assets are amortized, when ready for their144

intended use, over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding three years (refer to Note 7.6.7.10). Development
costs that do not meet the capitalization criteria are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures recognized
as expenses are not recognized as assets in a subsequent period. Amortization expense recognized on capitalized
development costs in use is recorded as “Cost of sales” in the consolidated income statement. Amortization
expense on technologies and licenses purchased by the Group from third parties or acquired in a businesscombination to facilitate the Group’s R&D activities is recorded as “Research and development” in the
consolidated income statement.
An impairment test is performed whenever a triggering event questions the future recoverability, or at least
annually, for the capitalized development projects still not in use. A loss is recognized in the consolidated income
statement as “Cost of sales” for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
7.6.7.6.

Current and deferred income tax

Income tax in the consolidated income statement for the period comprises current and deferred income tax.
Income tax expense represents the income tax expected to be paid related to the current year taxable profit ineach tax jurisdiction. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations inwhich applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. The Group determines whether it is probable that the
taxing authorities will accept an uncertain tax treatment that has been taken or is expected to be taken on a tax
return and the accounting for income tax is determined consistently with that tax treatment. If the Group
concludes it is not probable that the treatment will be accepted, the effect of the uncertainty is reflected in its
income tax accounting in the period in which that determination is made. The Group measures the impact of theuncertainty using the method that best predicts the resolution of the uncertainty; either the most likely amountmethod or the expected value method. In most cases, the Group applies the most likely amount method todetermine the amount of uncertainty to be reflected in the consolidated financial statements, as the assessment
generally relies on probabilities of possible outcomes that are either binary or concentrated on one value.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences arising between the book and tax basesof assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax credits and operating loss carry-forwards. However, deferredincome tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other thana business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
With the adoption in 2023 of the amended guidance on deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from asingle transaction, the Group recognizes deferred tax on transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equalamounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences. Moreover, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized ifthey arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws thathave been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related
deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred income tax assets arerecognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary
differences can be utilized.
The Group has determined that the global minimum top-up tax, which it may be required to pay under the OECD
Pillar Two provisions as enacted in the tax legislation where the Group operates is an income tax under the scopeof IAS 12. The Group applies the exception to recognizing and disclosing information about deferred tax assets andliabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes, as provided in the amendments to IAS 12 issued in May 2023.
Items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are recognized net of tax. Income taxes arerecognized as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
7.6.7.7.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent by
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share arecomputed by dividing net earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent (adding-back finance costs, netof tax effects, related to convertible debt if determined to be dilutive) by the weighted average number of ordinary
shares and potential ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average shares used to compute
diluted earnings per share include the incremental shares of ordinary shares relating to unvested shares or stock145options granted and convertible debt to the extent such incremental shares are dilutive. Unvested shares withperformance conditions are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their conditions have beensatisfied at the reporting date and if the awards are dilutive. If all the conditions have not been satisfied by the endof the period, the number of contingently issuable shares included in the diluted earnings per share calculation isbased on the number of shares that would be issuable if the end of the period were the end of the contingency
period.
7.6.7.8.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with external financial institutions and othershort-term highly liquid investments with effective maturities of three months or less. They are both readily
convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes invalue because of changes in interest rates.
Short-term deposits representing cash equivalents with maturity beyond three months and below one year arereported as current assets in the line “Short-term deposits” of the consolidated statement of financial position.
7.6.7.9.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Actual cost is based on an adjusted standard
cost, which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis for all categories of inventory (raw materials, work-inprocess, finished products). Actual cost is therefore dependent on the Group’s manufacturing performance and isbased on the normal utilization of its production capacity. In case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities,
the costs associated with unused capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly tocost of sales. Net realizable value is based upon the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, lessreasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.
As described in Note 7.6.7.15, the Group hedges a portion of its Euro-denominated front-end manufacturing costsof semi-finished goods as well as certain Singapore dollar-denominated forecasted transactions. The Group adjusts
the initial carrying amount of inventory by the cumulative amount of the hedging instrument fair value changes
recorded as other comprehensive income for settled hedging transactions.
Inventory reserve is estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on historical sales data, order backlog andproduction plans. The Group performs, on a continuous basis, write-offs of inventories, which have thecharacteristics of slow-moving, old production dates and technical obsolescence. The Group evaluates its inventory
to identify obsolete or slow-selling items, as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality and records a specificreserve if the Group estimates the inventory will eventually be written-off. Inventory associated with obsolete or
uncommitted inventory is expensed to “Cost of sales” in the consolidated income statement.
7.6.7.10.

Intangible assets with definite useful lives

Intangible assets acquired separately are recognized at cost in the consolidated statement of financial position andinclude technologies and licenses purchased from third parties and purchased software. The cost of intangible
assets acquired in a business combination is the acquisition-date fair value.
Expenditures incurred on development projects, mainly related to the design and testing of new or improved
products controlled by the Group, and internally generated software developed for the Group’s internal use arerecognized as intangible assets when the Group can demonstrate all of the following:•

The technical feasibility of completing the item under development so that it will be available for use or sale;•

Its intention to complete the item under development and ability to use it or sell it;•

How the item under development will generate probable future economic benefits;•

The availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use
or sell the item under development; and•Its ability to measure reliably the expenditures attributable to the project during its development.
146

Refer to Note 8.3.12 for composition of Company’s legal reserves, which includes capitalized development costs
and internally developed software.
Expenditures incurred on development projects that do not meet these criteria and all research activities arerecognized as expenses when incurred.
Development costs are amortized, when the development is complete, on a straight-line basis over the period of
their expected benefits, not exceeding three years.
Amortization begins when the intangible asset is available for its intended use. Amortization reflects the pattern inwhich the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, which usually consists in applying the straight-line method toallocate the cost of the intangible asset over the estimated useful life. The amortization period and the amortization
method for an intangible asset with a definite useful life are reviewed at least at each financial year end.
A summary of the policies applied to the Group’s intangible assets is as follows:

Useful lives
Amortization method used
Internally generated or acquired

Technologies andlicenses
Definite
Straight line basis
over estimateduseful life / 3-11
years
AcquiredInternally
Capitalized
Purchased
developed
development
softwaresoftwarecosts
Definite
Definite
Definite
Straight line basis Straight line basis Straight line basis
over estimatedover estimatedover estimateduseful life / Max 4 useful life / Max 4 useful life / Max 3
years
years
years
InternallyInternally
Acquired
generated
generated

Intangible assets not ready to use, such as some capitalized development expenditures, are tested annually for
impairment. The carrying value of intangible assets with definite useful lives and subject to amortization is assessed
for impairment at the level of a CGU whenever there is an indication that intangible assets may be impaired. An
impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the amount by which the carrying amountexceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal
and value in use. In determining recoverability, the Group usually estimates the value in use based on the projecteddiscounted future cash flows associated with the intangible assets. The Group makes maximum use of market
inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Prior impairment charges on
intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.
7.6.7.11.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of public funding, accumulated depreciation andany impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business combination are recognized at fairvalue at the acquisition date. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, while minor replacements andrepairs are expensed and reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative”, or “Research anddevelopment” in the consolidated income statement according to their intended use.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is computed using the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives:

147

Estimateduseful life
33 years
5-10 years
2-10 years
3-6 years

Nature of tangible asset
Buildings
Facilities & leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Computer and R&D equipment
Other

2-5 years

The Group evaluates in each period whether the assets’ useful lives should be reviewed, and adjusted if
appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The Group also evaluates in each period whether there is areason to suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets might not be recoverable. Several impairment indicators
exist for making this assessment such as: restructuring plans, significant changes in the technology, market,
economic or legal environment in which the Group operates, available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or
indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected. For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cashgenerating units). An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the amount by which
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s
fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The fair value is usually estimated by the Group based on
independent market appraisals and the value in use by applying the income approach. The Group makes maximum
use of market inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets isremoved from the Group’s books and the net gain or loss is included in “Other income” or “Other expenses” in the
consolidated income statement.
7.6.7.12.

LeasesThe Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract implying the use of an asset is, or contains, a lease,which is the case if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time inexchange for consideration. The Group recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease as acategory of “Property, plant and equipment” in the consolidated statement of financial position. The
corresponding lease liabilities are reported on the line “Other non-current financial liabilities” on the consolidated
statement of financial position when payment is expected beyond twelve months, and in the line “Other current
financial liabilities” for the current portion of the lease obligations. Lease arrangements with a sum of lease
payments not exceeding $5,000 or a total duration lower than twelve months without a purchase option are
excluded from capitalization.
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, and subsequently at cost less accumulated depreciation and any
impairment losses or adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability when deemed necessary. For
income statement purposes, the depreciation charge on right-of-use assets is recorded on a straight-line basis overthe lease period and reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative expenses”, or “Research anddevelopment expenses” in the consolidated income statement according to the intended use of the leased asset.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at thecommencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily
determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as
the discount rate. The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost of the lease liability and decreasedby the lease payments. The interest cost is reported in the line “Finance costs” of the consolidated income
statement. The Group has applied judgment to determine the lease term for some lease contracts with renewal
options. The assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the leaseterm, which affects the amount of reported lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The carrying
amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease
payments or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset. Variable lease payments
based on an index or a rate are initially measured using the index or rate as of the commencement date. Potential
148

future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until theytake effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability isreassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
For cash flow presentation purposes, cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liabilities are reported as cash
flows used in financing activities. The interest expense recorded on the subsequent measurement of lease liabilities arereported within cash flows from operations, consistent with the Group’s cash flow presentation for interest paid. Shortterm lease payments and payments for leases of low-value assets are reported as operating outflows.
7.6.7.13.

Financial Assets

7.6.7.13.1.

Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial
position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention tosettle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
7.6.7.13.2.

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets according to the following measurement categories:•

Those measured at fair value, either at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) or at fairvalue through profit or loss (“FVPL”);•

Those measured at amortized cost.

Publicly traded equity securities are measured at FVPL while the Group has made the irrevocable election tomeasure equity securities with no readily determinable fair value at FVOCI, with subsequent changes in fair value
not recycled through earnings. Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments are measured
at FVPL. Debt instruments, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost or FVOCI, depending on theGroup’s business model in managing the assets. When the contractual terms of cash flows do not solely correspondto payments of principal and interest (the “SPPI criterion”), the financial asset is mandatorily measured at FVPL.
7.6.7.13.3.

Recognition and measurement

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date — the date on which the Group
commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for all
financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit orloss are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated income statement.
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or havebeen transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.
Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset andits cash flow characteristics. The contractual cash flows related to all debt instruments held by the Group meet the
SPPI criterion. There are two measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:•

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows are measured at amortized cost.
These assets typically correspond to trade accounts receivable, other receivables, long-term loans and longterm receivables. They are reported as current, except for maturities greater than twelve months after thereporting date, which are classified as non-current.

•

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows or for selling are measured at FVOCI.
Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment losses,
interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognized in the consolidated income
statement. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI
is recycled from equity to earnings, within “Other income” or “Other expenses” in the consolidated income
149statement, when the transactions for such instruments are related to the Group’s operating activities. Gains
and losses arising from financial assets not related to the operating activities of the Group are presented
within “Finance income” and “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statement. Debt instruments
measured at FVOCI are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of theinvestment within twelve months after the reporting date or if they represent investments of funds available
for current operations.
Equity securities
The Group subsequently measures all equity securities at fair value. The Group has elected to irrevocably measureequity securities with no readily determinable fair value at FVOCI, with no subsequent reclassification of fair value
gains and losses, including impairment, from equity to earnings following the derecognition of the financial assets.
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of publicly traded equity securities, which are measured at
FVPL, are presented in the consolidated income statement within “Other income” or “Other expenses” in the period
in which they arise, when the transactions for such instruments are related to the Group’s operating activities. Gains
and losses arising from changes in fair value of these financial assets not related to the operating activities of theGroup were presented within “Finance income” and “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statement.
The Company did not hold any material equity securities as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
7.6.7.13.4.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments
carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been asignificant increase in credit risk. The impairment methodology by category of financial assets is further describedin Note 7.6.35.
For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach required by IFRS 9, which requires expected
lifetime credit losses to be recognized from initial recognition of the receivables as further described in Note
7.6.17.
7.6.7.14.

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services rendered to third parties in
the ordinary course of business. The accounts receivable are recognized initially at transaction price andsubsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for expected credit
losses. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a credit loss allowance, and the amount of
the credit loss is recognized as “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated income
statement. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the impairment account for tradereceivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against “Selling, general andadministrative expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The impairment policies on trade receivables arefurther described in Note 7.6.17 and 7.6.35.
In the event of sales of receivables and factoring, the Group derecognizes the receivables and accounts for them asa sale only to the extent that the receivables have been transferred outside the consolidated group and the Group
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the receivables.
7.6.7.15.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivative financial instruments are classified as financial instruments measured at FVPL unless they aredesignated as effective hedging instruments. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair values are positive
and as liabilities when their fair values are negative.
Derivative financial instruments not designated as a hedge
The worldwide operations of the Group lead to an exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange
rates. The Group enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to150changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities inforeign currencies at the Group’s subsidiaries. In addition, forward contracts and currency options, including
collars, are also used by the Group to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominatedforecasted intercompany transactions that cover a large part of R&D expenditures and certain corporate expenses
incurred by subsidiaries on behalf of STMicroelectronics International N.V. These intercompany transactions are
not closely linked to ultimate transactions with third parties and consequently, these derivatives do not qualify as
hedging instruments under the requirements of IFRS 9.
These derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently recorded at fair value. Fair value adjustments
and realized gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement in the line “Other income” or“Other expenses”.
Derivative financial instruments designated as hedge
These instruments correspond to forward currency contracts and currency options, including collars, which areentered into by the Group to hedge exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.
For the purpose of hedge accounting, the hedging transactions are classified as cash flow hedge as they hedge
exposure to variability in cash flows of highly probable forecasted transactions.
The following criteria must be in place before the Group applies hedge accounting:•

At the inception of the transaction, the Group formally documents the economic relationship between
hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking
the hedge;•

The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether thederivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes of cash flows ofhedged items; and•The highly probable forecasted transactions designated as hedged items will ultimately affect the consolidated
income statement.

To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Group hedges a portion of its Eurodenominated forecasted purchases of products with underlying front-end manufacturing production costs of semifinished goods incurred in Euros, since these transactions are considered highly probable to occur and are closely
linked to ultimate transactions with third parties. Additionally, the Group hedges certain Singapore dollardenominated manufacturing forecasted transactions.
These derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value. The effective portion of the gain or loss
on the hedging instrument is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Group has elected to designate thefull change in fair value, including the time value of options or combination of options, as the hedging instrument.
7.6.7.16.

Employee benefits

The Group operates various post-employment schemes, including both defined benefit and defined contribution
pension plans.
Pension obligations
The Group sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. These schemes conform to local regulations andpractices of the countries in which the Group operates. Defined benefit pension plans define amounts of pension
benefits that employees will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years ofservice and compensation. The liability recognized in the line “Employee benefits” in the consolidated statement offinancial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation
at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets. Significant estimates are used in determining theassumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations, which is supported by input fromindependent actuaries. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually using the projected unit credit
method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future
cash outflows using in most cases interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the151currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related
pension obligation.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged
or credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Past service costs arerecognized immediately in profit or loss.
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension
insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations
once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they
are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the
future payments is available.
Other long-term employee benefits
The Group provides long-term employee benefits such as seniority awards in certain countries. The entitlement tothese benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing a minimum service period. The expected costs ofthese benefits are accrued over the period of employment. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience
adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to earnings in the period of change.
These obligations are valued annually with the assistance of independent qualified actuaries.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement
date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. The Group
recognizes termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw
the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognizes costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of
IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary
leaves, the Group bases the measurement of termination benefits on the number of employees accepting theoffer. Benefits falling due more than twelve months after the reporting date are discounted to present value.
Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually
obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.
Share-based compensation
All the share plans of the Group are equity settled.
The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share-based awards is recognized as
an expense and as a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity. The total amount to be expensed over thevesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied, isdetermined by reference to the fair value of the awards granted at the date of grant, reduced by the present valueof the dividends expected to be paid on the shares during the requisite service period. Non-market performanceand service conditions are included in assumptions about the number of instruments that are expected to vest.
Any applicable employee social charges are also expensed ratably over the same period as the share-based
compensation expense.
At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of instruments that are
expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original
estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
7.6.7.17.

Financial Debt

Bank loans
Bank loans are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, if any. They are subsequently
stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value152

is recognized within “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using
the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of
the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date.
Hybrid financial instruments
The Group issued in 2020 convertible bonds that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder andthat are callable by the Group, in certain events and circumstances, but for which the number of shares to beissued does vary.
The issuer’s call option and the bondholder’s conversion option are embedded non-equity derivative instruments
and are recognized separately from the debt host contract. Upon initial recognition, the derivatives are measured
at fair value, and the debt is measured as a residual amount. The debt is subsequently measured at amortized costusing the effective interest method. The embedded derivatives are measured at fair value through profit and loss,
with changes in fair value reported in the line “Finance costs” or “Finance income” in the consolidated income
statement.
7.6.7.18.

EquityOrdinary share capital
The Company has issued ordinary shares that are classified as equity. Incremental external costs that are directly
attributable to the issuance of these shares are recognized in equity, net of tax.
Treasury shares
Own equity instruments which are acquired (treasury shares) are deducted from equity for the consideration paid
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of taxes). No gain or loss is recognized in the income
statement on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.
Dividends on ordinary share capital
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognized as a liability and deducted from equity when they are approved by theCompany’s shareholders.
Dividends for the year that are approved after the reporting date are dealt with as an event after the reporting date.
7.6.7.19.

Trade payables

Trade accounts payable are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary courseof business from suppliers. Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured atamortized cost using the effective interest method when maturity of the payables exceeds one year.
7.6.7.20.

Provisions

Provisions for restructuring costs and legal claims are recognized when: the Group has a present legal orconstructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are notrecognized for future operating losses.
If the effect of time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of money and, when appropriate, the risk specific to the obligation.
The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognized as finance cost.
7.6.7.21.

Contingencies

The Group is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include
but are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the Group, breach of contract claims, claims for
153unauthorized use of third-party IP, tax claims and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures as well
as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Group considers the likelihood of aloss of an asset or the incurrence of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss
or liability. The Group regularly evaluates claims to determine whether provisions need to be recorded based on
the most current information available to the Group. Changes in these evaluations could result in adverse, material
impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for the period in which they occur.
7.6.7.22.

Segment reporting

Operating segments are defined as a component of the entity that (i) engages in business activities from which it
may earn revenues and incur expenses, (ii) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s Chief
Operating Decision Maker (Sole member of Managing Board), under the extensive oversight of the Company’s
Supervisory Board, to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and assess its performanceand (iii) for which discrete financial information is available.
For the computation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, the Group uses certain internal rules ofallocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, SG&A expenses, and part of
R&D expenses. In compliance with the Group’s internal policies, certain costs are not allocated to the segments,
but reported in “Others”. Those comprise unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due
to COVID-19 pandemic and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs, management reorganization expenses, start-up and phase-out costs of certain manufacturing
facilities, and other unallocated income (expenses) such as: strategic and special R&D programs, certain corporatelevel operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, aswell as operating earnings of other products. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense is part of the
manufacturing costs allocated to the segments and is neither identified as part of the inventory variation nor as
part of the unused capacity charges; therefore, they cannot be isolated in cost of sales. Finally, public grants areallocated to the Group’s segments proportionally to the incurred R&D expenses on the sponsored projects.
Wafer costs are allocated to the segments based on actual cost. From time to time, with respect to specifictechnologies, wafer costs are allocated to segments based on market price.
7.6.8. Critical accounting estimates and judgments
Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors,
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances. The Group
operates on a worldwide basis in an economic environment impacted by many risk factors, which generates
uncertainties on future economic conditions. These risk factors include, but are not limited to, macro-economic
factors such as inflationary trends and geopolitical uncertainties, with a direct impact on the Group’s forwardlooking growth and financial outlook. The Group operated in 2023 with solid fundamentals and a strong capital
structure. There are no conditions and events which raise substantial doubt about the Group’s ability to continue
as a going concern, in light with: its current financial condition, including its liquidity sources; its obligations – dueor anticipated; the funds necessary to maintain the Group’s operations; and other conditions and events, if any.
The uncertainties arisen from these business conditions have been factored in the critical accounting estimatesand judgements made in preparing these consolidated financial statements, on the basis of all known facts andcircumstances and reasonable and supportable forecast of future conditions. However, the impact on future
economic performance cannot be fully determined and is closely monitored on an on-going basis by means ofdifferent scenarios.
No events or changes in circumstances indicated in 2023 that the carrying amount of major tangible assets,
including lease right-of-use assets, might not be recoverable or that useful lives might not be appropriate. The
Group also reviewed the recoverability of its intangible assets, including capitalized development costs. On thelatter, the Group recorded a total impairment charge of $125 million in 2023. Refer to Note 7.6.12 for further
details on amounts capitalized, amortized and impaired during the year.
There is no major contingency to be reported as of December 31, 2023. The tax loss carryforwards capitalized asdeferred tax assets are deemed recoverable in all major tax jurisdictions. To consider any potentially increased risk154

of default on accounts receivable, the Group adjusted the expected credit loss assumptions to reflect current
conditions, reasonable and supportable forecast of future conditions and how current uncertainties may impact
customers’ and other debtors’ future credit quality. This reassessment did not have any material effect on the
expected credit loss allowances reported by the Group on its major categories of financial assets as ofDecember 31, 2023.
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, bydefinition, seldom equal the related actual results. Estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of
causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year aredescribed below.
7.6.8.1.

Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

Significant assumptions and judgements may be made in applying the requirements of lease accounting, such as
the exercise of extension or renewal options and the determination of applicable discount rates.
The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods coveredby an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option toterminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.
The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for some leases of low-value and forleases which term ends within 12 months with no purchase option at the date of initial application (primarily forcertain office and IT small equipment). The Group leases land, buildings, cars and certain equipment (including IT
equipment) which have remaining lease terms between less than one year and 50 years. Certain lease contracts
contain options to extend the leases by up to 30 years. The Group applies judgement in evaluating if and when it isreasonably certain for the Group to exercise that option. In addition, the Group made an accounting policy election
for all the asset classes to not account for short-term leases, as described in Note 7.6.7.12. The Group considers all
relevant factors that create an economic incentive to exercise any existing option to extend or renew a leasearrangement. After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event orchange in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not exercise the option. In
most cases, the Group has included the extension or renewal option as part of the lease term of plants, buildings
and equipment when the controlled use of the leased assets is significant and critical to its operations. These
leases generally include a non-cancellable period and there will be a significant negative effect on the normal
course of the Group’s business, should a replacement not be readily available.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the rate implicit in the lease should be used whenever that rate
is readily determinable. In most cases, this rate is not readily determinable and the Group uses its incremental
borrowing rate, which is derived from information available at the lease commencement date. The Group gives
consideration to its recent debt issuance as well as publicly available data for instruments with similar
characteristics when calculating its incremental borrowing rates. Due to immateriality of any intra-quarter discountrate changes, the Group determines the discount rate based on the mid-quarter date.
Lease term and discount rate are as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate
7.6.8.2.

As of December 31,
2023

As of December 31,
2022

9
3.65%

10
3.29%

Income taxes

The Group is required to make estimates and judgments in determining income tax for the period, comprising
current and deferred income tax. The Group needs to assess the income tax expected to be paid or the income tax
benefit expected to be received related to the current year earnings in each tax jurisdiction and recognizes
deferred income tax for temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and theircarrying amount in the consolidated financial statements, except when the initial recognition exception applies, as155

described in Note 7.6.7.6. Furthermore, the Group is required to assess all material open income tax positions in all
tax jurisdictions to determine any uncertain tax positions, and to record a provision for those, if any.
The Group is also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of its deferred tax assets originated by the net
operating losses carried forward. This assessment requires the exercise of judgment with respect to, among otherthings, benefits that could be realized from available tax strategies and future taxable income, as well as otherpositive and negative factors. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among otherthings, the Group’s ability to generate future taxable income that is sufficient to utilize loss carry-forwards or tax
credits before their expiration or the Group’s ability to implement prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
As of December 31, 2023, the Group reported deferred tax assets of $414 million (2022: $471 million) on the
consolidated statement of financial position. A significant portion of these deferred tax assets was recorded inrelation to net operating losses incurred in certain tax jurisdictions. These net operating losses may not berealizable before their expiration, unless the Group is capable of identifying favorable tax strategies.
The Group could reduce the amount of total deferred tax assets, resulting in a decrease in the total assets and,
consequently, in equity, if the estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from available tax
strategies are reduced as a result of a change in the assessment or due to other factors, or if changes in current tax
regulations are enacted that impose restrictions on the timing or extent of the Group’s ability to utilize net
operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards in the future. In 2023, the Group recorded a $3 million income tax
expense resulting from changes in the recognition of unrecognized tax losses. A change in the tax rates applicablein the various jurisdictions or unfavorable outcomes of any ongoing tax audits could have a material impact on the
future tax provisions in the periods in which these changes could occur.
The Group operates in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Management applies
professional judgement in assessing whether relevant tax authorities will accept reported tax treatments under tax
law. Those uncertainties may arise when tax laws are not clear or not consistently understood, which generates
ambiguity in the tax law interpretations and application. Those uncertainties are particularly present in tax
jurisdictions or tax regimes where the expected amount to be paid or the expected tax benefit to be recognizedarise from complex, lengthy and technical negotiations or require possible settlements involving a high degree ofsubjectivity and discretion.
Assumptions and estimates used in the assessment of uncertainties over income tax treatments include, but are
not limited to: whether certain income tax treatments are considered jointly or separately when assessing theirdegree of uncertainty; the assumptions the Group makes about the examination of tax treatments by taxing
authorities; how the Group determines taxable profits, deductions taken on tax returns, unused tax losses, unused
tax credits, applicable tax rates, the probability of acceptance of these income tax treatments by the relevant
taxing authorities or on the contrary to what extent the income tax treatments as applied by the Group may bedisallowed, including the outcome of unresolved disputes or settlements on existing tax audits; and considerationof changes in facts and circumstances requiring a reassessment of applied judgments and assumptions.
As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Group reported unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax
treatments totaling $55 million and $61 million, respectively. It is reasonably possible that certain of these
uncertainties over tax treatments could increase or decrease within the next 12 months due to changes in facts andcircumstances, such as ongoing tax audits or taxing authority new decisions. The Group is not able to make anestimate of the range of the reasonably possible change. Accrued interest and penalties amounted to $6 million asof December 31, 2023 ($6 million as of December 31, 2022). The tax years that remain open for review in theGroup’s major tax jurisdictions are from 1997 to 2023.
7.6.8.3.

Impairment of non-financial assets

An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount,which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The fair value less costs of disposal
calculation is based on observable market prices less incremental costs of disposing the asset, in order to measure
the price at which the asset could be sold in an orderly transaction between market participants at themeasurement date. In case observable market prices are not available, fair value less costs of disposal could bemeasured based on data from binding sales transactions in arm’s length transactions of similar assets. For the156

current year’s annual impairment test, the recoverable amount of the CGUs was determined based on value-in-use
calculations. Non-financial assets are tested or reviewed for impairment in accordance with accounting policies
stated in Notes 7.6.7.1, 7.6.7.10, 7.6.7.11 and 7.6.7.12. Considerable management judgment is necessary to
identify impairment indicators and to estimate future sales and expenses, which underlie the discounted future
cash flow projections. Factors such as changes in the planned use of property, plant and equipment, the closure offacilities, the change in the use or in the market acceptance of certain new technologies, could result in shortened
useful lives or impairment charges to be recognized in the period in which such determination is made.
7.6.8.4.

Pension obligations

The Group sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. The expense incurred under the defined benefit
pension plans is based upon statistical and actuarial calculations and is impacted by assumptions on discount rates
used to reach the present value of future pension liabilities, expected return that will be made on existing pension
assets, future salary increases as well as future pension increases and statistical-based assumptions covering future
withdrawals of participants from the plan and estimates of life expectancy. Refer to Note 7.6.22.
The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changes in market and economic
conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants and may significantly
impact the amount of pension costs and pension liabilities to be recognized in the period in which suchdetermination is made.
7.6.8.5.

Capitalized development costs

Development costs are capitalized in accordance with the accounting policy described in notes 7.6.7.5. and7.6.7.10. Initial capitalization of costs is based on management’s judgment that economic profitability andtechnological feasibility are confirmed, usually when a product or technology has reached a certain maturity levelin product life cycle model used by the Group. In determining the projects to be capitalized, management makes
assumptions regarding the expected future cash generation of the project and the expected period of benefits. As
of December 31, 2023, the carrying amount of capitalized development costs was $1,098 million (2022:$1,060 million). Refer to Note 7.6.12 for disclosure of amounts capitalized, amortized and impaired during theperiod.
7.6.8.6.

Inventory obsolescence reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Actual cost is based on an adjusted standard costwhich approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis for all categories of inventory (raw materials, work-in-process,finished products). Actual cost is therefore dependent on the Group’s manufacturing performance and is based on
the normal utilization of its production capacity. In case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs
associated with unused capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the unused capacity charges amounted to $120 million compared to $22
million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary
course of business, less predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. Refer to Note 7.6.16.
Reserve for obsolescence is estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on historical sales data, orderbacklog and production plans. The Group performs, on a continuous basis, inventory write-offs of inventories,
which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old production dates and technical obsolescence. The Groupevaluates its inventory to identify obsolete or slow-selling items, as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality
and records a specific reserve if the Group estimates the inventory will eventually be written off.
7.6.8.7.

Control assessment and consolidation

An entity is fully consolidated and considered as a subsidiary when the Group controls the investee, which is when
the Group has all of the following: (i) power over the investee, (ii) exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its
involvement with the investee and; (iii) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the157investor's returns. In most cases, it is clear that the Group has control through a major equity stake conferring the
majority of voting rights, requiring consolidation. Investments in subsidiaries are listed in Note 7.6.9.
In 2023, the Group and Sanan Optoelectronics jointly created SANAN, STMicroelectronics Co., Ltd ("SST JV") for
high-volume 200mm SiC device manufacturing activities in China. The purpose of the joint venture is to support
the rising demand for the Group's SiC devices for car electrification and industrial power and energy applications in
China. With the creation and future operations of SST JV, the Company seeks to create a fully integrated verticalvalue chain aiming at serving the Chinese electrification market. Sanan Optoelectronics will build a separate
200mm SiC substrate manufacturing facility to fulfill SST JV's needs. SST JV will produce SiC devices exclusively for
the Group, using the Group's proprietary SiC manufacturing process technology and know how and serving as a
dedicated foundry to support the Group's demand for Chinese customers.
The Group fully consolidates SST JV, with the recognition of 51% non-controlling interest. Non-controlling interest
amounted to $52 million as of December 31, 2023, which corresponds to the capital contribution received from
Sanan Optoelectronics upon creation and first consolidation of SST JV. No gain or loss was recognized on the initialconsolidation of the joint venture as no fair value measurement was required, the joint venture being a newly
incorporated entity. Profit and loss reported by SST JV for the year ended December 31, 2023 was not material.
The carrying amount of SST JV's assets and liabilities, together with their classification in the consolidated
statement of financial position as of December 31, 2023, are separately disclosed in Note 7.6.10 and Note 7.6.21.

158

7.6.9. Investments in subsidiaries
The following table lists the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries and its percentage ownership as of December 31,
2023:
Legal Seat
Australia, Sydney
Austria, Vienna
Belgium, Diegem
Brazil, Sao Paulo
Canada, Ottawa
China, Beijing
China, Chongqing
China, Shanghai
China, Shenzhen
China, Shenzhen
Czech Republic, Prague
Denmark, Aarhus
Egypt, Cairo
Finland, Nummela
France, Crolles
France, Grenoble
France, Grenoble
France, Le Mans
France, Montrouge
France, Rousset
France, Tours
Germany, Aschheim-Dornach
Germany, Aschheim-DornachHong Kong, Kowloon
India, New Delhi
India, Noida
Israel, Netanya
Italy, Agrate Brianza
Italy, Naples
Japan, Tokyo
Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia, Muar
Malaysia, Muar
Malta, Kirkop
Mexico, Guadalajara
Morocco, Casablanca
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
Philippines, Calamba
Philippines, Calamba
Singapore, Ang Mo Kio
Singapore, Ang Mo Kio
Slovenia, Ljubljana
Spain, Barcelona
Sweden, Jönköping
Sweden, Kista
Sweden, Norrköping
Switzerland, Geneva
Switzerland, Geneva
Taiwan, Tapei City
Thailand, Bangkok
United Kingdom, Bristol
United Kingdom, Marlow
United States, Coppell
United States, Coppell

Name
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
STMicroelectronics Austria GmbH
Proton World International N.V.
STMicroelectronics Ltda
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
SANAN, STMicroelectronics Co., Ltd.
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
STMicroelectronics A/S
STMicroelectronics Egypt SSC
STMicroelectronics Finland OY
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Alps) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Grand Ouest) SAS
STMicroelectronics France SAS
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
STMicroelectronics GmbH
STMicroelectronics Application GmbH
STMicroelectronics Ltd
ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
STMicroelectronics Limited
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
STMicroelectronics KK
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
STMicroelectronics Services Sdn.Bhd.
STMicroelectronics (Malta) Ltd
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
STMicroelectronics (MAROC) SAS, a associé unique
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
STMicroelectronics Finance II N.V.
STMicroelectronics International N.V.
STMicroelectronics, Inc.
Mountain Drive Property, Inc.
STMicroelectronics Asia Pacific Pte Ltd
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
STMicroelectronics d.o.o.
STMicroelectronics Iberia S.A.
STMicroelectronics Software AB
STMicroelectronics A.B.
STMicroelectronics Silicon Carbide A.B.
STMicroelectronics Re S.A.
STMicroelectronics S.A.
Exagan Taiwan Ltd.
STMicroelectronics (Thailand) Ltd
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
STMicroelectronics Limited
STMicroelectronics Inc.
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.

159

Percentage ownership(direct or indirect)
100
100
100
100
100
100
49
100
60
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
40
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

7.6.10. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
As of December 31, 2023
In millions of U.S. dollars
Land
Buildings
Lease right-of-use assets
Facilities and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Computer and R&D equipment
Other tangible assets
Construction in progress
Total

Gross value
118
1,311
517
4,361
21,751
423
115
1,712
30,308

Accumulated
depreciation
—
(608)
(184)
(3,123)(15,370)
(332)
(97)
—
(19,714)

Net
value
118
703
333
1,238
6,381
91
18
1,712
10,594As of December 31, 2022
In millions of U.S. dollars
Land
Buildings
Lease right-of-use assets
Facilities and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Computer and R&D equipment
Other tangible assets
Construction in progress
Total

Gross value
83
1,123
386
3,893
19,004
400
113
1,511
26,513160

Accumulated
depreciation
—
(565)
(144)
(2,900)(14,216)
(321)
(95)
—
(18,241)

Net
value
83
558
242
993
4,788
79
18
1,511
8,272

Changes in the net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment are detailed as follows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Additions
Transfers
Disposals
Impairment
Depreciation expense
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Additions
Transfers
Disposals
Impairment
Depreciation expense
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2023

Land Buildings
84
394
3
4
—
194
(1)
—
—
—
—
(27)
(3)
(7)
83
558
26
1
6
178
—
—
—
—
—
(34)
3
—
118
703

Lease
Right- Facilities and Machinery Computer Other
of-useleaseholdandand R&D tangible Construction
assets improvements equipment equipment assets
in progress
Total
195
567
3,404
62
13
1,059
5,778
115
33
908
33
8
2,768
3,872
—
506
1,546
12
2
(2,260)
—
(5)
—
(3)
—
—
—
(9)
—
—
(11)
—
—
—
(11)
(60)
(99)
(994)
(27)
(5)
— (1,212)
(3)
(14)
(62)
(1)
—
(56)
(146)
242
993
4,788
79
18
1,511
8,272
159
44
645
35
7
2,881
3,798
—
328
2,193
7
1
(2,713)
—
(1)
—
(2)
—
—
—
(3)
(1)
(2)
(19)
—
—
—
(22)
(71)
(159)
(1,265)(33)(7)— (1,569)
5
34
41
3
(1)
33
118
333
1,238
6,381
91
18
1,712 10,594

In 2023, the Group transferred from construction in progress to definitive long-lived assets, approximately $131 million corresponding to assets dedicated to its
new silicon carbide substrates plant in Catania, Italy, where operations started in December 2023.
In the year ended December 31, 2023, capital investment funding totaled $709 million (2022: $25 million) and were accounted for as a reduction of the grossvalue of the related tangible assets. The impact of capital funding on depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 was a reduction of$33 million (2022: $16 million). In 2023, the Group sold owned property, plant and equipment for cash proceeds of $8 million. In 2022, property, plant andequipment sold amounted to $4 million.
The Group reported $620 million of capital grants as a reduction of "Property, plant and equipment" on the consolidated statement of financial position as
December 31, 2023, in relation to two new funding schemes associated with the expansion in one of its manufacturing facilities in France and its new siliconcarbide manufacturing activities in Italy, of which $239 million was received in cash in 2023 and reported as cash inflows from investing activities in the
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023. A $12 million grant income was recognized as compensation of depreciation
expense in 2023 as part of these capital funding schemes.
In 2023, the Group and Sanan Optoelectronics jointly created SANAN, STMicroelectronics Co., Ltd ("SST JV"). for high-volume 200mm SiC device manufacturingin China, as described in Note 7.6.8.7. As of December 31, 2023, a total amount of $38 million was reported as "Property, plant and equipment" on the
consolidated statement of financial position as December 31, 2023.
161

7.6.11. Leases
The Group leases land, buildings, cars and certain equipment (including IT equipment) which have remaining leaseterms between less than one year and 50 years.
The consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Right-of-use assets
Land
Buildings
Machinery and equipment
Computer and R&D equipment
Other
Total

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

69
206
38
4
16
333

34
149
38
7
14
242

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the 2023 financial year were $159 million (2022: $115 million). Expenses
related to short-term and low-value leases were not significant in 2023 and 2022. Interest expense (included infinance cost described in Note 7.6.29) was $11 million as of December 31, 2023 (2022: $5 million). Cash outflows
for leases totaled $78 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 (2022: $63 million).
Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total future undiscounted cash outflows
Effect of discounting
Total lease liabilities

December 31, 2023
76
55
41
54
24
137
387
(76)
311

In millions of U.S. dollars
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total future undiscounted cash outflows
Effect of discounting
Total lease liabilities

December 31, 2022
65
45
32
24
40
109
315
(65)
250

162

Depreciation expense in the consolidated income statement shows the following amounts relating to leases:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Depreciation expense on right-of-use assets
Land
Buildings
Machinery and equipment
Computer and R&D equipment
Other
Total

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

2
49
6
6
8
71

2
43
1
7
7
60

Reported amounts related to lease arrangements are further described in Notes 7.6.10, 7.6.14 and 7.6.29.
7.6.12. Intangible assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following:
As of December 31, 2023
In millions of U.S. dollars
Purchased technologies and licenses
Purchased software
Internally developed software
Capitalized development costs
Technologies and software in progress
Total

Gross value
764
291
218
3,423
56
4,752

Accumulated
amortization
(547)
(207)
(208)
(2,325)—(3,287)

Net value
217
84
10
1,098
56
1,465

As of December 31, 2022
In millions of U.S. dollars
Purchased technologies and licenses
Purchased software
Internally developed software
Capitalized development costs
Technologies and software in progress
Total

Gross value
776
386
216
3,494
41
4,913

Accumulated
amortization
(507)
(304)
(203)
(2,434)—(3,448)Net value
269
82
13
1,060
41
1,465

Fully amortized intangible assets that are no longer in use have been removed from the above tabularpresentation. Comparative periods have been adjusted accordingly.
In the year ended December 31, 2023, specific project-related funding totaled $25 million (2022: $26 million) andwere accounted for as a reduction of the gross value of related capitalized development costs.
Changes in the net carrying amount are detailed as follows:163

Purchased
Internally
Capitalized Technologies
technologies Purchased developed development and software
In millions of U.S. dollars
and licenses software
softwarecosts
in progress
Balance as of December 31, 2021
304
66
16
969
52
60
4
—
362
49
Additions
(38)
—
—
(77)
—
Impairment / Write-offs
15
40
4
—
(59)
Transfer
(68)
(28)
(7)
(194)
—
Amortization expense
(4)
—
—
—
(1)
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2022
269
82
13
1,060
41
22
10
—
361
69
Additions
(42)
—
—
(125)
—
Impairment / Write-offs
25
26
3
—
(54)
Transfer
(57)
(34)
(6)
(198)
—
Amortization expense
Balance as of December 31, 2023
217
84
10
1,098
56

Total
1,407
475
(115)
—
(297)
(5)
1,465
462
(167)
—
(295)
1,465

For the year ended December 31, 2023, additions of intangible assets amounted to $462 million (2022: $475 million).
The 2023 amortization expense included $222 million (2022: $213 million) in costs of sales, $44 million (2022: $57
million) in R&D and $29 million (2022: $27 million) in selling, general and administrative.
Development cost capitalized on projects that are still in progress and therefore not yet amortized amounted to$757 million as of December 2023 (2022: $738 million). Following the annual impairment test performed in thesecond half of 2023, no impairment was recorded on intangible assets not ready for use, excluding capitalized
development costs as detailed below, for any of the Group’s CGUs. The key-assumptions used for value-in-use
calculations are based on the most recent budget of each CGU tested. Management determined budgeted grossmargin based on past performance, and its expectations for the market development.
The impairment and write-offs for 2023 amounted to $167 million, of which, $142 million recorded in costs ofsales and $25 million recorded in R&D. Amounts reported in cost of sales correspond to write-offs of capitalized
development costs related to certain projects that were cancelled ($125 million) and to certain technologies
acquired as part of the Group’s recent business combinations ($17 million). The $25 million amount recorded in
R&D relates to certain technologies acquired as part of the Group’s recent business combinations. The impairment
and write-offs for 2022 amounted to $115 million, recorded in costs of sales for $77 million, resulting from writeoffs of capitalized development costs related to certain projects that were cancelled, and in R&D for $38 million of
acquired licenses and technologies with no alternative future use.
7.6.13. Goodwill
Goodwill split by operating segment is as follows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2023
Foreign currency translation
As of December 31, 2023

Automotive and Analog, MEMS Microcontrollers
Discrete Groupand Sensors
and Digital ICs(ADG)
Group (AMS)Group (MDG)
74
2
203
2
—
4
76
2
207

Total
279
6
285

As of December 31, 2023, the gross value of goodwill was $330 million (2022: $324 million) and the accumulated
impairment was $45 million (2022: $45 million).
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use
calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets and management’s best
estimates about future developments, as well as market and customer assumptions.

164

The Group tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment on an annual basis during the second half of eachyear. In the 2023 and 2022 reporting periods, no goodwill impairment was recorded for any of the Group’s CGUs.
For the annual impairment test, the key-assumptions used for value-in-use calculations are based on the mostrecent five-year plan of each CGU tested. The average perpetuity growth rate was 1.5% (2022: 1.5%) and discountrate was from 15% (2022: 15%) pre-tax and inferred from the observable volatility of share prices for comparable
companies in the semiconductor industry. These assumptions have been used, as applicable, for the analysis ofeach CGU within the operating segments. Management determined budgeted gross margin based on past
performance, and its expectations for the market development. The average yearly growth rates used areconsistent with the forecast included in industry reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specificrisks relating to the relevant CGUs. No reasonably possible change in key assumptions would lead to a significant
impairment loss.
7.6.14. Other financial assets and financial liabilities
7.6.14.1.

Other financial assets

In millions of U.S. dollars
Other financial assets (including derivatives)
Other financial assets
Quoted debt securities at FVOCI (1)Unquoted equity securities at FVOCI (1)Quoted equity securities at FVPL (2)Other trading financial assets at FVPL (2)Total other financial assets
Current
Non-current
Derivative financial instruments
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Derivatives not designated as hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued
on August 4, 2020 (Tranche A)
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued
on August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)
Total derivatives financial instruments
Current
Non-current
Total other financial assets (including derivatives)
Total current
Total non-current(1)(2)

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

1,635
22
13
18
1,688
1,635
53

679
10
12
14
715
679
36

33
5

30
8

19
2

25
6

14

13

34
107
106
1
1,795
1,741
54

20
102
69
33
817
748
69

FVOCI: Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income
FVPL: Fair Value through P&L

Risk management policies relating to credit risk exposure to derivatives counterparties are further described in
Note 7.6.35.
165

Movements in other financial assets (excluding derivatives) recorded in 2023 are summarized as follows:

Jan 1, 2023

Change infair value
included in
OCI*

Change infair value
included inincomestatement

Purchase

Proceeds atmaturity

Government bonds issued by
the U.S. Treasury

679

6

—

1,653

(750)

47

1,635

Quoted equity
instruments at FVPL

12

—

1

—

—

—

13

Sub-total Quoted debt
and equity securities

691

6

1

1,653

(750)

47

1,648

Unquoted equity
securities at FVOCI

10

2

—

10

—

—

22

Other trading financial
assets at FVPL

14

—

4

—

—

—

18

Total other financial
assets (excluding
derivatives)

715

8

5

1,663

(750)

47

1,688

In millions of U.S. dollars

Accretion

Dec 31, 2023

*OCI: Other comprehensive income

Movements in other financial assets (excluding derivatives) recorded in 2022 are summarized as follows:

Jan 1, 2022

Change infair value
included in
OCI*

Change infair value
included inincomestatement

Purchase

Proceeds atmaturity

Debt securities issued by
the U.S. Treasury

—

(16)

—

687

—

8

679

Quoted equity
instruments at FVPL

13

—

(1)

—

—

—

12

Sub-total Quoted debt
and equity securities

13

(16)

(1)

687

—

8

691

Unquoted equity
securities at FVOCI

10

—

—

—

—

—

10

Other trading financial
assets at FVPL

16

—

(2)

—

—

—

14

Total other financial
assets (excluding
derivatives)

39

(16)

(3)

687

—

8

715

In millions of U.S. dollars

Accretion

Dec 31, 2022

*OCI: Other comprehensive income

Investments held in debt securities
As of December 31, 2023, the Group held $1,635 million of U.S. Treasury debt securities. The debt securities havean average rating of Aaa/AA+/AA+ from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively and an average maturity of 1.6 years.
The debt securities were reported as current assets on the line “Other current financial assets” on the consolidated
statement of financial position as of December 31, 2023, since they represented investments of funds available forcurrent operations.
Marketable securities totaling $750 million at principal amount were transferred to financial institutions as part ofshort-term securities lending transactions, in compliance with corporate policies. The Group, acting as the
securities lender, does not hold any collateral in this unsecured securities lending transaction. The Group retains
effective control on the transferred securities.
The Group applies a forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach on all debt financial assets not held at
FVPL. For debt securities at FVOCI, the ECL is based on a 12-month expected credit loss basis. The 12-month ECL is
the portion of lifetime ECLs that results from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12
months after the reporting date. Since the Group’s quoted debt instruments at FVOCI comprise solely U.S. Treasury

166

debt securities, which have low credit risk. Consequently, the Group has considered that the ECLs on theseinvestments are insignificant.
Investments held in equity securities
As of December 31, 2023, the Group also had investments in quoted equity securities for an aggregate value of$13 million, measured at FVPL (December 31, 2022: $12 million).
As of December 31, 2023, the Group also reported other trading financial assets for an aggregate value of$18 million (December 31, 2022: $14 million).
The Group irrevocably elected to measure at FVOCI unquoted equity securities for an aggregate value of$22 million (December 31, 2022: $10 million). Since these are strategic investments, the Group considers thisclassification, which implies that changes in fair value are not subsequently recycled to earnings, to be more
relevant.
The changes in fair value reported on the Group’s investments held in equity securities for the years ended
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 were immaterial.
Short-term deposits
To optimize the return yield on its short-term investments, the Group invested $1,226 million of available cash in
short-term deposits as of December 31, 2023, compared to $581 million as of December 31, 2022. These shortterm deposits had a maturity beyond three months and no significant risk of changes in fair value. They arereported in the line “Short-term deposits” of the consolidated statement of financial position.
7.6.14.2.

Other financial liabilities

In millions of U.S. dollars
Lease financial liabilities
Deferred and contingent consideration on business acquisitions
Derivative financial instruments
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Derivatives not designated as hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Embedded conversion option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche A)
Embedded conversion option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)
Total other financial liabilities (including derivatives)
Total current
Total non-current

December 31,
2023
311
20

December 31,
2022
250
31

1
—

17
6

2
—

12
4

229

110

281
844
581
263

151
581
204
377

Risk management policies relating to credit risk exposure to derivatives counterparties are further described in
Note 7.6.35. Lease financial liabilities are further described in Note 7.6.11.

167

7.6.14.3.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

In millions of U.S. dollars
Funding program loans from European Investment Bank ("EIB"):
4.72% due 2028, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.589%
4.52% due 2029, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.564%
4.47% due 2031, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.473%
4.54% due 2031, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.550%
4.52% due 2033, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.558%
Credit Facility from Cassa Depositi e Prestiti SpA ("CDP SpA")
4.64% due 2027, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.690%
4.49% due 2028, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.550%
4.79% due 2029, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.850%
Dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds:
Zero-coupon, due 2025 (Tranche A)
Zero-coupon, due 2027 (Tranche B)
Other Funding program loans:
0.29% (weighted average), due 2024-2028, fixed interest rate
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Total current
Total non-current

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

141
162
296
146
332

163
183
322
159
—

97
92
95

120
107
107

730
702

717
690

6
2,799
1,640
1,159

4
2,572
885
1,687

December 31,
2023
1,432
1,367
2,799

December 31,
2022
1,407
1,165
2,572

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
In millions of U.S. dollars
U.S. Dollar
Euro
Total

The European Investment Bank’s loans denominated in Euros, but drawn in U.S. dollars, are classified as U.S. dollar
denominated debt.
Aggregate contractual maturities of interest-bearing loans and borrowings outstanding, excluding repayments ofcoupons and interests, are as follows:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total

—
207
957
207
942
178
376
2,867

December 31,
2022
168
168
918
167
903
140
201
2,665

The difference between the total aggregated future maturities in the preceding table and the total carrying
amount of long-term debt is due to unamortized debt discount and issuance costs on the dual tranche seniorunsecured convertible bonds.

168

Senior convertible bonds
On August 4, 2020, the Company issued $1,500 million in principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured
convertible bonds (Tranche A for $750 million and Tranche B for $750 million), due 2025 and 2027, respectively.
Tranche A bonds were issued at 105.8% as zero-coupon bonds while Tranche B bonds were issued at 104.5% aszero-coupon bonds. The conversion price at issuance was $43.62 for Tranche A, equivalent to a 47.5% conversion
premium and $45.10 for Tranche B, equivalent to a 52.5% conversion premium. These conversion features
correspond to an equivalent of 4,585 shares per each Tranche A bond $200,000 par value and an equivalent of
4,435 shares per each Tranche B bond $200,000 par value. The bonds are convertible by the bondholders or are
callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, on a net-share settlement basis, except if the issuer elects a full-cash
or full-share conversion as an alternative settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were$1,567 million, after deducting issuance costs paid by the Group.
The issuer’s call option and the holder’s conversion option have been identified as embedded non-equity
derivative instruments, resulting in the recognition of the options separately from the debt host contract. Upon
initial recognition, the derivatives were measured at fair value based on the income approach, the debt being
determined as a residual amount of the $1.5 billion total proceeds. The value of the issuer’s call option wasdeemed to be nil at initial recognition. The value of the holder’s conversion option was estimated at $219 million
at issuance date, which determined the initial recognition of the liability component at $1,358 million before
allocation of issuance costs. The fair value measurement of the embedded derivative instruments corresponded toa Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement, which is further described in Note 7.6.14.5. The Group elected toallocate issuance costs, totaling $10 million, to the debt component. The debt was subsequently measured atamortized cost using the effective interest method.
Starting August 2023 and August 2024 for Tranche A and Tranche B convertible bonds, respectively, thebondholders have and will have full conversion rights. Consequently, for both tranches, non-equity embedded
derivative instruments and liability component were reported on the line Other current financial assets for an
amount of $48 million, on the line Other current financial liabilities for an amount of $510 million and on the line
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – current portion for an amount of $1,432 million, respectively, of theconsolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2023.
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
December 31, 2022
Cash flows
Non-cash changes:
New leases
Accreted finance costs
Fair value changes
Reclassification
Foreign currency translation
December 31, 2023

Interestbearing
loans andborrowings
1,687
329

Other
noncurrent
financialliabilities*
342
—

—
—
—
(858)
1
1,159

87
—
130
(320)
4
243

Interestbearing
loans andOther
borrowings
current– current
financialportionliabilities**
885
169
(169)
(78)
35
25
—
858
6
1,640

35
—
119
331
2
578

Total
3,083
82
157
25
249
11
13
3,620

* ”Other non-current financial liabilities” reported above do not include deferred and contingent consideration, as they relate to businessacquisitions.
** ”Other current financial liabilities” reported above correspond to the current portion of the lease liability for an amount of $68 million andTranche A and Tranche B bondholder’s conversion option for an amount $510 million as of December 31, 2023. Derivatives are not reported in169the above table as they relate to operating activities. Lease financial liabilities are further described in Note 7.6.11 and convertible bonds arefurther described in Note 7.6.14.3.

The reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2022 is as follows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
December 31, 2021
Cash flows
Non-cash changes:
New leases
Accreted finance costs
Fair value changes
Reclassification
Foreign currency translation
December 31, 2022

Interestbearing
loans andborrowings
2,391
200

Other
noncurrent
financialliabilities*
685
—

—
25
—
(885)
(44)
1,687

112
—
(276)
(169)
(10)
342

Interestbearing
loans andOther
borrowings
current– current
financialportionliabilities**
143
55
(134)
(58)
—
—
—
885
(9)
885

Total
3,274
8

3
—
—
169
—
169

115
25
(276)
—
(63)
3,083

* ”Other non-current financial liabilities” and “Other current financial liabilities” reported above do not include deferred and contingent
consideration, as they relate to business acquisitions.
** ”Other current financial liabilities” reported above correspond to the current portion of the lease liability for an amount of $59 million andTranche A on bondholder’s conversion option for an amount $110 million as of December 31, 2022. Derivatives are not reported in the abovetable as they relate to operating activities. Lease financial liabilities are further described in Note 7.6.11 and convertible bonds are further
described in Note 7.6.14.3

The Group’s long-term debt contained standard conditions but does not impose minimum financial ratios. The
Group had unutilized committed medium-term credit facilities with core relationship banks totaling $1,030 million
as of December 31, 2023.
As of December 31, 2023 the Group also had three long-term amortizing credit facilities with EIB as part of R&D
funding programs and two long-term facilities with CDP SpA.
EIB facilities
The first credit facility, signed in August 2017, is a €500 million loan, in relation to R&D and capital expenditures inthe European Union, fully drawn in Euros, of which $303 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2023
(December 31, 2022: $346 million). The second one, signed in 2020, is a €500 million credit facility agreement tosupport R&D and capital expenditure programs in Italy and France. It was fully drawn in Euros in 2021,
representing $442 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (December 31, 2022: $481 million). In 2022, theGroup signed a third long-term amortizing credit facility with EIB of €600 million loan, out of which, €300 million
was withdrawn in Euros during 2023, representing $332 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023. In January2024, an amount of $300 million was withdrawn under this credit facility.
CDP SpA facilities
The first credit facility, signed in 2021, is a €150 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $97 million were
outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (December 31, 2022: $120 million). The second one, signed in 2022, is a €200
million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $187 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (December 31,
2022: $214 million).
As of December 31, 2022 the Group had three long-term amortizing credit facilities with the EIB as part of R&D
funding programs and two long-term facility with CDP SpA.

170

7.6.14.4.

Hedging activities and derivatives

Derivative instruments not designated as hedge
The Group conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Groupis exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreignexchange risk mainly arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities at theGroup’s subsidiaries. The Group enters into currency forward contracts to reduce its exposure to changes inexchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign
currencies at the Group’s subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments and are markedto-market at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value recognized in “Other income” or “Other
expenses” of the consolidated income statement.
To reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Group also hedges certain Euro-denominatedforecasted transactions that cover at reporting date a large part of its R&D and SG&A expenses through the use ofcurrency forward contracts and currency options, including collars. These instruments do not qualify as hedging
instruments and are marked-to-market at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value recognized in“Other income” or “Other expenses” of the consolidated income statement.
The notional amount of these financial instruments amounted to $1,731 million in 2023 (2022: $2,041 million). The
principal currencies covered at the end of the year 2023 are the Euro, China Yuan Renminbi, the Singapore dollar,
the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, the Indian rupee, the Malaysian ringgit, the Moroccan dirham, the Philippines
peso, the Swedish krona, the Taiwan dollar, and the South Korean won.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, not designated as cash flow hedge
outstanding as of December 31, 2023 had remaining terms of 3 days to 12 months, maturing on average after 79 days.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, not designated as cash flow hedge
outstanding as of December 31, 2022 had remaining terms of 4 days to 20 months, maturing on average after 144 days.
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge
To reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Group hedges certain Euro-denominatedforecasted transactions that cover at reporting date a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finishedgoods through the use of currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars. The Group also
hedges certain manufacturing transactions denominated in Singapore dollars.
The principles regulating the hedging strategy for derivatives designated as cash flow hedge is to hedge up to 70%of the total forecasted transactions of the following quarter for these manufacturing costs. In order to follow adynamic hedge strategy, the Group may change the percentage of the designated hedged item within the limit of100% of the forecasted transaction. The maximum length of time over which the Group could hedge its exposure
to the variability of cash flows for forecasted transactions is 24 months.
These derivative instruments are designated and qualified as cash flow hedges. Hedge effectiveness is determinedat the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensurethat an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and the hedging instrument. The Group enters into
hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match with the terms of the hedged item,
which ensures a 1:1 hedge ratio on a monthly basis. The Group therefore performs a qualitative assessment ofeffectiveness. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms nolonger match with the critical terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method
to assess effectiveness. Ineffectiveness may arise if the timing of the forecast transaction changes from what was
originally estimated, which cannot occur as the Group designates as hedged items forecasted intercompany
transactions denominated in foreign currency over which the Group has full oversight, control, and visibility.
Ineffectiveness may arise only if there are changes in the credit risk of the counterparty.
The derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are reflected at fair value in the consolidated statementof financial position. The unrealized gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported in othercomprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects
earnings, and within the same consolidated income statement line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.
171

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Group recorded a decrease in cost of sales of $1 million (2022:
increase of $129 million) related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. No significant
ineffective portion of the hedge was recorded on the lines “Other income” or “Other expenses” for the years
ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, designated as
cash flow hedge amounted to $1,924 million (2022: $2,081 million). The forecasted transactions hedged at
December 31, 2023 were determined to be highly probable of occurring.
As of December 31, 2023, the amount of net deferred gains on derivative instruments included in the cash flow
hedge reserve in equity was $38 million (2022: net deferred gains of $15 million), of which $37 million were
expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next 12 months based on the monthly forecasted semi-finishedmanufacturing costs.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, designated as cash flow hedge
outstanding as of December 31, 2023, had remaining terms of 4 days to 12 months, maturing on average after 111
days.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, designated as cash flow hedge
outstanding as of December 31, 2022, had remaining terms of 4 days to 19 months, maturing on average after 228
days.
As of December 31, 2023, the Group had the following outstanding derivative instruments that were entered into
to hedge Euro-denominated and Singapore-Dollar-denominated forecasted transactions:Notional amount for hedge on
forecasted manufacturing costs
transactions
In millions of
Euros
951
640

Forward contracts
Currency collars

In millions ofSingapore Dollars
219—

As of December 31, 2022, the Group had the following outstanding derivative instruments that were entered into
to hedge Euro-denominated and Singapore-Dollar-denominated forecasted transactions:Notional amount for hedge on
forecasted manufacturing costs
transactions
In millions of
Euros
986
791

Forward contracts
Currency collars

In millions ofSingapore Dollars
247—

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose theGroup to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate
risk.
The Group analyzes its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into
consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. The Group invests
primarily on a short-term basis and as such its liquidity is invested in floating interest rate instruments. As aconsequence, the Group is exposed to interest rate risk due to potential mismatch between the return on its shortterm floating interest rate investments and the portion of its long-term debt issued at fixed rate.

172

Other market risk
As part of its ongoing investing activities, the Group may invest in publicly traded equity securities and be exposed
to equity security price. In order to hedge the exposure to this market risk, the Group may enter into certain
derivative hedging transactions.
Credit risk and the Group’s impairment policies on financial assets are further described in Note 7.6.7.13 andNote 7.6.35.
Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group entered into currency collars as combinations of two options, which are reported, for accounting
purposes, on a net basis. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of these collars represented assets for a net
amount of $7 million (composed of $8 million assets offset with a $1 million liability). In addition, the Group
entered into other derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, which are governed by standard
International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) agreements and are compliant with Protocols of theEuropean Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), which are not offset in the statement of financial position
and representing total assets of $52 million and liabilities of $3 million as of December 31, 2023.
Risk management policies relating to credit risk exposure to derivatives counterparties is further described in
Note 7.6.35.

173

7.6.14.5.

Fair values

Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the Group’s financial instrumentsthat are carried in the consolidated financial statements.

In millions of U.S. dollars
Financial assets
Short-term deposits
Trade accounts receivable
Other receivables and assets
Quoted financial instruments
Unquoted equity securities
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020
(Tranche A)

Carrying amount
Fair value
December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31,
2023
2022
2023
2022

Embedded call option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020
(Tranche B)
Derivative financial assets
Cash equivalents (1)Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings(excluding senior unsecured convertible
bonds)
Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on
August 4, 2020 (2)Embedded conversion option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020
(Tranche A) (2)Embedded conversion option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020
(Tranche B) (2)Finance leases
Contingent consideration on businessacquisitions
Trade accounts payable
Other payables and accrued liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities
(1)
(2)

1,226
1,731
1,237
1,666
22

581
1,970
678
705
10

1,226
1,731
1,237
1,666
22

581
1,970
678
705
10

14

13

14

13

34
59
2,879

20
69
2,996

34
59
2,879

20
69
2,996

1,367

1,165

1,367

1,165

1,432

1,407

1,814

1,561

229

110

—

—

281
311

151
250

—
311

—
250

20
1,856
552
3

31
2,122
511
39

20
1,856
552
3

31
2,122
511
39

Cash equivalents primarily correspond to deposits at call with banks.
The carrying amount of the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 and outstanding at December 31, 2023 andDecember 31, 2022 corresponds to the liability component only, since, at initial recognition, an amount of $219 million was separately
recognized as embedded derivative financial instruments.

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are included at the price at which the instrument could be sold in anorderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following methods andassumptions were used to estimate fair value:•

For trade accounts receivable, cash equivalents, short-term deposits, trade accounts payable, other payables
and accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements are reasonable174

estimates of fair value due to the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instruments
and their expected realization.
•

Other receivables and assets approximate their carrying amounts due either to their short-term maturities orto the fact that they are recorded at their net present value.

•

Financial investments (debt and equity securities):◦

The fair value quoted debt and equity securities is determined based upon quoted market prices for
identical instruments.

◦

The fair value of unquoted equity securities is based on the valuation of the underlying instruments on a
new round of third-party financing or upon liquidation.

•

The fair value of interest-bearing loans and borrowings, including lease liabilities but excluding seniorunsecured convertible bonds, is determined by estimating future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing
basis and discounting these future cash flows using the Group’s incremental borrowing rates for similar typesof arrangements.

•

The senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, and outstanding as of December 31, 2023,
and December 31, 2022, have been trading on the open market segment on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange
since issuance. The fair value of these instruments is the observable price of the bonds on that market.

•

The fair value of derivative instruments is determined based upon quoted market prices for similar
instruments.

•

The bondholders’ conversion option and the issuer’s soft call embedded in the senior unsecured convertible
bonds are measured at fair value based on the income approach using Bloomberg’s option pricing model,
which can be assimilated to a Black & Scholes model for pricing stock options. This model was elected as thebest indication of fair value since it maximized the use of observable market-based inputs.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments byvaluation technique:•

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value areobservable, either directly or indirectly.

•

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are notbased on observable market data.

175

As of December 31, 2023, the Group held the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
Assets measured at fair value
Financial assets at FVPL
Trading derivatives
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Quoted equity securities at FVPLOther trading financial assets at FVPL
Embedded call options
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Quoted debt securities measured at FVOCI
Government bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury
Unquoted equity securities measured at FVOCI
Short-term deposits
Total assets
Liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative instruments
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Embedded conversion options
Contingent consideration on business acquisitions
Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

19
2
13
18
48

—
—
13
18
—

19
2
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
48

33
5

—
—

33
5

—
—

1,635
22
1,226
3,021

1,635
—
1,226
2,892

—
—
—
59

—
22
—
70

2
—

—
—

2
—

—
—

1
—
510
20
533

—
—
—
—
—

1
—
—
—
3

—
—
510
20
530

During the reporting period ending December 31, 2023, there was no transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 fairvalue measurements, and no transfer into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.

176

As of December 31, 2022, the Group held the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value:
December 31,
2022

In millions of U.S. dollars
Assets measured at fair value
Financial assets at FVPL
Trading derivatives
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Quoted equity securities at FVPLOther trading financial assets at FVPL
Embedded call options
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Quoted debt securities measured at FVOCI
Government bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury
Unquoted equity securities measured at FVOCI
Short-term deposits
Total assets
Liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative instruments
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Currency collars
Embedded conversion options
Contingent consideration on business acquisitions
Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

25
6
12
14
33

—
—
12
14
—

25
6
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
33

30
8

—
—

30
8

—
—

679
10
581
1,398

679
—
581
1,286

—
—
—
69

—
10
—
43

12
4
—
17
6
261
31
331

—
—

12
4

—
—

—
—
—
—
—

17
6
—
—
39

—
—
261
31
292

During the reporting period ending December 31, 2022, there was no transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 fairvalue measurements, and no transfer into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.
Financial instruments in Level 1
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance
sheet date. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange,
dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly
occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by
the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in Level 1.
Financial instruments in Level 2
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in active markets (for example over the counter
derivatives) is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use ofobservable market data when available and rely as little as possible on entity’s specific estimates. If all significant
inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. If one or more of
the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3. Specificvaluation techniques used to value financial instruments include:•

Quoted market prices or dealer’s quotes for similar instruments; and•The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts when determined using forward exchange rates at thebalance sheet date, with the resulting value discounted back to present value.
177

Financial instruments in Level 3
For financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), thereconciliation between January 1, 2023 and December 31, 2023 is presented as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2023
Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of
the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4,
2020 (Tranche A and Tranche B)

Fair value measurements using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)(249)

Change in fair value of the embedded call option of thesenior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4,
2020 (Tranche A and Tranche B)
Change in fair value of the contingent consideration on
business acquisitions
Currency translation adjustment
Purchase of equity instruments
As of December 31, 2023
Amount of net gains included in the 2023 income statement
attributable to assets (liabilities) still held at the reporting
date

(249)
15
12
1
10
(460)
(222)

The following table shows the impact on the income statement of the valuation of the embedded derivative
instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2023:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Asset (liability) value as of December 31, 2022
Gains (losses) recognized in the consolidated income statement
Asset (liability) value as of December 31, 2023

(228)
(234)
(462)

Contingent consideration reported as liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position as ofDecember 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 is based on the probability that the milestones defining the variable
components of the consideration will be achieved. In 2023, the probability of achievement of these variable
components was reassessed, resulting in a reduction of $12 million of the fair value of the contingent
consideration related to the 2020 acquisitions. The Group reported this change in fair value in the line “Researchand development expenses” of the consolidated statement of income.
The change in fair value amounting to $249 million on the embedded bondholders’ conversion options wasreported as “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statement ended December 31, 2023. The change in fairvalue amounting to $15 million on the embedded issuer’s call options was reported as “Finance income” in the
consolidated income statement ended December 31, 2023.
The model used to price the derivative instruments embedded in the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on
August 4, 2020 (Tranche A and Tranche B) included the following inputs:•

The risk-free interest rate for comparable maturities;•

The reference price for the Company’s ordinary shares as traded on the New York Stock Exchange;•

The exercise price;•

The dividend expected to be paid on the Company’s ordinary shares over the life of the option;•

The volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares; and•The duration of the option.
178

Sensitivity to the share price variations is further described in Note 7.6.35. Implied volatility should be considered
an unobservable input due to the lack of market data (stock exchange listing of the bond option) for a time horizon
equal to the duration of the option. The figure is, therefore, an assumption based on the volatility implied by theprice of the financial instrument, as negotiated at the issue stage, and market volatility for the nearest time horizon.
The prices of the bondholders’ conversion options are sensitive to implied volatility. The table below shows asensitivity analysis of the net carrying amount of the embedded conversion options in relation to a series ofchanges expressed in percentage point terms of volatility.
Change in volatility of the Company’s ordinary
sharesChange in the net carrying amount of thebondholders’ conversion options
Net carrying amount of the embedded
conversion
options-10 p.p.

- 8 p.p.

-5 p.p.

+5 p.p.

+8 p.p. +10 p.p.

(83)

(67)

(42)

43

68

85

427

443

468

553

578

595

For financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), thereconciliation between January 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 is presented as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2022
Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of thesenior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020
(Tranche A and Tranche B)
Change in fair value of the embedded call option of the seniorunsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche
A and Tranche B)
Change in fair value of the contingent consideration on businessacquisitions
Currency translation adjustment
Payment of contigent consideration
As of December 31, 2022
Amount of net losses included in the 2022 income statement
attributable to assets (liabilities) still held at the reporting date

Fair value measurements using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
(578)
276
7
35
4
7
(249)
318

The following table shows the impact on the income statement of the valuation of the embedded derivative
instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2022:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Asset (liability) value as of December 31, 2021
Gains (losses) recognized in the consolidated income statement
Asset (liability) value as of December 31, 2022

(511)
283
(228)

The change in fair value amounting to $276 million on the embedded bondholders’ conversion option wasreported as “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statement ended December 31, 2022. The change in fairvalue amounting to $7 million on the embedded issuer’s call option was reported as “Finance income” in the
consolidated income statement ended December 31, 2022.

1797.6.15. Other non-current assets
Other non-current assets consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Public funding receivables
Taxes and other receivables from government agencies
French research tax credit receivable
Prepayments and deposits to third parties
Other non-current assets
Total

December 31,
2023
210
22
246
224
58
760

December 31,
2022
156
—
294
107
56
613

The Group holds long-term receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore, thesereceivables are measured subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Prepayments and deposits to third parties include receivables related to long-term supply agreements involving
purchase of raw materials, capacity commitments, cloud-hosting arrangements, and other services.
In 2023 and 2022, the Group entered into factoring transactions to accelerate the realization in cash of certain
long-term receivables. The Group sold without recourse $118 million and $110 million of these receivables in theyears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 respectively, with a financial cost of $5 million and $1 million
respectively.
The major portion of other long-term receivables to which the expected credit loss model applies is long-term
State receivables. Due to the existing history of zero-default on receivables originated by governments, theexpected credit loss is assumed to be negligible as of December 31, 2023, and 2022. Other non-current assets
presented in the table above on the line "Other non-current assets" are composed of individually not significant
amounts not deemed to have exposure of default. Consequently, no significant expected credit loss allowance wasreported on other non-current assets at reporting date.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-current assets are denominated in the following currencies:
December 31,
2023
187
570
2
1
760

In millions of U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars
Euro
Japanese Yen
Other currencies
Total

180

December 31,
2022
114
487
2
10
613

7.6.16. Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023
298

December 31,
2022
349

Work-in-process

1,743

1,490

Finished products

655

744

2,696

2,583

In millions of U.S. dollars
Raw materials

Total

Write-offs of inventories were recognized in cost of sales as an expense and amounted to $93 million in 2023
(2022: $71 million). Further impact related to inventories on the consolidated income statement is provided in
Note 7.6.27.
The carrying amount of inventories is presented net of a reserve for obsolescence items of $145 million as ofDecember 31, 2023 (2022: $98 million).
7.6.17. Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Trade accounts receivable
Loss allowance
Total

December 31,
2023
1,750

December 31,
2022
1,991

(19)

(21)

1,731

1,970

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course ofbusiness. Trade receivables are non-interest bearing with credit terms from 30 up to 90 day terms. They are allclassified as current. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows
and, therefore, trade receivables are measured subsequently at amortized cost. The Group does not expect tohave any significant contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or services to thecustomer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of thetransaction prices for the time value of money and no significant transaction with customers includes significant
financing component. Due to the short-term nature of trade receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be
the same as their fair value.
As described in Note 7.6.35, the Group monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit
terms in the normal course of business. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used.
Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of the customer, considering its
financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal and externalratings in accordance with limits set by management. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales tocustomers are primarily settled in cash.
The Group uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables based on failure rates, as applied to thegross amounts of trade accounts receivable. The model includes reasonable assumptions about future credit
trends. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the Group’s customers to settle the receivables. In addition to the factors
already embedded in the failure rates, as applied on trade accounts receivable, the Group has identified cyclicality
and uncertainties around continued growth for the semiconductor industry and its serviceable available market tobe the most relevant factors. These macro-economic factors are weighted into different economic scenarios, inline with estimates and methodologies applied by other business entities, including financial institutions. These
scenarios range from upside scenario (above-trend economic growth) to severe downside (recession). On thatbasis, the loss allowance as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was determined as follows:
181

Past due
In millions of U.S. dollars
December 31, 2023
Expected loss rate
Trade receivables – Gross carrying amount
Loss allowance
Trade receivables – Net carrying amount
December 31, 2022
Expected loss rate
Trade receivables – Gross carrying amount
Loss allowance
Trade receivables – Net carrying amount

Total

No
past-dueLess thana month

Between1 and 6monthsOver 6months

1,750
(19)
1,731

1%
1,644
(16)
1,628

1%
88
(1)
87

10 %
18
(2)
16

100 %
—
—
—

1,991
(21)
1,970

1%
1,904
(18)
1,886

1%
69
—
69

10 %
17
(2)
15

100 %
1
(1)
—

The loss allowance for trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 reconcile to the
opening loss allowance as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
As of December 31, 2021

19
5
(3)
21
—
(2)

Additions
Reversals
As of December 31, 2022
Additions
Reversals
As of December 31, 2023

19

Trade accounts receivable are denominated in the following currencies:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars
Euro
Japanese Yen
Total

December 31,
2022

1,563
53
134

1,822
35
134

1,750

1,991

The maximum exposure to credit risk was the fair value of trade accounts receivable, net of expected credit losses
as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

182

7.6.18. Other receivables and assets
Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023
651
180
241
165
1,237

In millions of U.S. dollars
Public funding receivables
Advances and prepayments
Taxes and other government receivables
Other current assets
Total

December 31,
2022
190
125
270
93
678

Public funding receivables relate to R&D contracts, industrialization contracts and capital investment projects.
Other current assets include a $28 million contribution to be received in 2024 from a third party as part of acollaborative agreement associated with the ongoing capacity expansion project for the 300mm wafer fab in
Crolles, France. Total contributions received from the third party as part of this collaborative agreement totaled$54 million, reported as "Proceeds from capital grants and other contributions" in the statement of cash flows forthe year ended December 31, 2023.
The Group applies a forward-looking expected credit losses model on all financial assets measured at amortized
cost, excluding trade accounts receivable. The major portion of other receivables and assets to which this expectedcredit loss model applies corresponds to governmental receivables. Due to the short maturity of these receivables
and the existing history of zero-default on receivables originated by governments, the expected credit loss is
assumed to be negligible. Other receivables, excluding receivables from government agencies, are composed ofindividually insignificant amounts at exposure of default. Consequently, no significant loss allowance was reported
on other receivables and assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Taxes and other government receivables include receivables related to value-added tax, primarily in European tax
jurisdictions.
Advances and prepayments include prepaid amounts associated with multi-annual supply and service agreements.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s other receivables and assets are denominated in the following currencies:
December 31,
2023
270

December 31,
2022
245

Euro

924

401

Other currencies

43

32

1,237

678

In millions of U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars

Total

The maximum exposure to credit risk was the fair value of other receivables and assets, net of expected credit
losses, as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
7.6.19. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023
343
2,879
3,222

In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash at bank and on hand
Deposits at call with banks
Total

183

December 31,
2022
262
2,996
3,258

7.6.20. Equity
7.6.20.1.

Outstanding shares

The authorized share capital of the Company is €1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common shares and
540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of €1.04. As of December 31, 2023, the number ofcommon shares issued was 911,281,920 shares (December 31, 2022: 911,281,920 shares).
As of December 31, 2023, the number of common shares outstanding was 902,771,081 shares (December 31,
2022: 903,865,763 shares).
7.6.20.2.

Preference shares

The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a holder to full voting rights and to a preferential rightto dividends and distributions upon liquidation.
The Company is a party to an option agreement regarding the preference shares with Stichting Continuïteit ST (the“Stichting”), entered into on January 22, 2007, with a duration of ten years, which agreement was extended foranother ten years in October 2016. The Managing Board and the Supervisory Board, along with the board of theStichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of the Company. The
option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shareswould be issued to the Stichting upon its request and in its sole discretion and upon payment of at least 25% of thepar value of the preference shares to be issued. The shares would be issuable in the event of actions which theboard of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the Company’s interests, shareholders and otherstakeholders and which, in the event of a creeping acquisition or offer for the Company’s common shares, are notsupported by the Company’s Managing Board and Supervisory Board. The preference shares may remain
outstanding for no longer than two years. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers
from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control as well as to create a level-playing field in
the event actions which are considered to be hostile by the Managing Board and the Supervisory Board, as
described above, occur and which the board of the Stichting determines to be contrary to the Company’s interests,
shareholders and other stakeholders.
There were no preference shares issued as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
7.6.20.3.

Treasury shares

As of December 31, 2023, the Company owned 8,510,839 shares classified as treasury stock in the consolidated
statement of equity compared to 7,416,157 shares as of December 31, 2022.
The treasury shares have been originally designated for allocation under the Company’s share-based remuneration
programs. As of December 31, 2023, 81,022,515 of these treasury shares were transferred to employees under theCompany’s share-based remuneration programs, of which 6,502,300 in the year ended December 31, 2023 and
6,587,002 shares during the year ended December 31, 2022.
On July 1, 2021, the Company announced the launch of a share buy-back program of up to $1,040 million to be
executed within a three-year period. During 2023, the Company purchased approximately 7.6 million shares of its
outstanding common stock for $346 million as part of the program. The Company purchased approximately 9.2
million shares of its outstanding common stock for $346 million during 2022.
7.6.20.4.

Unvested share awards for the Supervisory Board

On an annual basis and until the year 2012, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board andwith its approval) used to grant stock-based awards (the options to acquire common shares in the share capital of
the Company) to the members and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The Supervisory Board Plan”). The
awards were granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 (exercise price of the option). The options granted
under the Supervisory Board Plan vested and became exercisable immediately, while the shares resulting from184

these awards vested and therefore became available for trade evenly over three years (one third every year), withno market, performance or service conditions.
At the Company’s AGM held on June 21, 2013, it was resolved to abolish and terminate the stock-based
compensation for the Supervisory Board members and professionals.
The table below summarizes grants under the outstanding stock award plans, as authorized by the Compensation
Committee:
Options granted
Options waived
and vested
at grant
172,500(30,000)
180,000(22,500)
No options grantedYear of Grant
2011
2012
Since 2013

A summary of the options’ activity by plan for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 ispresented below:

Year of grant
2011
2012

Outstanding
as ofDecember31, 2021—
20,0007.6.20.5.

Exercised—(5,000)

Outstanding
Outstanding
as of
as of
Expired /December
Expired / December
Cancelled
31, 2022
Exercised Cancelled
31, 2023—————(15,000)————

Unvested share awards for the Employees

On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board and with its approval)
grants stock-based awards to the senior executives and selected employees (the “Employee Plan”). The awards are
granted for services rendered under the Employee Plan. There are two types of unvested shares: (1) shares
granted to employees, which are subject only to service conditions and vest over the requisite service period, and(2) shares granted to senior executives, for which vesting is subject to performance conditions.
For plan 2020, the performance conditions consisted of two external targets (sales evolution and operating income
compared to a basket of competitors) weighting for two thirds of the total number of awards granted, and of one
internal target (return on net assets compared to the previous period), weighting for one third of the total numberof awards granted. For plans 2021, 2022 and 2023, the performance conditions consist of two external targets(sales evolution and operating income compared to a basket of competitors) weighting for two thirds of the total
number of awards granted, and of one internal target (Company’s sustainability and diversity performance),
weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Sustainability and diversity performance include
environment/climate, diversity and inclusions indicators, ESG investor index and carbon rating.
Stock awards are subject to three-year cliff-vesting for the Company's CEO, while they vest over a grading threeyear service period for other employees (32% as of the first anniversary of the grant, 32% as of the second
anniversary of the grant and 36% as of the third anniversary of the grant). Applicable only to the 2023 plan, stock
awards allocated to members of the Executive Committee are also subject to three-year cliff vesting. In addition,
for the year 2020, a Special Bonus was granted to the Company’s CEO.
The table below summarizes grants outstanding during the year 2023, as authorized by the Compensation
Committee:

185Date of Grant
June 17, 2020
July 23, 2020
December 24, 2020
July 28, 2021
December 21, 2021
July 27, 2022
December 22, 2022
July 26, 2023
December 11, 2023

Allocations under2020 CEO Special Bonus
2020 Employee Plan
2020 Employee Plan
2021 Employee Plan
2021 Employee Plan
2022 Employee Plan
2022 Employee Plan
2023 Employee Plan
2023 Employee Plan

Number Number ofof shares
sharesgrantedwaived16,000—7,437,580—
562,350—
6,327,205—
213,270—
6,243,670—
287,675—
5,154,115—
295,020—

Number ofshares loston performance
conditions———(920,263)(60,483)————

A summary of the unvested share activity for the year December 31, 2023 is presented below:

Allocation under2020 CEO Special Bonus
2020 Employee Plan
2021 Employee Plan
2022 Employee Plan
2023 Employee Plan
Total

Unvested
as ofDecember 31,
2022
5,334
2,780,796
3,699,514
6,496,525—
12,982,169

Granted
————5,449,135
5,449,135

Forfeited /waived—(11,851)(32,571)(80,065)(28,730)(153,217)

Vested(5,334)(2,768,945)(1,716,700)(2,065,721)—(6,556,700)

Unvested
as ofDecember 31,
2023——
1,950,243
4,350,739
5,420,405
11,721,387

The grant date fair value of unvested shares granted to the CEO under the 2020 CEO Special Bonus Plan was$26.64, which was based on the market price of the shares at the date of the grant.
The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2020 Employee
Plan was $30.17. On March 24, 2021, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect tothe shares subject to performance conditions, all three performance conditions were fully met. Consequently, thecompensation expense recorded on the 2020 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of sharessubject to performance conditions – 100% of the awards granted has fully vested, as far as the service condition
was met.
The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2021 Employee
Plan was $39.20. On March 23, 2022, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect tothe shares subject to performance conditions, two performance conditions were fully met. Consequently, thecompensation expense recorded on the 2021 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of sharessubject to performance conditions – two thirds of the awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service condition
is met.
The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2022 Employee
Plan was $35.92. On March 22, 2023, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect tothe shares subject to performance conditions, all three performance conditions were fully met. Consequently, thecompensation expense recorded on the 2022 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of sharessubject to performance conditions – 100% of the awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service condition is
met.

186

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2023 Employee
Plan was $50.96. On March 20, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect tothe shares subject to performance conditions, three out of three performance conditions were met. Consequently,
the compensation expense recorded on the 2023 Employee Plan reflects the statement that — for the portion of
the shares subject to performance conditions — three thirds of the awards granted will fully vest, as far as theservice condition is met.
The following table illustrates the classification of pre-payroll tax and social contribution stock-based compensation
expense included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Cost of sales
Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Total pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

40
71
125
236

34
69
112
215

The grant date fair value of the shares vested in 2023 totaled $226 million compared to $189 million in 2022.
Stock-based compensation, excluding payroll tax and social contribution, capitalized as part of inventory was $13
million as of December 31, 2023, compared to $11 million as of December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023,
there was $265 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of unvested shares, which is
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 10 months.
The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated income statement related to unvested sharebased compensation expense amounted to $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $15
million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

187

7.6.20.6.

Other reserves

Other reserves include the following components as of December 31, 2023:

In millions of U.S. dollars
As of December 31, 2021
Employee share award
schemeNet movement recognizedin the statement ofcomprehensive income

Fair value
reserve ofForeign
Share-based
financial
Cash Flowcurrency
Employeecompensation assets at Hedge (CFH) translation benefit plan Total otherreserve
FVOCI
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserves
1,380
(4)
(22)
578
(194)
1,738

Transfer of cash flow hedge
reserve to inventories
As of December 31, 2022
Employee share award
schemeNet movement recognizedin the statement ofcomprehensive income
Transfer of cash flow hedge
reserve to inventories
As of December 31, 2023

209

—

—

—

209

—

(14)

35

(146)

78

(47)

—
1,589

—
(18)

1
14

—
432

—
(116)

1
1,901

243

—

—

—

—

243

—

5

21

132

(19)

139

—
1,832

—
(13)

(2)
33

—
564

—
(135)

(2)
2,281

Share-based compensation reserve: The share-based compensation reserve is used to recognize the value ofequity-settled share-based payment to employees, including key management personnel, as part of theirremuneration. Refer to Notes 7.6.20.4 and 7.6.20.5 for further details on these share-based compensation
programs.
Fair value reserve of financial assets at FVOCI: This reserve records fair value changes on debt and equity
securities measured at FVOCI.
Cash Flow hedge reserve: The cash flow hedge reserve contains the effective portion of the cash flow hedge
relationship outstanding as of year-end.
Foreign currency translation reserve: The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange
differences arising from the translation of the financial statements for subsidiaries which functional currency isdifferent from the U.S. dollar.
Employee benefit plan reserve: The employee benefit plan reserve is used to recognize the actuarial gains andlosses and past service cost of post-employment pension plans.
7.6.20.7.

Dividends

The Company is governed under the laws of the Netherlands. The Articles of Association provide that the net result
for the year, after deduction of (i) any amount to set up and maintain reserves required by Dutch Law and the
Articles of Association, (ii) if any of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, the dividend to be paid tothe holders of preference shares and (iii) the aforementioned allocation to the reserve fund, is subject to thedisposition by the General Meeting of Shareholders ("AGM").
The AGM held on May 25, 2023, authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of
the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and188fourth quarters of 2023 and first quarter of 2024. An amount of $55 million corresponding to the first installment,$54 million corresponding to the second installment and $54 million corresponding to the third installment were
paid as of December 31, 2023. The amount of $54 million corresponding to the last installment was presented in
the line “Other payables and accrued liabilities” of the consolidated statement of financial position as ofDecember 31, 2023.
The 2022 AGM held on May 25, 2022 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding shareof the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, thirdand fourth quarters of 2022 and first quarter of 2023. The amounts of $55 million corresponding to the first
installment, $54 million corresponding to the second installment and $48 million corresponding to the third
installment were paid in 2022. An amount of $6 million corresponding to the remaining portion of the third
installment and $54 million corresponding to the fourth installment were paid in 2023.
The 2021 AGM held on May 27, 2021 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding shareof the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, thirdand fourth quarters of 2021 and first quarter of 2022. An amount of $54 million corresponding to the first
installment, $55 million corresponding to the second installment and $54 million corresponding to the third
installment were paid in 2021. An amount of $55 million corresponding to the fourth installment was paid in 2022.
7.6.20.8.

Legal reserves

Refer to Note 8.3.12 for the composition of the Company’s legal reserves.
7.6.21.

Other non-current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023
196
152
25
61
434

In millions of U.S. dollars
Liabilities related to public funding
Advances received on capital grants
Advances from customers
Others
Total

December 31,
2022
51
—
73
73
197

Advances received on capital grants relate to the joint venture the Group and Sanan Optoelectronics created in
2023 for high-volume 200mm SiC device manufacturing activities in China and that the Group fully consolidates.
The newly incorporated entity is a party to a regional public funding program, primarily consisting in capital grants
received on eligible capital expenditures (infrastructures and equipment). As of December 31, 2023, the Group
received $152 million of advances on these capital grants while the capital expenditures had not been incurred yet.
Consequently, these advances were reported as non-current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial
position as of December 31, 2023.
Advances from customers are primarily related to multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment
agreements signed in 2023 with certain customers, as described in Note 7.6.23.

189

7.6.22. Employee benefits
Employee benefits liabilities are detailed as follows:
December 31,
2023
357
102
45
699
231
1,434
968
466

In millions of U.S. dollars
Retirement benefit obligation liability
Other long-term employee benefits
Other employee benefits liabilities
Salaries and wages
Social charges on salaries and wages
Total employee benefits liabilities
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

December 31,
2022
319
90
38
609
205
1,261
844
417

Pensions
The Group has a number of defined benefit pension plans covering employees in various countries. The defined
benefit plans provide pension benefits based on years of service and employee compensation levels. The Group
uses December 31 as measurement date for all its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local
statutory requirements. In 2023 and 2022, the major defined benefit pension plans and long-term employee
benefit plans were in the USA (retirement plan closed to new entrants and future accrual), France (retirement
indemnities), Switzerland (retirement pension system), U.K. (retirement benefit scheme closed to new entrants
and future accrual) and Italy (termination indemnity plan (“TFR”) generated before July 1, 2007).
The amounts recognized in the statement of financial position are determined as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Benefit obligations wholly or partially funded
Fair value of plan assets
Benefit obligations wholly unfunded
Asset ceiling
Total pension liabilities

December 31,
2023
(717)
654
(274)
(20)
(357)

December 31,
2022
(625)
567
(243)
(18)
(319)

2023

2022

The movements in the pension liability are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Exchange difference
Pension expense
Contributions paid
Remeasurement (gain) / loss recognized in OCI
End of the year

319
13
39
(40)
26
357

Changes in defined benefit obligations are as follows:

190

448
(25)
39
(38)
(105)
319

In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Service cost
Interest cost
Employee contributions
Plan amendment
Actuarial (gain) loss – Experience
Actuarial (gain) loss – Demographic assumptions
Actuarial (gain) loss – Financial assumptions
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange translation
End of the year

2023

2022
868
28
36
5
(1)
5
(1)
35
(19)
35
991

1,161
33
21
4
—
30
(13)
(285)
(36)
(47)
868

Defined benefit obligations by main geographical locations are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
France
Italy
Switzerland
United Kingdom
United States
Other countries
End of the year

2023

2022
186
85
205
123
316
76
991

162
84
147
119
288
68
868

Changes in plan assets are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Interest income
Employer contribution
Employee contribution
Benefits paid
Actuarial gain (loss)
Effect of foreign exchange translation
End of the year

2023

2022
567
25
26
5
(4)
13
22
654

743
16
25
4
(23)
(173)
(25)
567

The actual return on plan assets in 2023 was a gain of $38 million (2022: loss of $157 million). In 2023, thetheoretical interest income on plan assets was a gain of $25 million (2022: gain of $16 million) resulting in an
actuarial gain on plan assets of $13 million (2022: loss of $173 million).
Plan assets by main geographical locations are as follows:191

In millions of U.S. dollars
FranceSwitzerland
United Kingdom
United States
Other countries
End of the year

2023

2022
3
181
139
278
53
654

3
133
128
259
44
567

The effects of the asset ceiling are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Effect of asset ceiling recognized during the year
Effect of foreign exchange translation
End of the year

2023

2022
(18)
(1)
(1)
(20)

(30)
9
3
(18)

The amounts recognized in the income statement related to pensions are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Current service cost
Scheme expenses
Plan amendments cost / (credit)
Net interest cost
Interest cost
Interest income
Total pension costs

2023

2022
28
1
(1)
11
36
(25)
39

33
1
—
5
21
(16)
39

The Group’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair value measurements of those plan assets as ofDecember 31, 2023 is as follows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity securities
Government debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Investment funds
Real estate
Other (mainly insurance assets)
Total

Total
7
87
69
123
100
9
259
654

QuotedPrices in
ActiveMarkets for
Identical
Assets(Level 1)
7
1
—
—
14
—
—
22

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs(Level 2)
—
86
69
101
86
9
48
399

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs(Level 3)
—
—
—
22
—
—
211
233

The Group’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair value measurements of those plan assets as ofDecember 31, 2022 is as follows:192

In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity securities
Government debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Investment funds
Real estate
Other (mainly insurance assets)
Total

Total
4
95
59
120
87
6
194
565

QuotedPrices in
ActiveMarkets for
Identical
Assets(Level 1)
4
1
—
—
1
—
—
6

Significant
Other
Significant
Observable Unobservable
Inputs
Inputs(Level 2)(Level 3)
—
—
94
—
59
—
98
22
86
—
6
—
38
156
381
178

The majority of plans (in the United Kingdom, United States and Switzerland) are governed by an independent
board of trustees, which includes employer representatives.
The majority of insurance contract plan assets relate to pension plans for the Group's employees in Switzerland.
Those plans are provided by collective pension foundations and contributions are invested in fully insured assetsthat provide a guaranteed contractual return. As such, the fair value of such assets equals to the employees'
accrued savings and calculated using total employer and employee contributions plus any accumulated interest
credited, which is substantially equivalent to the related cash surrender value. The approach is consistent withprior years.
The Group’s investment strategy for its pension plans is to optimize the long-term investment return on plan assets
in relation to the liability structure to maintain an acceptable level of risk while minimizing the cost of providing
pension benefits and maintaining adequate funding levels in accordance with applicable rules in each jurisdiction.
The Group’s practice is to periodically conduct a review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy, in such a
way that the asset allocation is in line with the targeted asset allocation within reasonable boundaries. The Group’s
asset portfolios are managed in such a way as to achieve adapted diversity. The Group does not manage any assetsinternally.
After considering the funded status of the Group’s defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate,
investment performance and related tax consequences, the Group may choose to make contributions to its
pension plans in any given year in excess of required amounts. In 2023, the Group’s contributions to plan assets
were $26 million (2022: $25 million) and it expects to contribute cash of $27 million in 2024.
The expected benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, but exclude plan expensesof the defined benefit obligations at December 31, 2023, are as follows:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

59
63
86
54
60
375

Other long-term employee benefits
Other long-term employee benefits include seniority and loyalty award programs. The movements in the otherlong-term employee benefits liability are as follows:193

In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss – Experience
Actuarial (gain) loss – Demographic assumptions
Actuarial (gain) loss – Financial assumptions
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange translation
End of the year

2023

2022
90
18
3
1
(6)
2
(9)
3
102

99
17
1
2
3
(20)
(6)
(6)
90

The amounts recognized in the income statement related to other long-term benefits are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Current service cost
Net interest cost
Interest cost
Immediate recognition of (gains) losses
Total other long-term benefits costs

2023

2022
18
—
3
(3)
18

17
(14)
1
(15)
3

Assumptions
The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of pension and other long-term obligations are as
follows:
2023

2022
3.73%
1.74%
2.03%

Discount rate
Inflation rate
Future salary increase

4.19%
1.92%
2.36%

The discount rate was determined by reference to high quality corporate bond rates applicable to the respective
country of each plan and estimated terms of the defined benefit obligation. As required by IAS 19, and for pension
plans with plan assets, the interest income on plan assets is set equal to the corresponding discount rate.
The average duration of Defined Benefit Obligations is 9 years in 2023 (2022: 12 years).
As of December 31, 2023, an increase of the discount rate of 0.50% would have resulted in a reduction of theDefined Benefit Obligations of $55 million and a decrease of the discount rate of 0.50% would have resulted in an
increase of the Defined Benefit Obligations by $60 million. An increase of the inflation rate of 0.50% would haveresulted in an increase of the Defined Benefit Obligations of $8 million and a decrease of the inflation rate of 0.50%
would have resulted in a decrease of the Defined Benefit Obligations of $7 million. An increase of the life
expectancy of one year would have resulted in an increase of the Defined Benefit Obligations of $6 million and adecrease of the life expectancy of one year would have resulted in a decrease of the Defined Benefit Obligations of$6 million. These sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions
constant. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, thesame method has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognized within the consolidated
statement of financial position.
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on advice from published statistics andexperience in each territory.

194

Defined contribution plans
The Group has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during
their employment period based on their individual salaries. In 2023, the annual cost of these plans amounted toapproximately $114 million (2022: $100 million).
7.6.23. Trade accounts payable, other payables and accrued liabilities
December 31,
2023
1,856
54
81
186
96
30
105
552

In millions of U.S. dollars
Trade accounts payable
Dividends due to shareholders
Taxes other than income taxes
Advances from customers
Liabilities related to public funding
Royalties
Other accrued liabilities
Total other payables and accrued liabilities

December 31,
2022
2,122
60
68
225
37
32
89
511

Current liabilities related to public funding included $44 million grants subject to a financial return, which
depended on future cumulative sales of a certain product group over a five-year period.
Advances from customers are primarily related to multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment
agreements signed in 2023 and 2022 with certain customers. Some of these arrangements include take-or-pay
clauses, according to which the Group is entitled to receive the full amount of the contractual committed fees incase of non-compliant orders from those customers. Certain agreements include penalties in case the Group is notable to fulfill its contractual obligations. No significant provision for those penalties was reported on the
consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
7.6.24. Significant categories of income
In millions of U.S. dollars
Sales of goods
License revenue and patent royalty income
Research tax credits recognized as a reduction of Research &Development expenses
Public funding recognized in Other income
Finance income
Total

195

December 31,
2023
17,23947

December 31,
2022
16,083
45

101
201
242
17,83080
177
354
16,739

7.6.25. Revenues
7.6.25.1.

Nature of goods and services

The Group designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete andstandard commodity components, ASICs, full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and ASSPs for analog,
digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Group participates in the manufacturing value chain ofsmartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and smartcards.
The principal activities — separated by reportable segments — from which the Group generates its revenues aredescribed in Note 7.6.26.
Other revenues consist of license revenue, service revenue related to transferring licenses, patent royalty income,sale of scrap materials and manufacturing by-products.
While the majority of the Group’s sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, the Group may, fromtime to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple performance obligations or terms and conditions. Thoseagreements concern principally the revenues from services, where the performance obligation is satisfied overtime. The objective when allocating the transaction price is to allocate the transaction price to each performanceobligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which the Group
expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer.
7.6.25.2.

Revenue recognition and disaggregation

The Group recognizes revenue from products sold to a customer, including distributors, when it satisfies a
performance obligation at a point in time by transferring control over a product to the customer. This usuallyoccurs at the time of shipment. The performance obligations linked to the sale of goods contracts have the original
expected length of less than one year. The transaction price is determined based on the contract terms, adjusted
for price protection if applicable. The revenues from services are usually linked to performance obligationstransferred over time and are recognized in line with the contract terms.
In 2023 and 2022, the Group signed several multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment
arrangements with certain customers. These agreements constitute a binding commitment for the customers topurchase and for the Company to supply allocated commitment volumes in exchange for additional consideration.
The consideration related to commitment fees is reported as revenues from sale of products as it is usually based ondelivered quantities. Advances from customers received as part of those agreements are described in Note 7.6.21
and 7.6.23.
The payment terms typically range between 30 to 90 days.

196

The Group’s consolidated total revenues disaggregated by operating segment are presented in Note 7.6.26. The
following table presents the Group’s consolidated total revenues disaggregated by geographical region of
shipment, nature and market channel.
In millions of U.S. dollars
Total revenues by geographical region of shipment (1)EMEA
Americas
Asia PacificTotal revenues
Total revenues by nature
Revenues from sale of products
Revenues from sale of services
Other revenues
Total revenues
Total revenues by market channel (2)Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”)
Distribution
Total revenues
(1)

(2)

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

4,836
2,724
9,726
17,286

3,619
2,310
10,19916,12817,094145
47
17,286

15,953130
45
16,128

11,468
5,818
17,286

10,764
5,364
16,128

Total revenues by geographical region of shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced or reclassified by shipment destinationin line with customer demand. For example, products ordered by U.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates areclassified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the Group, among the different periods, may be affected by shifts in shipments from one
location to another, as requested by customers.
Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) are the end-customers to which the Group provides direct marketing application engineering
support, while Distribution refers to the distributors and representatives that the Group engages to distribute its products around theworld.

The Group does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original
expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Group recognizes revenue at the amount towhich the Group has the right to invoice for services performed.
In 2023, the Group’s largest customer, Apple Inc., represented 12.3% (2022: 16.8%) of consolidated net revenues,
reported in ADG, AMS and MDG segments.

197

7.6.26. Segment information
The Group designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete andstandard commodity components, ASICs, full custom devices and semi-custom devices and ASSPs for analog, digitaland mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Group participates in the manufacturing value chain of smartcard
products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and smartcards.
As of December 31, 2023 the Group’s operating segments were as follows:•

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG), comprised of dedicated automotive integrated circuits (“ICs”), anddiscrete and power transistor products.

•

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS), comprised of analog, smart power, MEMS sensors and actuators,
and optical sensing solutions.

•

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG), comprised of general-purpose microcontrollers andmicroprocessors, connected security products (e.g. embedded secured elements and NFC readers), memories(e.g. serial and page EEPROM) and RF and Communications products.

Total revenues of "Others" include revenues from sales assembly services and other revenues. For thecomputation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, the Group uses certain internal rules of allocation
for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, SG&A expenses and a part of R&D
expenses. In compliance with the Group’s internal policies, certain costs are not allocated to the segments, butreported in “Others”. Those comprise unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to
COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, management reorganization expenses, start-up and phase-out costs, and other unallocated income(expenses) such as: strategic or special R&D programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, patent claims
and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as operating earnings of otherproducts. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense is part of the manufacturing costs allocated to thesegments and is neither identified as part of the inventory variation nor as part of the unused capacity charges;
therefore, it cannot be isolated in cost of sales.
Wafer costs are allocated to the segments based on actual cost. From time to time, with respect to specifictechnologies, wafer costs are allocated to segments based on market price.
The segment information presented below under IFRS reflects the way the Chief Operating Decision Maker("CODM") monitors the performance of each segment and how resources are allocated to segments, which isbased on the Group's primary financial reporting framework (U.S. GAAP).
The following tables present the Group’s consolidated total revenues and consolidated operating income byreportable segment.
Total revenues by operating segment:
December 31,
2023
7,848
3,991
5,431
17,27016
17,286

In millions of U.S. dollars
ADG
AMS
MDG
Total revenues of operating segments
OthersTotal revenues

198

December 31,
2022
5,969
4,911
5,228
16,10820
16,128

Operating profit by operating segment:
In millions of U.S. dollars
ADG
AMS
MDG
Sub-total operating profit of operating segments
Impairment charges
Unused capacity charges
Unallocated manufacturing results
Start-up and phase-out cost
Strategic and other research and development programs and othernon-allocated provisions (2)IFRS/U.S. GAAP Adjustments (1):Net impact of capitalized development costs
Derivative instruments not designated as hedge instruments under
IFRS
IFRIC 21 adjustment on levies
Employee benefits adjustments
Asset acquisition tax incentives
IFRS 16 adjustment on lease expenses
Operating profit(1)(2)

December 31,
2023
2,491
685
1,833
5,009
(58)
(120)
(72)
(134)

December 31,
2022
1,464
1,234
1,828
4,526
(11)
(22)
(46)
(13)

(34)

(7)

38

92

8
1
3
(36)
5
4,610

25
1
24
(40)
5
4,534

The operating profit allocated by operating segments as reported in the above table is based on the Group’s primary financial reporting
framework (U.S. GAAP) and reflects the way the CODM monitors the operating performance of each segment.
Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain corporate-level operating expenses and other income (costs) that are notallocated to the product segments.

The following is a summary of operations by entities located within the indicated geographic areas for 2023 and2022. Total revenues represent sales to third parties from the country in which each subsidiary is domiciled. The
Company is incorporated under Dutch law with head offices located in the Netherlands while the Company’s
operational office and headquarters are located in Switzerland. A significant portion of property, plant andequipment expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end facilities, located in the different countries inwhich the Group operates. As such, the Group mainly allocates capital spending resources according to geographic
areas rather than along product segment areas.
Total revenues by geographical area:
December 31,
2023
5,755
158
54
2,279
8,138
890
12
17,286

In millions of U.S. dollars
Switzerland
FranceItaly
USA
SingaporeJapan
Other countries
Total

199

December 31,
2022
4,569
153
47
1,981
8,604
758
16
16,128

Non-current assets other than other non-current financial assets and deferred tax assets:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Netherlands
Switzerland
FranceItaly
USA
Singapore
Other countries
Total

December 31,
2023
4,011
1,596
2,274
2,434
68
1,473
1,248
13,104

December 31,
2022
2,769
1,616
2,246
1,909
61
896
1,132
10,629December 31,
2023
1,864
4,045
3,175
626
157
2,248
(72)
102
189
119
23
267

December 31,
2022
1,509
3,679
3,308
380
203
2,559
(650)
67
126
120
18
391

12,743

11,710December 31,
2023
3,044
594
236
171
4,045

December 31,
2022
2,800
522
215
142
3,679

1,722
1,126
1,197

1,621
990
1,068

7.6.27. Expenses by nature
Expenses recorded as cost of sales, R&D and SG&A are detailed as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Depreciation and amortization
Employee benefit expenses
Purchase of materials
Power and Gas
Freight
Purchase of subcontracting services
Changes in inventories
Transportation
Impairment charges
Royalties and patents
Advertising costs
Other expenses
Total cost of sales, selling, general and administrative, and researchand development expenses
Employee benefit expenses are detailed as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Wages and salaries
Payroll taxes and other social contribution charges
Share-based compensation expense
Pensions and other long-term benefits expense
Total employee benefit expenses
Of which included in:
Cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses

200

7.6.28. Other income
Other expenses
Other income consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
R&D funding
Foreign exchange forward contracts and other currency derivatives
Net foreign exchange gain
Gain on sale of non-current assets
Total other income

December 31,
2023
201
14
3
6
224

December 31,
2022
177
24
—
2
203

December 31,
2023
134
—
—
12
—
11
157

December 31,
2022
13
44
9
8
10
3
87

Other expenses consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Start-up and phase-out costs
Foreign exchange forward contracts and other currency derivatives
Net foreign exchange loss
Patent costs
Sanitation and other costs incurred to prevent the spread of COVID-19
Other expenses
Total other expenses

The Group receives public funding from governmental bodies in several jurisdictions. Public funding for research,development and other innovation programs is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once theagreement with the respective governmental body has been signed and all applicable conditions have been met.
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net of foreign exchange forward contracts and other currency derivatives,
represent the portion of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than asubsidiary’s functional currency and the changes in fair value of derivative instruments which are not designated ashedge, as described in Note 7.6.14.4.
Start-up costs represent costs incurred in the ramp-up phase of the Group’s newly integrated manufacturing
facilities, primarily for the new 300mm fab in Agrate, Italy. Phase-out costs are costs incurred during the closing
stage of a Group’s manufacturing facility.
Patent costs mainly include legal and attorney fees and payment for claims, patent pre-litigation consultancy andlegal fees. They are reported net of settlements, if any, which primarily include reimbursements of prior patent
litigation costs.
COVID-19 incremental costs were mainly composed of incremental expenses primarily related to sanitary
measures undertaken to protect employees. Starting January 1, 2023, the Group no longer reports COVID-19
related expenses as a component of the line “Other Expenses” in the consolidated income statement.

201

7.6.29. Finance income
Finance costs
Total finance income consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars

December 31,
2022

Change in fair value of the call option of Tranche A convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the call option of Tranche B convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020

1

2

14

5

Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche A convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020

—

145

—
47
15
165
242

131
8
1
62
354

December 31,
2023
24
1

December 31,
2022
24
1

119

—

130
11
47
4
1
337

—
5
8
4
—
42

Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche B convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Accretion on quoted debt securities
Nominal interest income on quoted debt securities
Other finance income
Total finance income
Total finance costs consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Interest on Senior Bonds
Amortization of issuance costs on Senior Bonds
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche A convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche B convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Interests on lease liabilities
Interests on long-term loans and borrowings
Bank charges and commissions
Other finance expense
Total finance costs
No borrowing costs were capitalized in 2023 and 2022.

As described in Note 7.6.14.3, the change in fair value of the non-equity derivative instruments corresponding to
the bondholders’ conversion option and the issuer’s call option embedded in the unsecured senior convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020, generated a loss of $249 million and an income of $15 million respectively, for theyear ended December 31, 2023 compared to an income of $276 million and $7 million respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 2022.
Other finance income is related to cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.
Leases are further described in Note 7.6.11.

202

7.6.30. Components of other comprehensive income
In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash flow hedges:
Gains / (losses) arising during the year
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) / losses included in theincome statement
Total

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

26

(83)

(2)
24

123
40

7.6.31. Income tax
The major components of income tax benefit (expense) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are:Consolidated income statement
December 31,
2023
—
(528)
(528)
—
9
9
(519)

In millions of U.S. dollars
The Netherlands taxes – current
Foreign taxes – current
Current taxes
The Netherlands taxes – deferred
Foreign deferred taxes
Deferred taxes
Income tax expense

December 31,
2022
—
(510)
(510)
—
(7)
(7)
(517)

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income (deferred tax related to items charged or credited directly
to equity during the year).
December 31,
2023
(3)
6
(1)
2

In millions of U.S. dollars
Cash Flow Hedge
Re-measurements of employee benefit obligations
Debt instruments at FVOCIIncome tax credited (charged) directly to equity

December 31,
2022
(5)
(23)
2
(26)

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the product of income before tax multiplied by The Netherlands’
statutory tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:203

In millions of U.S. dollars
Gain (loss) before income tax
Income tax benefit (expense) at The Netherlands’ statutory tax
rate of 25.8% (2022: 25.8%)
Permanent differences and other non-deductible, non-taxable items
Change in valuation allowances
Effect of changes in tax laws and similar
Current year tax credits
Other tax and credits
Benefits from tax holidays
Current year tax risk
Earnings (losses) of subsidiaries taxed at different rates
Income tax expense

December 31,
2023
4,515

December 31,
2022
4,846

(1,165)
(5)
(3)
152
29
34
45
(8)
402
(519)

(1,251)
118
140
6
30
(51)
60
(12)
443
(517)

The effect of the change in fair value measurement related to the convertible debt is reported in the line
“Permanent differences and other non-deductible, non-taxable items” in the above table.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Group did not recognize deferred tax assets on net operating losses
for an approximate amount of $9 million (2022: $4 million). In 2022, the variation on the valuation allowance wasrelated to the assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax assets following the improved stability of profits
of the Company in various jurisdictions.
The variation in the line "Effect of changes in tax laws and similar" in 2023 mainly relates to the recognition of a net
deferred tax asset of $52 million related to a tax credit granted for technological activities, as well as the impact of
the conclusion in 2023 of tax authority discussions resulting in the recognition of a net deferred tax asset of$81 million for intangibles recognized for tax purposes. These will be amortized over time and result in a future
cash tax benefit.
The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed at attracting foreign technological investment in certain
tax jurisdictions. These agreements are present in various countries and include programs that reduce up to 100%of taxes in years affected by the agreements. The Group’s tax holidays expire at various dates through the year
ending December 31, 2029.
For a particular tax-paying component of the Group and within a particular tax jurisdiction, all deferred tax assets
and liabilities are offset and presented as a single amount. The Group does not offset deferred tax assets andliabilities attributable to different tax-paying components or to different tax jurisdictions.

204

In millions of U.S. dollars
Deferred tax assets
Tax loss carryforwards, tax
credits and other tax attributes
Fixed asset depreciation
Receivables for government
funding
PensionOperating lease liabilities
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Acquired intangible assets
Advances of government
funding
Capitalized development cost
Operating lease right-of-use
assets
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax

December 31,
2022

Exchangedifferences

Income tax
chargeddirectly
to equity

Incomestatement
benefit(expense)

December 31,
2023

297
68

6
5

—
—

6
(12)

309
61

121
62
51
114
713

5
1
1
—
18

—
6
—
(3)
3

29
(1)
14
43
79

155
68
66
154
813

(37)
(23)

—
—

—
—

(3)
(1)

(40)
(24)

(177)
(68)

(6)
—

—
—

(2)
(55)

(185)
(123)

(50)
(26)
(381)
332

(1)
—
(7)
11

—
(1)
(1)
2

(14)
5
(70)
9

(65)
(22)
(459)
354

Following the Amendments to IAS 12, Income Taxes: Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from aSingle Transaction, the deferred tax asset and liability for all temporary differences arising from lease right-of-use
assets and the corresponding lease financial liabilities are disclosed in the above table.
The movement in the line "Tax losses carried forward, tax credits and other tax attributes" includes the recognitionof deferred tax assets for a tax credit related to technological activities for a net amount of $52 million and theimpact of the conclusion of discussions with the tax authorities for intangibles recognized for tax purposes for a net
amount of $81 million, and a decrease by $126 million related to the utilization of the tax losses in several
jurisdictions.
The balance represents management’s assessment of the likelihood of future realization of the net DTA recognizedin the period against future taxable profit.
The line other deferred tax assets is primarily composed of deferred tax assets related to Inventory, Stock Awards
and Commercial Accruals.

205

In millions of U.S. dollars
Deferred tax assets
Tax losses
Fixed asset depreciation
Receivables for government funding
Pension service cost
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Acquired intangible assets
Advances of government funding
Capitalized development cost
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax

Income tax Income
charged statement
December 31, Exchange
directly
benefit December 31,
2021
differences to equity (expense)
2022
324
60
64
26
98
572

(19)
(6)
(7)
(3)
—
(35)

—
—
—
(23)
(5)
(28)

(8)
14
64
62
22
154

297
68
121
62
115
663

(32)
(22)
(115)
(1)
(12)
(182)
390

—
1
11
—
—
12
(23)

—
—
—
—
—
—
(28)

(5)
(2)
(73)
(67)
(14)
(161)
(7)

(37)
(23)
(177)
(68)
(26)
(331)
332

The line other deferred tax assets is primarily composed of deferred tax assets related to Inventory, Stock Awards
and Commercial Accruals.
As of December 31, 2023, the Group has deferred tax assets on tax loss carry forwards, investment tax credits andother tax attributes that expire starting 2024 out of which a deferred tax assets of $330 million are recognized, theexpiry of the deferred tax assets as follows:
In millions of U.S.
dollars
1
—
—
1
—
328
330

Year
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total

The amount reported on the line “Thereafter” includes tax attributes that expire in 2029 for $81 million and tax
credit which will expire in 2030 for $52 million. The majority of the remaining amount has no expiration date.
As of December 31, 2022, the Group has deferred tax assets on tax loss carry forwards and investment credits that
expire starting 2023, as follows:206

In millions of U.S.
dollars
1
—
—
—
2
319
322

Year
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total
The majority of the amount reported on the line “thereafter” has no expiration date.

As of December 31, 2023, deferred tax assets not recognized in the statement of financial position amounted to$782 million (2022: $415 million) and are mainly composed of the followings:•$226 million (2022: $218 million) relating to an agreement granting the Group certain tax credits for capital
investments purchased through the year ended December 31, 2006. Any unused tax credits granted under theagreement will be impacted yearly by a legal inflationary index of 3.64% (2022: 2.56%). The credits may beutilized depending on the Group meeting certain program criteria. The credit may be utilized depending on the
Company meeting certain program criteria and have no expiration date. In addition to this agreement, from2007 onwards, the Group has continued and will continue to receive tax credits on the yearly capital
investments, which may be used to offset that year’s tax liabilities and increases by the legal inflationary rate.
However, pursuant to the inability to use these credits currently and in future years, the Group did notrecognize in 2023 and in 2022 these deferred tax assets in the statement of financial position.

•$210 million (2022: $197 million) of tax loss carry forwards generated in on-going operations or corresponding
to net operating losses acquired in business combinations, whose recovery was not considered probable. The
majority of these unrecognized tax loss carry forwards has no expiry date.

•$346 million (2022:$0 million) relating to the deferred tax assets not recognized on the tax credit granted to
the Group for certain technological activities for an amount of $151 million expiring in 2029 and the impact of
the conclusion of discussions with the tax authorities for intangibles recognized for tax purposes for $195
million expiring in 2030.

No deferred tax liability is recognized on temporary differences of $387 million relating to the unremitted earningsof subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timings of the reversal of these temporary differences and it isprobable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2023, a deferred tax liability of$22 million was recognized on the amount of earnings expected to be repatriated in the foreseeable future.
Pillar II income taxes
Pillar II legislation has been enacted in certain jurisdiction the Group operates (Netherlands, the majority of theEuropean Countries and Switzerland). The legislation will be effective for the Group's financial year beginning
January 1, 2024. The Group is in the scope and has performed a preliminary assessment of the potential exposureof the Pillar II incomes taxes.
The assessment of the potential exposure to Pillar II income taxes is based on the most recent tax filings, 2022
country-by-country reporting and financial statements for the constituent entities in the Group. Based on theassessment, the Pillar II effective tax rates in most of the jurisdictions are above 15%. However, there is a limited
number of jurisdictions where the transitional safe harbour relief does not apply and the Pillar II effective tax rateis slightly below 15%. Therefore, the Group expects a limited tax exposure to Pillar II income taxes in thosejurisdictions. Pillar II income taxes impact will depend on the level of 2024 operating results within thosejurisdictions as well as potential enactment of the Pillar II legislation or change in tax laws in those jurisdictions.

207

7.6.32. Earnings per share
For the year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, earnings per share (“EPS”) were calculated asfollows:
In millions of U.S. dollars except earnings per share data
Basic EPS
Net profit attributable to the equity holder of the parent as reported
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic EPS
Diluted EPS
Net profit attributable to the equity holder of the parent as reported
Weighted average shares outstanding
Dilutive effect of stock awards
Number of shares used for diluted EPS
Diluted EPS

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

3,985
903,513,952

4,323

905,606,885
4.41 4.77

3,985
4,323
903,513,952
905,606,885
5,970,543
6,663,573
909,484,495
912,270,458
4.38 4.74

There was no dilutive effect of the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 in the 2023 and2022 diluted Earnings per Share since the conversion features were out-of-the-money.
7.6.33. Related party transactions
The below table summarizes transactions incurred in 2023 and 2022 with companies for which certain members of
the Group’s management perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Orange,
Idemia France and Politecnico di Milano. Each of the aforementioned arrangements and transactions is negotiatedwithout the personal involvement of the Supervisory Board members and are made in line with market practices
and conditions. The amounts reported on the below table correspond to transactions up to the date members of theCompany's management hold these similar functions..
In millions of U.S. dollars
Sales of goods and services to entities controlled by key management
personnel

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022
5

13

Purchases of goods and services and other contributions made toentities controlled by key management personnel

27

25

Accounts receivable from entities controlled by key management
personnel—

5

Accounts payable from entities controlled by key management
personnel

62

The Group did not hold any significant equity-method investments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Consequently, the Group did not report any material transaction with this type of investees in the corresponding
years.
The Group made a cash contribution of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 to the ST Foundation, anon-profit organization established to deliver and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission. A cash
contribution of $1 million was made for the year ended December 31, 2022. Certain members of the Foundation’s
Board are senior members of the Group’s management.

208

In 2023 and 2022, the total remuneration paid to the sole member of the Managing Board and to the other executive officers was as follows:

Short-term benefits
For the year ended December 31,
2023, in U.S. dollars
Sole member of theManaging Board
Executive Committee (excluding
sole member of the Managing
Board)
Executive Vice Presidents
Senior Management total
remuneration

Benefits

PostSocial
security
contributions (1)employment
benefits
Pensions (2)Termination
benefits(1)(2)

Unvestedstock
awards

Total

Base SalaryBonus1,213,544

2,819,125

117,737

877,128435,717—

1,838,364

7,301,615

6,782,818

8,553,348

879,991

3,612,613

1,038,655

2,638,475

21,024,493

44,530,393

11,228,661

8.282397

661,911

6,066,240—

3,565,133

27,147,593

56,951,933

19,225,024

19,654,870

1,659,639

10,555,981

1,474,372

6,203,607

50,010,449

108,783,942

Short-term benefits
For the year ended December 31,
2022, in U.S. dollars
Sole member of theManaging Board
Executive Committee (excluding
sole member of the Managing
Board)
Executive Vice Presidents
Senior Management total
remuneration

Sharebased
payments

Sharebased
payments

Post-

Base Salary

Bonus

Benefits

Socialsecurity
contributions (1)1,250,954

2,506,576

108,023

857,447

452,230—

2,043,212

7,218,442

7,001,152

6,647,780

958,896

2,723,709

1,046,598

283,494

15,336,113

33,997,742

12,596,266

8,403,357

639,879

6,887,522—

2,001,414

23,620,775

54,149,213

20,848,372

17,557,713

1,706,798

10,468,678

1,498,828

2,284,907

41,000,100

95,365,396

Include compulsory contribution to pension plans
Complementary pension plan for Senior Management

209

employment
benefits
Pensions (2)Termination
benefits

Unvestedstock
awardsTotal

The Group’s 34 Senior Management members were granted in 2023 for free 1,271,240 unvested shares subject tothe achievement of performance objectives and service conditions being met. The weighted average grant datefair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2023 Employee Plan was $50.96.
The Group’s 33 Senior Management members were granted in 2022 for free 1,405,000 unvested shares subject tothe achievement of performance objectives and service conditions being met. The weighted average grant datefair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 2022 Employee Plan was $35.92.
The bonus paid to the executive officers corresponds to a Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”) that
entitles selected executives to a yearly bonus based upon the assessment of the achievement of individual,organizational and company objectives that are set on an annual basis and focused, inter alia, on return on net
assets, customer service, profit, cash flow and market share. The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based
upon a percentage of the executives’ salary and the overall achievement of the above objectives on an annual
basis.
The 2023 EIP includes a sustainability index for Senior Management, as part of the Group’s effort to include
corporate social responsibility into the performance framework of Senior Management. The sustainability index
has a weighting in the range of 5%-10%, and is divided into four criteria related to health and safety, environment,
diversity & inclusion, and people engagement.
The Senior Management members were covered in 2023 and 2022 under certain Group life and medical insurance
programs, pension, state-run retirement and other similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.
At the end of the year 2005, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Supervisory Board decided to
grant an additional pension benefit plan to the Group’s sole member of the Managing Board and a limited numberof senior executives that have made key contributions to the Group’s success. Pursuant to this plan, in 2023 theGroup made a contribution of $0.5 million to the plan of the sole member of the Managing Board, and$1.05 million to the plan for all other beneficiaries. The amount of pension plan payments made for otherbeneficiaries, such as former employees retired in 2023 and/or no longer salaried in 2023 were $1.1 million.
The Group did not extend any loans or overdrafts to the sole member of the Managing Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer, nor to any other member of Senior Management. Furthermore, the Group has not guaranteed
any debts or concluded any leases with the sole member of the Managing Board, nor with any other member ofSenior Management or their families.
The members of Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer, were covered in 2023 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided by theGroup. The aggregate additional amount set aside in 2023 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for
Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, as agroup is in addition to the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above and is estimatedto have been approximately $8.3 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state run retirement,
similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.

210

Individual remuneration paid to Supervisory Board Members in 2023 and 2022 was recorded as follows:
2023 (1)In EurosNicolas Dufourcq (2)Maurizio Tamagnini
Janet Davidson
Yann Delabrière
Ana de Pro Gonzalo
Heleen Kersten (3)Alessandro Rivera (3)Frédéric Sanchez
Donatella Sciuto (4)Paolo Visca (3)Hélène Vletter-van Dort (3)Lucia Morselli (4)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

—
177,500
117,500
100,500
162,500
13,00010,000109,000
105,000
91,000110,500—
996,500

2022 (1)—
170,000
114,000
99,500161,500
121,000
87,000102,000
97,000——9,000
961,000

These amounts include a fixed annual compensation for the directors’ mandate, together with attendance fees from January 1 until
December 31.
Mr. Dufourcq waived his rights to receive any compensation from the Group in relation to his mandate as a member of the Supervisory
Board or otherwise.
Ms. Heleen Kersten and Mr. Alessandro Rivera were members of the Supervisory Board until May 24, 2023, on which date their term
expired and on such date Mr. Paolo Visca and Mrs. Hélène Vletter-van Dort were appointed as new members of the Supervisory Board.
Ms. Lucia Morselli was a member of our Supervisory Board until May 25, 2022, and was replaced by Ms. Donatella Sciuto as of May 25,
2022.

No share awards were granted to Supervisory Board Members and Professionals in 2023 and 2022.
7.6.34. Commitments, contingencies, claims and legal proceedings
Commitments
The Group’s commitments relate to multi-annual agreements with suppliers when there is a fixed, non-cancelable
commitment or when minimum payments are due on a committed delivery schedule. These commitments areprimarily comprised of purchase commitments for outsourced foundry wafers ($1.1 billion) and firm contractual
commitments related to power purchase and minimum energy efficiency, as part of the Group's actions to becomecarbon neutral by 2027 on scope 1 and 2 and partially scope 3 ($0.8 billion).
Contingencies
The Group is subject to possible loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but are
not limited to: product liability claims and/or warranty cost on the products of the Group, contractual disputes,
indemnification claims, claims for unauthorized use of third-party intellectual property, employee grievances, tax
claims beyond assessed uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss
contingencies, the Group considers the likelihood of impairing an asset or the incurrence of a liability at the date of
the consolidated financial statements as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss. The
Group records a provision for a loss contingency when information available before the consolidated financial
statements are issued or are available to be issued indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or aliability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and when the amount of loss can bereasonably estimated. The Group regularly re-evaluates claims to determine whether provisions need to bereadjusted based on the most current information available to the Group. Changes in these evaluations could
result in an adverse material impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for theperiod in which they occur.

211

Claims and legal proceedings
The Group has received and may in the future receive communications alleging possible infringements of thirdparty patents or other third-party intellectual property rights. Furthermore, the Group from time to time enters
into discussions regarding a broad patent cross license arrangement with other industry participants. There is no
assurance that such discussions may be brought to a successful conclusion and result in the intended agreement.
The Group may become involved in costly litigation brought against the Group regarding patents, mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to
the Group, the Group may be required to take a license to third-party patents and/or other intellectual property
rights at economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use and/or face an
injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s resultsof operations, cash flows, financial position and/or ability to compete.
On December 4, 2023, a jury in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas in Waco, Texas(USA) returned a verdict in a patent infringement lawsuit in favor of the plaintiff, Purdue University. The Court has
not issued final judgment. If the Court issues a final judgment in the plaintiff’s favor, the Group will file post-trial
motions and, if they are denied, the Group will file an appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit in Washington DC. The risk on this case is considered as possible and, based on the jury verdict, the possible
loss is estimated at $32 million.
The Group has contractual commitments to various customers which could require the Group to incur costs torepair or replace defective products it supplies to such customer. The duration of these contractual commitments
varies and, in certain cases, is indefinite. The Group is otherwise also involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries,
inspections, investigations and/or proceedings incidental to its business and operations. Such matters, even if not
meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial or managerial resources. Any of the foregoing
could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position.
Other Contingencies
The Group regularly evaluates claims and legal proceedings together with their related probable losses todetermine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to the Group. There canbe no assurance that its recorded reserves will be sufficient to cover the extent of its potential liabilities. Legal
costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation which is adversely determined withrespect to the Group’s interests, or in the event the Group needs to change its evaluation of a potential third-party
claim, based on new evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could impact its operations or financial
condition at the time it were to materialize.
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, provisions for estimated probable losses with respect to claims
and legal proceedings were not considered material.
7.6.35. Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group is exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to its
operations in different foreign currencies and its on-going investing and financing activities. The Group’s activities
expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash
flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program
focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s
financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
Financial risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Corporate Treasury). Additionally, atreasury committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer, steers treasury activities and ensures compliance withcorporate policies. Treasury activities are thus regulated by the Group’s policies, which define procedures,
objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk,
credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities arecentralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from Corporate Treasury. Corporate Treasury
identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Group’s operating units. It provides
written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreignexchange risk, interest rate risk, price risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments, and investments of212

excess liquidity. The majority of cash and cash equivalents is held in U.S. dollars and Euros and is placed withfinancial institutions rated at least a single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning atleast A3 from Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and A- from Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch (“Fitch”)
Ratings, or better. These ratings are closely and continuously monitored in order to manage exposure to thecounterparty’s risk. Hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from operating,investing and financing activities conducted in the normal course of business.
Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Group conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Groupis exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreignexchange risk mainly arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities at theCompany’s subsidiaries.
Management has set up a policy to require subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk exposure with
the Group through financial instruments transacted or overseen by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreignexchange risk arising from foreign-currency-denominated assets and liabilities, subsidiaries use forward contracts
and purchased currency options. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities aredenominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. These instruments do not qualify as hedging
instruments for accounting purposes. Forward contracts and currency options, including collars, are also used by
the Group to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany
transactions that cover a large part of its R&D, selling general and administrative expenses as well as a portion of
its front-end manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The Group also hedges using currency
forward contracts certain Singapore dollar-denominated manufacturing forecasted transactions. The derivative
instruments used to hedge the forecasted transactions relating to front-end manufacturing production costs meetthe criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged forecasted transactions have a high probability ofoccurring for hedge accounting purposes.
It is the Group’s policy to keep the foreign exchange exposures in all the currencies hedged month by monthagainst the monthly standard rate. At each month end, the forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged
together with the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason, the hedging transactions will have an exchange
rate very close to the standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on the following month. As
such, the foreign exchange exposure of the Group, which consists in the balance sheet positions and othercontractually agreed transactions, is always close to zero and any movement in the foreign exchange rates will nottherefore influence the exchange effect on items of the consolidated income statement. Any discrepancy from theforecasted values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt actions are taken, if needed.
The hedging activity of the Group and the impact on the financial statements is described in detail in Note 7.6.14.4.
The following sensitivity analysis was based on recognized assets and liabilities, including non-monetary items, of
the Company and its subsidiaries. Equity would have been approximately $88 million higher/lower (2022:$81 million higher/lower) if the Euro strengthened/weakened by 300 basis points against the U.S. dollar, arising
mainly from translation of net assets from subsidiaries whose functional currency is the Euro.
As of December 31, 2023 if the Euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate had strengthened by 300 basis points with all othervariables held constant, net result for the year would have been $59 million higher (2022: $73 million higher),mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains on outstanding derivative instruments. If the Euro/U.S. dollar exchange
rate had weakened by 300 basis points with all other variables held constant, impact in net income would havebeen $56 million lower (2022: $72 million lower), mainly due to foreign exchange losses on outstanding derivative
instruments.
Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose theGroup to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate
risk.

213

The Group analyzes its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into
consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. The Group invests
primarily on a short-term basis and as such its liquidity is invested in floating interest rate instruments. As aconsequence, the Group is exposed to interest rate risk due to potential mismatch between the return on its shortterm floating interest rate investments and the portion of its long-term debt issued at fixed rate.
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, if interest rates had been 20 basis points higher/lower with all other variables
held constant, net income for the year would have been $2 million higher/lower respectively, mainly as a result ofa high level of liquid assets in relation to debt, with no material impact on equity.
During 2023 and 2022, the Group’s borrowings at variable rate were denominated in Euros and in U.S. dollars.
Price risk
As part of its on-going investing activities, the Group may be exposed to quoted security price risk for investments
measured at fair value, as described in Note 7.6.14.1. The Group did not hold as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
any significant investments in quoted equity securities.
The measurement for accounting purposes of the embedded derivative instruments of the senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 is dependent on various factors including the performance of
STMicroelectronics ordinary shares. With respect to the valuation of the embedded issuer’s call options as ofDecember 31, 2023, if the price of the Company’s ordinary shares, as measured on the New York Stock Exchange,
with other valuation inputs remaining equal, increases by 10%, the value of the embedded call options would
increase by $13 million (2022: increase of $6 million), whereas for a decrease of 10% in the share price, the valueof the embedded call options would decrease by $10 million (2022: decrease of $6 million). With respect to thevaluation of the embedded bondholders’ conversion options as of December 31, 2023, if the price of theCompany’s ordinary shares, as measured on the New York stock exchange, with other valuation inputs remaining
equal, increases by 10%, the value of the embedded conversion options would increase by $131 million (2022:
increase of $71 million), whereas for a decrease of 10% in the share price, the value of the embedded conversion
options would decrease by $121 million (2022: decrease of $65 million). Details of the sensitivity of the othervaluation factors, more specifically implied volatility, are presented in Note 7.6.14.5.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer
contract leading to a financial loss. Credit risk typically arises from cash and cash equivalents, contractual cash
flows of debt investments carried at amortized cost, measured at FVOCI and at FVPL, the counterparty ofderivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposure tocustomers, including outstanding receivables.
The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from its
financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions andother financial instruments.
Credit risk is managed at the Group level. The Group selects banks and/or financial institutions that operate with
the Group based on the criteria of long-term rating from at least two major Rating Agencies and keeping amaximum outstanding amount per instrument with each bank not to exceed 20% of the total. For derivative
financial instruments, management has established limits so that, at any time, the fair value of contracts
outstanding is not concentrated with any individual counterparty.
The Group monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course ofbusiness. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no
independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of the customer, considering its financial position, pastexperience, and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external ratings in accordancewith limits set by management. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to customers areprimarily settled in cash, which mitigates credit risk. There is no major concentration of credit risk, whether
through exposure to individual customers, specific industry sectors, or regions. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
no customer represented more than 10% of total trade accounts receivable. Any remaining concentrations of214credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion
across many geographic areas.
The Group’s investments in debt instruments primarily include U.S. Treasury Bonds and long-term receivables
towards government bodies. As such, they are investments with nonmaterial credit loss. Any remaining receivable
is of low credit risk and are individually not significant. The credit ratings of the investments are monitored for
credit deterioration.
The Group has three types of financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model:•

Trade receivables for sales of goods and services, as described in Note 7.6.17;•

Debt securities measured at FVOCI, as described in Note 7.6.14.1; and•Debt investments, primarily long-term receivables, carried at amortized cost, as described in Note 7.6.15 andNote 7.6.18.

The impairment methodology by category of financial assets is further described in each respective note. While
cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, the identified impairment
loss is deemed to be immaterial. The maximum exposure for all financial assets is their carrying amount.
Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining enough cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits
and marketable securities, the availability of funding from committed credit facilities and the ability to close out
market positions. The Group’s objective is to maintain a significant cash position and a low debt-to-equity ratio,
which ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity management policy is to finance the Group’s investments withnet cash from operating activities.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve based on expected cash flows.
A maturity analysis of interest-bearing loans and borrowings is shown in Note 7.6.14.3.
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern
in order to create value for shareholders and benefits and returns for other stakeholders, as to maintain an optimal
capital structure. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may review the amount ofdividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new shares.
7.6.36. Subsequent events
In the first quarter of 2024, the Group announced its product group reorganization to further accelerate theGroup's time-to-market and speed of product development innovation and efficiency. This new organization
implies a change in segment reporting which will be applied in 2024.

215

8.

Company’s financial statements
8.1. Company’s statement of financial position

In millions of U.S. dollars (before proposed appropriation of result)
AssetsNon-current assets
Lease right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Other non-current financial assets
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Group companies interest-bearing short-term loans
Other group companies receivables
Other current financial assets
Other receivables and assets
Short-term deposits
CashTotal current assets
Total assets
Equity and liabilities
EquityIssued and paid-in capital
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Treasury shares
Legal reserves
Result for the year
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other non-current financial liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – current portion
Other current financial liabilities
Group companies short-term notes payables
Other group companies payables
Other payables and accrued liabilities
Income tax payable
Total current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Notes

December 31,
2023

8.3.4
8.3.6
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7.1

10
52
16
11,10921
11,208

14
50
16
9,704
30
9,814

8.3.108.3.118.3.7.1

3,798
83
1,663
34
3,916
146
9,640
20,848

2,507
67
692
31
3,547
92
6,936
16,750

1,047
2,283
8,168
(377)
2,136
3,985
17,242

1,011
2,283
4,220
(268)
1,871
4,323
13,4408.3.148.3.7.2
8.3.15

—
7
4
11

690
161
4
855

8.3.148.3.7.2
8.3.11
8.3.11
8.3.13

1,432
515
57
1,527
62
2
3,595
20,848

717
114
36
1,505
68
15
2,455
16,750

8.3.8
8.3.9

8.3.12

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Company’s financial statements

216

December 31,2022

8.2. Company’s income statement

Year ended

In millions of U.S. dollars
Selling expenses
General and administrative expenses
Other income (expenses)
Income (loss) from operations
Finance income
Finance costs
Income (loss) before taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Income (loss) after tax
Net income from affiliated companies
Net income

Notes

December 31,
2023

8.3.178.3.198.3.188.3.18

8.3.6

(2)
(29)
4
(27)
410
(280)
103
3
106
3,879
3,985

December 31,
2022
(1)
(23)
43
19
402
(28)
393
(22)
371
3,952
4,323

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Company’s financial statements

8.3. Notes to Company’s financial statements
8.3.1. General
A description of the Company, its activities and group structure are included in the consolidated financial
statements, prepared on the basis of accounting policies that conform to IFRS as endorsed by the European Union.
The Company holds investments in subsidiaries operating in the semiconductor manufacturing industry.
8.3.2. Basis of Presentation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with article 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil
Code. In accordance with the provisions of article 362 sub 8 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil code, the accounting
policies used are the same as those used in the notes to the consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS
as adopted by the European Union, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements were authorized on March
20, 2024.
In accordance with article 362 paragraph 8 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, the Company has prepared its
financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in The Netherlands applying theaccounting principles as adopted in the consolidated financial statements and further described in detail in the
consolidated financial statements Note 7.6.7.
The functional and presentation currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar.
All balances and values are in millions of U.S. dollars, except as otherwise noted.
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year.
8.3.3. Summary of material accounting policies
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has control. The Company controls an entity when the
Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability toaffect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.
Valuation of Subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at net asset value as the Company effectively controls the operational andfinancial activities of these investments. The net asset value is determined on the basis of the IFRS accounting
principles applied by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

217

Amounts due from group companies are stated initially at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost.
Amortized cost is determined using the effective interest rate. The Company recognizes a credit loss for financial
assets (such as a loan) based on an expected credit loss (ECL) model based first on estimated credit losses expected
to occur in the coming twelve months and lifetime expected credit losses after a significant decrease in credit
quality or when the simplified model can be used. For intercompany receivables the ECL would be applicable aswell, however this could cause differences between equity in the consolidated and separate financial statements.
For this reason, the Company elected to eliminate these differences through the respective receivable account in
the separate financial statements.
For intercompany financial guarantees issued by the Company, there is no expected default and therefore thefinancial guarantees are not recognized. Guarantees given by the Company to its subsidiaries are further describedin Note 8.3.16.
8.3.4. Leases
A lease contract is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified asset (ascategory of property, plant, or equipment) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company
assesses at contract inception if an arrangement is a lease and whether a right-of-use asset should be recognized.
Current lease liabilities are included in “Other current financial liabilities”, while non-current lease liabilities areincluded in “Other non-current financial liabilities” in the Company’s statement of financial position.
Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s rights to use an underlying asset for the lease term and leaseliabilities represent the Company’s obligations to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets
and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease
payments over the lease term. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, and subsequently at cost lessaccumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The depreciation charge on right-of-use assets is recorded
on a straight-line basis over the lease period and reported as “General and administrative expenses” in the
Company’s income statement. The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost of the lease liability
and decreased by the lease payments. The interest cost is reported in the line “Finance costs” of the Company’s
income statement.
The right-of-use asset is a nonmonetary asset while the lease liability is a monetary liability. When accounting for alease that is denominated in a foreign currency, the lease liability is re-measured using the current exchange rate,
while the right-of-use asset is measured using the exchange rate as of the commencement date.
The Company leases buildings, cars and certain equipment (including IT equipment) which have remaining leaseterms between less than one year and 5 years. Certain lease contracts contain options to extend the leases by up
to 5 years, which the Company has included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain for the Company toexercise that option. In addition, the Company made an accounting policy election for all the asset classes to notaccount for short-term and low-value leases. A short-term lease is defined as a lease that, at the commencement
date, has a lease term of 12 months or less and does not include an option to purchase the underlying asset. The
short-term lease election can only be made at the commencement date. Expenses related to short-term and lowvalue leases were not significant in 2023 and 2022.
Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate are included in the lease payments and are measured
using the prevailing index or rate at the measurement date. Potential future increases in variable lease payments
based on an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease
payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-ofuse asset.

218

Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
2024

December 31, 2023
4
5
2
—

2025
2026
2027
2028

—
11

Total future undiscounted cash outflows
Effect of discounting—

Total lease liabilities

11

In millions of U.S. dollars
2023

December 31, 2022
4
4
4
2

2024
2025
2026
2027

—

Total future undiscounted cash outflows

14

Effect of discounting—

Total lease liabilities

14

A reconciliation of opening and closing right-of-use assets is provided below:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Right-of-use assets

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Buildings

27

27

Total

27

27

Depreciation right-of-use assets
Buidings

(17)

(13)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

(17)

(13)

Carrying amount10

14

In millions of U.S. dollars
Movement:

Buildings

Balance as of January 1, 2023

14

Additions—

Depreciation expense(4)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

10

219

8.3.5. Intangible assets
Internally developed
software

In millions of U.S. dollars
Acquisition and production cost:
Balance as of January 1, 2023
Additions
Impairment / Write off
Balance as of December 31, 2023
Accumulated amortization:
Balance as of January 1, 2023
Amortization expense
Impairment / Write off
Balance as of December 31, 2023
Net book value
As of December 31, 2023
As of December 31, 2022

218
6
(112)
112
(202)
(6)
112
(96)
16
16

8.3.6. Investments in subsidiaries and goodwill
In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Result from subsidiaries
Changes in other reserves of subsidiaries
Dividends paid
Capital increase (decrease)
Translation effect of exchange rates of subsidiaries
End of the year

2023
9,704
3,879
(61)
(3,260)715
132
11,109

220

2022
6,226
3,952
87
(420)
5
(146)
9,704

The following table lists the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries and percentage of ownership as of December 31,
2023:
Legal Seat

Percentage ownership(direct or indirect)

Name

December 31, 2023
Australia, Sydney
Austria, Vienna
Belgium, Diegem
Brazil, Sao Paulo
Canada, Ottawa
China, Beijing
China, Chongqing
China, Shanghai
China, Shenzhen
China, Shenzhen
Czech Republic, Prague
Denmark, Aarhus
Egypt, Cairo
Finland, Nummela
France, Crolles
France, Grenoble
France, Grenoble
France, Le Mans
France, Montrouge
France, Rousset
France, Tours
Germany, Aschheim-Dornach
Germany, Aschheim-DornachHong Kong, Kowloon
India, New Delhi
India, Noida
Israel, Netanya
Italy, Agrate Brianza
Italy, Naples
Japan, Tokyo
Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia, Muar
Malaysia, Muar
Malta, Kirkop
Mexico, Guadalajara
Morocco, Casablanca
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
The Netherlands, Amsterdam
Philippines, Calamba
Philippines, Calamba
Singapore, Ang Mo Kio
Singapore, Ang Mo Kio
Slovenia, Ljubljana
Spain, Barcelona
Sweden, Jönköping
Sweden, Kista
Sweden, Norrköping
Switzerland, Geneva
Switzerland, Geneva
Taiwan, Tapei City
Thailand, Bangkok
United Kingdom, Bristol
United Kingdom, Marlow
United States, Coppell
United States, Coppell

STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
STMicroelectronics Austria GmbH
Proton World International N.V.
STMicroelectronics Ltda
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
SANAN, STMicroelectronics Co., Ltd.
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
STMicroelectronics A/S
STMicroelectronics Egypt SSC
STMicroelectronics Finland OY
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Alps) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Grand Ouest) SAS
STMicroelectronics France SAS
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
STMicroelectronics GmbH
STMicroelectronics Application GmbH
STMicroelectronics Ltd
ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
STMicroelectronics Limited
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
STMicroelectronics KK
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
STMicroelectronics Services Sdn.Bhd.
STMicroelectronics (Malta) Ltd
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
STMicroelectronics (MAROC) SAS, a associé unique
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
STMicroelectronics Finance II N.V.
STMicroelectronics International N.V.
STMicroelectronics, Inc.
Mountain Drive Property, Inc.
STMicroelectronics Asia Pacific Pte Ltd
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
STMicroelectronics d.o.o.
STMicroelectronics Iberia S.A.
STMicroelectronics Software AB
STMicroelectronics A.B.
STMicroelectronics Silicon Carbide A.B.
STMicroelectronics Re S.A.
STMicroelectronics S.A.
Exagan Taiwan Ltd.
STMicroelectronics (Thailand) Ltd
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
STMicroelectronics Limited
STMicroelectronics Inc.
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.

221

100
100
100
100
100
100
49
100
60
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
40
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Goodwill
Automotive andDiscrete
Group (ADG)50
252

In millions of U.S. dollars
As of January 1, 2023
Foreign currency translation
As of December 31, 2023

Total
50
2
52

As of December 31, 2023, the gross value of goodwill was $52 million ($50 million in 2022), with no impairment
recorded in 2023 and 2022.
8.3.7. Other financial assets and financial liabilities
8.3.7.1.

Other financial assets

Movements on other financial assets are presented as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Purchase of government bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury
Proceed at maturity of government bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury
Accretion
Change in fair value of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
Purchase of unlisted equity securities
Change in fair value of the embedded call option of the senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 , Tranche A
Change in fair value of the embedded call option of the senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 , Tranche B
End of the year
Less: non-current portion
Current portion

December 31,
2023
722
1,633
(750)
47
6
11
1
14
1,684
(21)
1,663
December 31,
2022

In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Purchase of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
Accretion
Change in fair value of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
Change in fair value of the embedded call option of the senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche A
Change in fair value of the embedded call option of the senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche B

36
687
8
(16)
2
5

End of the year722

Less: non-current portion(30)

Current portion

692

222

Investments held in debt securities
As of December 31, 2023, the Company held $1,615 million of U.S. Treasury debt securities. The debt securities
have an average rating of Aaa/AA+/AA+ from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively, with an average maturity of 1.6
years. The debt securities were reported as current assets on the line “Other current financial assets” on the
Company’s statement of financial position as of December 31, 2023, since they represented investments of funds
available for current operations.
Marketable securities totaling $750 million at principal amount were transferred to financial institutions as part ofshort-term securities lending transactions, in compliance with corporate policies. The Company, acting as the
securities lender, does not hold any collateral in this unsecured securities lending transaction. The Company
retains effective control on the transferred securities.
The Company applies a forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach on all debt financial assets not held at
FVPL. For debt securities at FVOCI, the ECL is based on the 12-month expected credit loss basis. The 12-month ECL
is the portion of lifetime ECLs that results from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12
months after the reporting date. Since the Company’s quoted debt instruments at FVOCI comprise solely U.STreasury debt securities, the Company has considered that the ECLs on these investments are insignificant.
Investments held in equity securities
The Company irrevocably elected to measure at FVOCI unquoted equity securities for an aggregate value of $21
million (December 31, 2022: $10 million). Since these are strategic investments, the Company considers thisclassification, which implies that changes in fair value are not subsequently recycled to earnings, to be more
relevant.
Financial assets include the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Quoted securities:
Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
Unquoted equity securities:
Unquoted equity securities
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued
on August 4, 2020 (Tranche A)
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued
on August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)
Total

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

1,615

679

21

10

14

13

34
1,684

20
722

December 31,
2023
10
1,674
1,684

December 31,
2022
10
712
722

Financial assets are denominated in the following currencies:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Euro
U.S. dollars
Total

For further details on Group’s financial assets, see Note 7.6.14.1 of the consolidated financial statements of theGroup.

223

8.3.7.2.

Other financial liabilities

Movements on other financial liabilities are presented as follows:
December 31,
2023
275

In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year
Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of the senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche A
Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of the senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche B

119
130
(2)
522
(515)
7

Lease payments
End of the year
Less current portion
Non-current portion

Starting August 2023 and August 2024 for Tranche A and Tranche B convertible bonds, respectively, thebondholders will have full conversion rights. Consequently, Tranche A was reported on the current portion.
December 31,
2022

In millions of U.S. dollars
Beginning of the year

554

Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of the senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche A(145)

Change in fair value of the embedded conversion option of the senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, Tranche B
Lease payments(131)

End of the year

275

Less current portion(114)

Non-current portion

161

(3)

Other non-current financial liabilities include the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Embedded conversion option - Senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)
Lease financial liabilities
Total

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022
—
7
7

151
10
161

8.3.8. Short-term deposits
To optimize the return yield on its short-term investments, the Company invested in short-term deposits asfollows:

In millions of U.S. dollars
Short-term deposits beyond three months and below one year
Deposits at call with banks
Total Short-term deposits

224

December 31,
2023
1,225
2,691
3,916

December 31,
2022
575
2,972
3,547

As of December 31, 2023, short-term deposits are composed of deposits at call with banks and short-term deposits
with maturity beyond three months and below one year with no significant risk of changes in fair value. Deposits atcall with banks are reported as cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position, incompliance with IFRS. Cash and cash equivalents of the Group are further described in Note 7.6.7.8 and Note
7.6.19 of the Group's consolidated financial statements.

8.3.9. CashIn millions of U.S. dollars
Cash at bank and on hand

December 31,
2023
146

December 31,
2022
92

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

8.3.10. Group companies interest-bearing short-term loans
Group companies short-term loans consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
STMicroelectronics Ltd. (Israel)
Loan due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month SOFR
Loan due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR
STMicroelectronics A/S (Denmark)Loan due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month CIBOR + 0.50%
Loan due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month CIBOR + 0.50%
STMicroelectronics Finance II N.V. (The Netherlands)
Loan due 2024 bearing interest at 1-month SOFR + 0.25%
Loan due 2023 bearing interest at 1-month LIBOR + 0.25%
STMicroelectronics Silicon Carbide AB (Sweden)
Loan due 2023 bearing interest at 6-month STIBOR + 0.75%
STMicroelectronics S.A.S. (Morocco)
Loan due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month EURIBOR+ 0.25%
Loan due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month EURIBOR+ 0.25%
Total short-term intercompany loans

4
—

—
4

1
—

—
1

3,760
—

—
2,463

—

7

33
—
3,798

—
32
2,507

Fair value of Group companies short-term loans is not materially different from net book value.
8.3.11. Other Group companies receivables and payables
December 31,
2023
83
83
1,527
57
1,584

In millions of U.S. dollars
Other group companies receivables (advances)
Total group companies receivables
Other group companies payables
Group companies short-term notes payable
Total group companies payables

225

December 31,
2022
67
67
1,505
36
1,541

Group companies short-term notes payable consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
STMicroelectronics Ltd. (The United Kingdom)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 0.25%
Note due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 0.25%
STMicroelectronics Software AB (Sweden)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month STIBOR + 0.75%
Note due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month STIBOR + 0.75%
STMicroelectronics R&D Ltd (The United Kingdom)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 0.25%
Note due 2023 bearing interest at 12-month LIBOR + 0.25%
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (The Netherlands)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 3-month EURIBOR + 0.558%
Note due 2023 bearing interest at 3-month EURIBOR + 0.65%
STMicroelectronics Finland OY (Finland)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 12-month EURIBOR + 0.25%
Note due 2023 bearing interest at 12-month EURIBOR + 0.25%
STMicroelectronics Silicon Carbide A.B. (Sweden)
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 6-month STIBOR+ 0.10%
STMicroelectronics SA
Note due 2024 bearing interest at 3.75%
Total short-term intercompany notes payable

226

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

6
—

—
6

2
—

—
2

19
—

—
22

10
—

—
5

1
—

—
1

15

—

4
57

—
36

8.3.12. Equity

In millions of U.S. dollars
Balance January 1, 2023

Additional
paid-in
Retained
capitalearnings

TreasurysharesLegalreserves

Resultforthe year

Total

1,011

2,283

4,220

(268)

1,871

4,323

13,4402022 Net income

—

—

4,323

—

—

(4,323)—

Transfer to (from) legal
reserve
Repurchase of common stock

—

—

(133)

—

133

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
6

(346)
237

—
—

—
—

(346)
243

—
—

—
—

5
(217)

—
—

—
—

—
—

5
(217)

—

—

—

—

—

3,985

3,985

—

—

21

—

—

—

21

—

—

(2)

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

(19)

—

—

—

(19)

36

—

(36)

—

132

—

132

1,047

2,283

8,168

(377)

2,136

3,985

17,242

Stock-based compensation
Changes in fair value offinancial assets measured at
FVOCI
Dividends paid
2023 Net income
Cash flow hedge reserve, netof taxTransfer of cash flow hedge
reserve to inventories
AOCI - Pension plan
Translation adjustment*
Balance December 31, 2023*

Issuedandpaid-in
capitalThe share capital of STMicroelectronics is denominated in Euros and the period-end balance is translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end
exchange rate (Euro/USD 1.1051). The translation differences are taken to retained earnings.

227

In millions of U.S. dollars
Balance January 1, 2022
2021 Net income
Transfer to (from) legal
reserve
Repurchase of common stock
Stock-based compensation
Changes in fair value offinancial assets measured at
FVOCI
Dividends paid
2022 Net income
Cash flow hedge reserve, netof taxTransfer of cash flow hedge
reserve to inventories
AOCI - Pension plan
Translation adjustment*
Balance December 31, 2022*

IssuedandAdditional
paid-inpaid-in
Retained
capitalcapitalearnings
1,073
2,283
2,795
—
—
1,711

TreasuryLegalsharesreserves
(200)
1,855
—
—

Resultforthe year
1,711(1,711)

Total
9,517
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

(162)
—
(69)

—
(346)
278

162
—
—

—
—
—

—
(346)
209

—
—
—

—
—
—

(14)
(217)
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
4,323

(14)
(217)
4,323

—

—

35

—

—

—

35

—
—
(62)

—
—
—

1
78
62

—
—
—

—
—
(146)

—
—
—

1
78
(146)

1,011

2,283

4,220

(268)

1,871

4,323

13,440The share capital of STMicroelectronics is denominated in Euros and the period-end balance is translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end
exchange rate (Euro/USD 1.0675). The translation differences are taken to retained earnings.

The authorized share capital of the Company is €1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common shares and
540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of €1.04. As of December 31, 2023 the number ofcommon shares issued was 911,281,920 shares (December 31, 2022: 911,281,920).
As of December 31, 2023, the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 902,771,081 shares( December 31, 2022 : 903,865,763 shares).
The Euros equivalent of the issued share capital as of December 31, 2023 amounts to €947,733,197 (2022:€947,733,197). For the changes in issued and paid-in-capital, additional paid-in-capital and retained earnings, see
the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
The cumulative amount of legal reserves as of December 31, 2023 is split as follows: $1,114 million of capitalized
development expenditures and internally developed software expenditures, $425 million of subsidiaries non
distributable reserves, $564 million of currency translation adjustment gain and $33 million unrealized gain onderivatives.
The cumulative amount of legal reserves as of December 31, 2022 is split as follows: $1,076 million of capitalized
development expenditures and internally developed software expenditures, $349 million of subsidiaries non
distributable reserves and $432 million of currency translation adjustment gain and $14 million unrealized gain onderivatives.
Treasury shares
As of December 31, 2023, the Company owned 8,510,839 shares classified as treasury shares in the Company’s
statement of equity compared to 7,416,157 shares as of December 31, 2022.
The treasury shares have been originally designated for allocation under the Company’s share-based remuneration
programs of unvested shares. As of December 31, 2023, 81,022,515 of these treasury shares were transferred to228

employees under the Company’s share-based remuneration programs, of which 6,502,300 in the year ended
December 31, 2023. 6,587,002 shares during the year ended December 31, 2022.
On July 1, 2021, the Company announced the launch of a share buy-back program of up to $1,040 million to be
executed within a three-year period. During 2023, the Company repurchased approximately 7.6 million shares of
its common stock for a total amount of $346 million as part of the program. The Company purchased
approximately 9.2 million shares of its outstanding common stock for $346 million during 2022.
Non Distributable Reserve
The amount of the non-distributable reserve was $3,183 million and $2,882 million in the year 2023 and 2022,
respectively, and it represents the amount of issued and paid-in capital and legal reserves of the Company.
8.3.13. Other payables and accrued liabilities
Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Dividends payable to Shareholders
Trade payable
Other liabilities
Total other payables and accrued liabilities

December 31,
2023
54
2
6
62

December 31,
2022
60
2
6
68

December 31,
2023
730
702
1,432
1,432
—

December 31,
2022
717
690
1,407
717
690

December 31,
2023
1,407
1
24
1,432
—

December 31,
2022
1,382
2
23
1,407
690

8.3.14. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings consisted of the following:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche A)
Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)
Total interest bearing loans and borrowings
Total current
Total non-current
Senior convertible bonds
In millions of U.S. dollars
Balance at beginning of the year
Amortization of issuance costs
Amortization of discounted value
Balance at the end of the year
Out of which long-term

229

On August 4, 2020, the Company issued $1,500 million in principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured
convertible bonds (Tranche A for $750 million and Tranche B for $750 million), due 2025 and 2027, respectively.
Tranche A bonds were issued at 105.8% as zero-coupon bonds while Tranche B bonds were issued at 104.5% aszero-coupon bonds. The conversion price at issuance was $43.62 for Tranche A, equivalent to a 47.5% conversion
premium and $45.10 for Tranche B, equivalent to a 52.5% conversion premium. These conversion features
correspond to an equivalent of 4,585 shares per each Tranche A bond $200,000 par value and an equivalent of
4,435 shares per each Tranche B bond $200,000 par value. The bonds are convertible by the bondholders or are
callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, on a net-share settlement basis, except if the issuer elects a full-cash
or full-share conversion as an alternative settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were $1,567
million, after deducting issuance costs payable by the Group.
The issuer’s call option and the holder’s conversion option have been identified as embedded non-equity
derivative instruments, resulting in the recognition of the options separately from the debt host contract. Upon
initial recognition, the derivatives were measured at fair value based on the income approach, the debt being
determined as a residual amount of the $1.5 billion total proceeds. The value of the issuer’s call option wasdeemed to be nil at initial recognition. The value of the holder’s conversion option was estimated at $219 million
at issuance date, which determined the initial recognition of the liability component at $1,358 million before
allocation of issuance costs. The fair value measurement of the embedded derivative instruments corresponded toa Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement. The Company elected to allocate issuance costs, totaling $10 million,
to the debt component. The debt was subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method.
Starting August 2023 and August 2024 for Tranche A and Tranche B convertible bonds, respectively, thebondholders have and will have full conversion rights. Consequently, for both tranches, non-equity embedded
derivative instruments were reported on the line Other current financial assets for an amount of $48 million, on
the line Other current financial liabilities for an amount of $510 million and on the line Interest-bearing loans andborrowings – current portion for an amount of $1,432 million, respectively, of the consolidated statement offinancial position as of December 31, 2023.

230

Fair values

In millions of U.S. dollars
Financial assets
Other receivables and assets
Quoted financial instruments
Unquoted equity securities
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4,
2020 (Tranche A)
Embedded call option - Senior unsecured
convertible bonds issued on August 4,
2020 (Tranche B)

Carrying amount
December 31,
December 31,
2023
2022

Cash
Deposit at call with banks
Short-term deposits
Financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Other payables and accrued liabilities
Senior unsecured convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020 (2)Embedded conversion option - Seniorunsecured convertible bonds issued on
August 4, 2020 (Tranche A)

35
1,615
21

31
679
10

35
1,615
21

31
679
10

14

13

14

13

34
146
2,691
3,916

20
92
2,972
575

34
146
2,691
3,916

20
92
2,972
575

11
62

14
68

11
62

14
68

1,432

1,407

1,814

1,561

229

110

—

—

280

151

—

—

Embedded conversion option - Seniorunsecured convertible bonds issued on
August 4, 2020 (Tranche B)(1)(2)

Fair value
December 31,
December 31,
2023
2022

Cash equivalents primarily correspond to deposits at call with banks.
The carrying amount of the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 and outstanding at December 31, 2023 andDecember 31, 2022 corresponds to the liability component only, since, at initial recognition, an amount of $219 million was separately
recognized as embedded derivative financial instruments.

8.3.15. Other non-current liabilities
Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
Pension liability against former employees
Other non-current liabilities
Total

December 31,
2022
3
1
4

231

3
1
4

8.3.16. Guarantees and contingencies
Guarantees given by the Company to its affiliates for the benefit of third parties amounted to approximately$1,727 million as of December 31, 2023 (2022: $1,582 million), out of which STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.’sobligation relates to three credit facilities with European Investment Bank (“EIB”) and two credit facilities with
Cassa Depositi e Prestiti SpA ("CDP SpA").
EIB facilities
As of December 31, 2023, $303 million obligation was outstanding under the €500 million EIB credit facilities
signed in 2017, $442 million obligation was outstanding under the €500 million EIB credit facilities signed in 2020,
and, in 2023, $332 million obligation was outstanding under the €600 million EIB credit facilities signed in 2021.
CDP SpA facilities
As of December 31, 2023, $97 million obligation was outstanding under the €150 million CDP SpA credit facilities
signed in 2022 and $187 million obligation was outstanding under the €200 million CDP SpA credit facilities signed
in 2023.
As from August 22, 2013, the Company assumes joint and several liabilities for all debts arising from legal acts for
STMicroelectronics International N.V., STMicroelectronics Finance II N.V. and STMicroelectronics Finance B.V., all inaccordance with article 403 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
There is no other type of contingencies as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
8.3.17. General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses are the administrative costs related to the operations of the holding
company, which consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
Employees benefits

December 31,
2022

Amortization
Depreciation
Other

(7)
(6)
(4)

(6)
(6)
(3)

(12)

(8)

Total

(29)

(23)

The average number of persons employed by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2023 was 17 outof which 8 outside The Netherlands (2022: 15 out of which 6 outside The Netherlands).

2328.3.18. Finance income and Finance costs
In millions of U.S. dollars
Change in fair value of the call option of Tranche A convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the call option of Tranche B convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche A convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche B convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Interest income on quoted debt securities
Interest income on group receivable short-term loans
Other finance income
Total finance income
Interest on Senior Bonds
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche A convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Change in fair value of the conversion option of Tranche B convertible
bonds issued on August 4, 2020
Interest expenses on group companies short-term notes payable
Bank charges and commissions
Total finance expense

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022
1

2

14

5

—

145

—
15
177
203
410
(24)

131
—
52
67
402
(25)

(119)

—

(130)
(3)
(4)
(280)

—
—
(3)
(28)

As described in Note 8.3.7 the change in fair value of the non-equity derivative instruments corresponding to thebondholders’ conversion option and the issuer’s call option embedded in the unsecured senior convertible bonds
issued on August 4, 2020, generated a loss of $249 million and an income of $15 million respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 2023 compared an income of $276 million of $7 million respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2022.
8.3.19. Other income (expenses)
Other income (expenses) consisted of the following:
December 31,
2023

In millions of U.S. dollars
Exchange differences
Gain on sale of Financial Investments
Other income (expenses)
Total

3
—
1
4

233

December 31,
2022
41
1
1
43

8.3.20. Contractual obligations
The Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:
In millions of U.S. dollars
Long term debt obligations (including
current portion) (1)(2)

Total

Pension obligations
Total
(1)
(2)

2024

2025

1,500

2026

750

2027

2028

Thereafter

750

3

3

1,503

—

750

—

750

—

3

The difference between the total aggregated future maturities and the total carrying amount of Interest-bearing loans and borrowings isdue to the unamortized discount on the dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds.
Starting August 2023 and August 2024 for Tranche A and Tranche B convertible bonds, respectively, the bondholders will have fullconversion rights. The table reports the repayment obligation based on the original contractual maturity of each Tranche (2025 and 2027
for Tranche A and Tranche B, respectively).

8.3.21. Related party transactions
There were no material transactions with significant related parties during the years ended December 31, 2023
and 2022.
Remuneration to managing board and supervisory board members
For details on the remuneration to the Managing Board and Supervisory Board members, see the consolidated
financial statements of the Company (Note 7.6.33).
8.3.22. Auditors’ fees
The following audit fees were allocated to the period:
In thousands of U.S. dollars
Audits of consolidated and statutory financial statements
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
Total

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

4,926
546

4,951
211

—

38

5,472

5,200

The fees listed above relate only to the procedures applied to the Company and its consolidated group entities by
Ernst & Young. The procedures were applied by audit firm’s member of the EY network. In 2023, the fees related toservices provided by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP for the audit of the statutory annual accounts totaled$172,095 ($172,095 in 2022).

234

8.3.23. Proposed cash dividend
Upon the proposal of the Managing Board, the Supervisory Board will propose to the 2024 AGM in line with ourDividend Policy, to declare a cash dividend of US$0.36 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, tobe distributed in quarterly installments of US$0.09 in each of the second, third and fourth quarter of 2024 and firstquarter of 2025 to shareholders of record in the month of each quarterly payment, as further described in the
General Meeting of Shareholders agenda and explanatory notes thereto.
March 21, 2024
THE MANAGING BOARD
Jean-Marc Chery (President and Chief Executive Officer)
THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
Nicolas Dufourcq (Chairman)
Maurizio Tamagnini (Vice-Chairman)
Janet Davidson
Yann Delabrière
Ana de Pro Gonzalo
Frédéric Sanchez
Paolo Visca
Hélène Vletter-van Dort

235

9. Other information
9.1. Auditors’ report
The report of the auditors, Ernst & Young Accountants LLP, is presented on the following pages in this annual
report.

9.2. Appropriation of results – provisions in Company’s articles of association
The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, is allowed to allocate net profit to a reservefund. The Articles of Association provide that the net result for the year, after deduction of (i) any amount to set up
and maintain reserves required by Dutch Law and the Articles of Association, (ii) if any of our preference shares areissued and outstanding, the dividend to be paid to the holders of preference shares and (iii) the aforementioned
allocation to the reserve fund, is subject to the disposition by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
In the case that a net loss for the year exceeds retained earnings, no dividend payments are allowed until the loss
has been recovered from net profit(s) in future years.

9.3. Branches
The Company has a branch in Switzerland, located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-les-Ouates,
Geneva.

236

Independent auditor’s report
To: the shareholders and Supervisory Board of STMicroelectronics N.V.

Report on the audit of the financial statements 2023 included in
the Annual Report
Our opinion
We have audited the financial statements for the financial year 2023 of STMicroelectronics N.V. (‘the company’)
based in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
The financial statements comprise the consolidated and the company’s financial statements.
In our opinion:•

the accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of
STMicroelectronics N.V. as of 31 December 2023 and of its result and its cash flows for 2023 in accordancewith International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRSs) and with Part 9of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code•the accompanying company’s financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of
STMicroelectronics N.V. as of 31 December 2023 and of its result for 2023 in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2of the Dutch Civil CodeThe consolidated financial statements comprise:•the consolidated statement of financial position as of 31 December 2023•

the following statements for 2023: the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statements ofcomprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows•

the notes comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.

The company’s financial statements comprise:•the company’s statement of financial position as of 31 December 2023•

the company’s income statement for 2023•

the notes comprising a summary of the accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Basis for our opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements section of our report.
We are independent of STMicroelectronics N.V. in accordance with the EU Regulation on specific requirements
regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities, the “Wet toezicht accountantsorganisaties” (Wta, Audit firms
supervision act), the “Verordening inzake de onafhankelijkheid van accountants bij assurance-opdrachten” (ViO,
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to independence) and other relevant237

independence regulations in the Netherlands. Furthermore, we have complied with the “Verordening gedrags- en
beroepsregels accountants” (VGBA, Dutch Code of Ethics).
We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Information in support of our opinion
We designed our audit procedures in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming
our opinion thereon. The following information in support of our opinion and any findings were addressed in thiscontext, and we do not provide a separate opinion or conclusion on these matters.
Our understanding of the business
STMicroelectronics N.V. is a global semiconductor manufacturer operating in a broad range of markets. The groupis structured in components and we tailored our group audit approach accordingly. We paid specific attention in
our audit to a number of areas driven by the operations of the group as set out in the Key Audit Matters, as well as
in our risk assessment. Refer to our key audit matters revenue recognition and recoverability of deferred tax
liability.
We determined materiality and identified and assessed the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to fraud or error in order to design audit procedures responsive to those risks and toobtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Materiality
Materiality
Benchmark applied
Explanation

USD 230 million (2022: USD 220 million)
5% of normalized profit before income tax
Based on our professional judgment we have considered earnings-based
measures as the appropriate basis to determine materiality. We consider
profit before tax, normalized for the volatility derived from the accounting of
the convertible bonds to be the most relevant benchmark given the nature of
the business, the characteristics of the company and the expected focus of theusers of the financial statements.

We have also taken into account misstatements and/or possible misstatements that in our opinion are material forthe users of the financial statements for qualitative reasons.
We agreed with the Supervisory Board that misstatements in excess of USD 11.5 million, which are identified
during the audit, would be reported to them, as well as smaller misstatements that in our view must be reported
on qualitative grounds.
Scope of the group audit
STMicroelectronics N.V. is at the head of a group of entities. The financial information of this group is included in
the consolidated financial statements.
Because we are ultimately responsible for the opinion, we are also responsible for directing, supervising andperforming the group audit. In this respect we have determined the nature and extent of the audit procedures to238be carried out for group entities. Decisive were the size and/or the risk profile of the group entities or operations.
On this basis, we selected group entities for which an audit or review had to be carried out on the complete set offinancial information or specific items.
Considering the audit procedures which have been performed at head office level by the corporate audit team, we
have:
o performed audit procedures ourselves at parent entity STMicroelectronics N.V., located in the Netherlands
which was assigned a full scope;o used the work of other EY auditors when auditing entities in Switzerland, France, Singapore and Italy whichwere assigned a full scope;o performed specific audit procedures at other group entities.
These procedures represent 97.3% of the group's total assets, 98.7% of profit before income tax and 100% of sales.

By performing the procedures mentioned above at the group entities, together with additional procedures at grouplevel, we have been able to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence about the group’s financial
information to provide an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.
Teaming and, use of specialists and internal audit
We ensured that the audit teams both at group and at component levels included the appropriate skills andcompetencies which are needed for the audit of a listed client in the Semiconductor industry. We included
specialists in the areas of IT audit, forensics and income tax and have made use of our own valuations and actuarial
experts.
We evaluated and tested the relevant work performed by Internal Audit to satisfy ourselves that the work wasadequate for our purposes and established what work had to be performed by our own professionals.

239

Our focus on climate-related risks and the energy transition
Climate change and the energy transition are high on the public agenda. Issues such as CO2 reduction impact
financial reporting, as these issues entail risks for the business operation, the valuation of assets and provisions or
the sustainability of the business model and access to financial markets of companies with a larger CO2 footprint.
Management summarized STMicroelectronics N.V.’s commitments and reported in sections 3.3.1.2 and 3.4 of thereport of the Managing Board how STMicroelectronics N.V. is addressing climate-related and environmental risks.
Furthermore, management discloses its assessment and implementation plans in connection to climate-relatedrisks and the effects of energy transition in these sections.
As part of our audit of the financial statements, we evaluated the extent to which climate-related risks and theeffects of the energy transition are taken into account in estimates and significant assumptions Furthermore, weread the report of the Managing Board and considered whether there is any material inconsistency between the
non-financial information in section 3.3.1.2 and 3.4 and the financial statements.
Based on the audit procedures performed, we do not deem climate-related risks to have a material impact on thefinancial reporting judgements, estimates or significant assumptions as of 31 December 2023.

Our focus on fraud and non-compliance with laws and regulations
Our responsibility
Although we are not responsible for preventing fraud or non-compliance and we cannot be expected to detect noncompliance with all laws and regulations, it is our responsibility to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial
statements, taken as a whole, are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. The risk of
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Our audit response related to fraud risks
We identified and assessed the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements due to fraud. During our
audit we obtained an understanding of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its environment and the components of thesystem of internal control, including the risk assessment process and management’s process for responding to therisks of fraud and monitoring the system of internal control and how the Supervisory Board exercises oversight, as
well as the outcomes. We refer to section 3.2.6 and 3.3.1 of the report of the Managing Board for management’s(fraud) risk assessment.
We evaluated the design and relevant aspects of the system of internal control and in particular the fraud risk
assessment, as well as the code of conduct, whistle blower procedures and incident registration. We evaluated thedesign and the implementation and, where considered appropriate, tested the operating effectiveness, of internal
controls designed to mitigate fraud risks.
As part of our process of identifying fraud risks, we evaluated fraud risk factors with respect to financial reporting
fraud, misappropriation of assets and bribery and corruption in close co-operation with our forensic and legal
specialists. We evaluated whether these factors indicate that a risk of material misstatement due to fraud ispresent.

240

We incorporated elements of unpredictability in our audit. We also considered the outcome of our other audit
procedures and evaluated whether any findings were indicative of fraud or non-compliance.
We addressed the risks related to management override of controls, as this risk is present in all companies. For
these risks we have performed procedures among others to evaluate key accounting estimates for management
bias that may represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud, in particular relating to important judgmentareas and significant accounting estimates as disclosed in Note 7.6.8 to the financial statements. We have also useddata analysis to identify and address high-risk journal entries and evaluated the business rationale (or the lackthereof) of significant extraordinary transactions, including those with related parties.
When identifying and assessing fraud risks we presumed that there are risks of fraud in revenue recognition. We
designed and performed our audit procedures relating to revenue recognition responsive to this presumed fraudrisk.
The following fraud risk identified did require significant attention during our audit.
Presumed risks of fraud in revenue recognition
Fraud risk
We presumed that there are risks of fraud in revenue recognition. We evaluated that the risk ofside arrangements entered into by management to induce future sales with distributors andwithout knowledge of the finance department in particular give rise to such risks.
These accounting policies with regards to the revenues are described in 7.6.7.3. Revenues aredisclosed in Note 7.6.25 to the consolidated financial statements. Management discusses the
Our audit
approachrisks in 3.3.1.
We describe the audit procedures responsive to the presumed risk of fraud in revenue
recognition in the description of our audit approach for the key audit matter revenue recognition.

We considered available information and made enquiries of relevant executives, directors, internal audit, legal,
compliance, human resources and regional directors and the Supervisory Board.
The fraud risks we identified, enquiries and other available information did not lead to specific indications for fraud
or suspected fraud potentially materially impacting the view of the financial statements.
Our audit response related to risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations
We performed appropriate audit procedures regarding compliance with the provisions of those laws andregulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Furthermore, we assessed factors related to the risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations that
could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our general industry
experience, through discussions with the managing board, reading minutes, inspection of internal audit andcompliance reports, tested the operating effectiveness of controls and performing substantive tests of details ofclasses of transactions, account balances or disclosures. As STMicroelectronics N.V. is a global company, operatingin multiple jurisdictions, we also considered the risk of bribery and corruption.

241

We also inspected lawyers’ letters and correspondence with regulatory authorities and remained alert to any
indication of (suspected) non-compliance throughout the audit. Finally we obtained written representations that all
known or alleged instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations have been disclosed to us.
Our audit response related to going concern
As disclosed in section ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgments’ in Note 7.6.8 to the financial statements, thefinancial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. When preparing the financial statements,
management made a specific assessment of the company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to continue
its operations for the foreseeable future.
We discussed and evaluated the specific assessment with management exercising professional judgment andmaintaining professional skepticism. We considered whether management’s going concern assessment, based on
our knowledge and understanding obtained through our audit of the financial statements or otherwise, contains all
relevant events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s reportto the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.
Based on our procedures performed, we did not identify material uncertainties about going concern. Our
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future
events or conditions may cause a company to cease to continue as a going concern.

Our key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of
the financial statements. We have communicated the key audit matters to the Supervisory Board. The key audit
matters are not a comprehensive reflection of all matters discussed. As compared to last year, the nature of the
key audit matters did not change.

242

Revenue recognition
Notes 7.6.7.3 and 7.6.25
Risk

As described in Note 7.6.25 to the consolidated financial statements, the company recognized
net revenues of USD 17,286 million as of 31 December 2023. The company recognizes
revenue from products sold to customers, which includes Original Equipment Manufacturers(OEMs) and distributors, amounting to USD 11,468 million, and USD 5,818 million,
respectively.
Auditing the company’s revenue requires significant focus for the audit team since it is a key
financial metric, with a large volume of transactions and multiple market channels. In
addition, we consider the risk of side arrangements not appropriately accounted for as a fraud
risk, also as a result of management override of controls. As a result, we considered the risk of

Our audit
approach

improper revenue recognition as a key audit matter.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the control design, and tested the operating
effectiveness of controls over the company’s revenue recognition process, including theprocesses to detect side arrangements. Additionally, we inspected and evaluatedmanagement’s assessment of non-standard terms and conditions, and certifications
completed by the company’s sales organization.
We also performed procedures to evaluate the design and operation of IT processes, including
testing of IT general controls and application controls and the data and reports used in theexecution of certain controls.
Our substantive audit procedures included, among others, circulation of terms and conditions
confirmations with selected customers, substantive analytical review procedures arounddisaggregated revenue data, review of contract terms and testing of journal entries. We haveevaluate the appropriateness of the company’s revenue recognition policies in accordancewith IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ and whether the policies have been
applied consistently or whether changes , if any, are appropriate in the circumstances.
We also assessed the adequacy of the company’s revenue disclosure in the financial

statements.
Key observations We consider that the company’s revenue recognition accounting policies were appropriately
applied and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

243

Recoverability of deferred tax assets
Notes 7.6.7.6 and 7.6.31
Risk

As of 31 December 2023, the company recognized net deferred tax assets of USD 354 million.
As explained in note 7.6.31 to the consolidated financial statements, the company performs
an evaluation of the likelihood that future taxable income will be generated in an amountsufficient to utilize such deferred tax assets prior to their expiration after having considered
positive and negative available evidence.
Assessing the recognition of and recoverability of deferred tax assets involves significant
judgement and estimates, including, among others: the prospective financial information usedby management in order to assess future taxable income, transfer pricing policies and thetiming of reversal of temporary differences. These assumptions have a high degree of
uncertainty and subjectivity, since they are dependent on the outcome of future events.
Consequently, we identified this as a key audit matter.

Our audit
approach

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the control design, and tested the operating
effectiveness of controls over the company’s process to calculate the gross amount ofdeferred tax assets recorded, prepare the prospective financial information used todetermine the company’s future taxable income and determined whether deferred tax assets
are deemed recoverable.
Together with tax professionals, we evaluated the timing of the reversal of the temporary
differences and management’s prospective financial information used to determine futuretaxable income and its consistency with current transfer pricing policies. We compared the
projections of future taxable income with the actual results of prior periods, as well as
management’s consideration of current and expected industry and economic trends. We also
assessed the historical accuracy of management’s projections.
We also evaluated the company’s income tax disclosures included in Note 7.6.31 to theconsolidated financial statements in relation to these matters.
Key observations We consider that the company’s accounting policies related to deferred tax assets wereappropriately applied and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

Report on other information included in the Annual Report
The Annual Report contains other information in addition to the financial statements and our auditor’s report
thereon.
Based on the following procedures performed, we conclude that the other information:o is consistent with the financial statements and does not contain material misstatementso contains the information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code for the management report andthe other information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and as required by Sections 2:135band 2:145 sub-section 2 of the Dutch Civil Code for the remuneration report.

244

We have read the other information. Based on our knowledge and understanding obtained through our audit of thefinancial statements or otherwise, we have considered whether the other information contains material
misstatements. By performing these procedures, we comply with the requirements of Part 9 of Book 2 and Section
2:135b sub-Section 7 of the Dutch Civil Code and the Dutch Standard 720. The scope of the procedures performed
is substantially less than the scope of those performed in our audit of the financial statements.
Management is responsible for the preparation of the other information, including management report inaccordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and other information required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the
Dutch Civil Code. Management and the Supervisory Board are responsible for ensuring that the remuneration
report is drawn up and published in accordance with Sections 2:135b and 2:145 sub-section 2 of the Dutch Civil
Code.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements and ESEF
Engagement
We were engaged by the Supervisory Board as auditor of STMicroelectronics N.V. following our re-appointment at
the annual meeting held on 17 June 2020 for the years 2020-2023, and have operated as statutory auditor since thefinancial year 2016.
No prohibited non-audit services
We have not provided prohibited non-audit services as referred to in Article 5(1) of the EU Regulation on specificrequirements regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities.
European Single Electronic Reporting Format (ESEF)
STMicroelectronics N.V. has prepared the annual report in ESEF. The requirements for this are set out in the
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 with regard to regulatory technical standards on the specification of a single
electronic reporting format (hereinafter: the RTS on ESEF).
In our opinion the annual report prepared in the XHTML format, including the (partially) marked-up consolidated
financial statements as included in the reporting package by STMicroelectronics N.V., complies in all material
respects with the RTS on ESEF.
Management is responsible for preparing the annual report, including the financial statements, in accordance with
the RTS on ESEF, whereby management combines the various components into a single reporting package.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance for our opinion whether the annual report in this reporting
package complies with the RTS on ESEF.
We performed our examination in accordance with Dutch law, including Dutch Standard 3950N ’Assuranceopdrachten inzake het voldoen aan de criteria voor het opstellen van een digitaal
verantwoordingsdocument’ (assurance engagements relating to compliance with criteria for digital reporting). Our
examination included amongst others:

245

o

obtaining an understanding of the STMicroelectronics N.V.’s financial reporting process, including the
preparation of the reporting packageoidentifying and assessing the risks that the annual report does not comply in all material respects with the RTS
on ESEF and designing and performing further assurance procedures responsive to those risks to provide abasis for our opinion, including:◦obtaining the reporting package and performing validations to determine whether the reporting package
containing the Inline XBRL instance document and the XBRL extension taxonomy files, has been preparedin accordance with the technical specifications as included in the RTS on ESEF◦

examining the information related to the consolidated financial statements in the reporting package todetermine whether all required mark-ups have been applied and whether these are in accordance with the
RTS on ESEF.

Description of responsibilities regarding the financial statements
Responsibilities of management and the Supervisory Board for the financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordancewith EU-IFRSs and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore, management is responsible for suchinternal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial statements thatare free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
As part of the preparation of the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the company’s
ability to continue as a going concern. Based on the financial reporting framework mentioned, management should
prepare the financial statements using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends toliquidate the company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Management should
disclose events and circumstances that may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going
concern in the financial statements.
The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing the company’s financial reporting process.

Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objective is to plan and perform the audit engagement in a manner that allows us to obtain sufficient andappropriate audit evidence for our opinion.
Our audit has been performed with a high, but not absolute, level of assurance, which means we may not detect allmaterial errors and fraud during our audit.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial
statements. The materiality affects the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and the evaluation of theeffect of identified misstatements on our opinion.
We have exercised professional judgment and have maintained professional skepticism throughout the audit, in
accordance with Dutch Standards on Auditing, ethical requirements and independence requirements. The

246

‘Information in support of our opinion’ section above includes an informative summary of our responsibilities andthe work performed as the basis for our opinion.
Our audit further included among others:o Performing audit procedures responsive to the risks identified, and obtaining audit evidence that is sufficientand appropriate to provide a basis for our opiniono Obtaining an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that areappropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of theCompany’s internal control
o Evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates andrelated disclosures made by managemento Evaluating the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures
o Evaluating whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that
achieves fair presentation
Communication
We communicate with the Supervisory Board regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of theaudit and significant audit findings, including any significant findings in internal control that we identify during our
audit.
In this respect we also submit an additional report to the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board in accordancewith Article 11 of the EU Regulation on specific requirements regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities.
The information included in this additional report is consistent with our audit opinion in this auditor’s report.
We provide the Supervisory Board with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with the Supervisory Board, we determine the key audit matters: those mattersthat were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements. We describe these matters in our auditor’sreport unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare
circumstances, not communicating the matter is in the public interest.

Eindhoven, 21 March 2024

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

Signed by J.R. Frentz

24710. Important dates
May 22, 2024: General Meeting of Shareholders.
Please consult our website www.st.com for the latest important dates.

248

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report tobe signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
STMicroelectronics N.V.

Date: March 21, 2024

By:/s/ Lorenzo Grandi

Name: Lorenzo Grandi
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and President
Finance, Purchasing, Enterprise Risk Management& Resilience249